General Banking

Question Bank : General Banking
1. Can a minor be a nominee ?

a. Minor can not be a nominee
b. Yes. But Guardian details are to be given
c. Yes, Only with father as guardian
d. Yes, Only with mother as guardian
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. A person belonging to a particular community comes and requests for opening a FDR account and not to pay any
interest to him, as acceptance of interest on deposits / loans is prohibited in their community
a. We can credit interest to our income account.
b. We can credit interest to a poor man's SB account.
c. We need not charge interest in his FDR account.
d. We cannot accept such deposit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Your branch receives a cheque for payment but the cheque bears the words order of bearer
a. It will be treated a bearer cheque and the payment will be made accordingly
b. It will be treated ambiguous instrument and the cheque would be returned
c. It will be treated as incomplete instrument and will be returned
d. It will be treated as an order cheque and payment will be made accordingly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Accounts of Executor and Administrators can be opened only with the permission of
a. CO: Legal Dept.
b. RBI
c. Court
d. Official Receiver
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. All credits and debits in unclaimed deposit a/cs are to be authorized by

a. The Branch Manager and another Officer.
b. Any 2 officers.
c. One Spl. Asst. with an Officer.
d. SB Officer alone
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. At the time of opening a deposit account we need not obtain photographs

a. Of persons signing in fiduciary capacity
b. For term deposit accounts alone.
c. For the accounts which were opened prior to 31.12.93 even if some more names are added subsequently
d. term deposit accounts, where amount of deposit is below Rs. 10,000/
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1. B 2. D 3. A
4. A 5. A 6. D
7. Can a cheque issued by a deceased authorized signatory (partner) be passed for payment ?
a. We cannot pass.
b. With the consent of all the partners – we can pass.
c. Subsequent authorized partner should countersign the cheque, for passing.
d. If 2 other partners out of 8 partners countersign – we can pass
____________________________________________________________________________________________
8. A NBFC cannot offer interest rates higher than the ceiling rate prescribed by RBI. What is the present ceiling
rate?
a. 10%
b. 12%
c. 12.50%
d. 13%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
9. Can there be automatic revocation of Mandate / POA?

a. No
b. Only if cancelled by the holder of Mandate / POA
c. Yes – in case of death, insanity, insolvency of the Principal.
d. Only if cancelled by the Principal.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Can we hand over the original of the paid cheques to the a\c holder, if he requests ?
a. Yes – if requested – by all depositors
b. Yes – if requested – by Govt./Public Sector companies without the permission of O.
c. No
d. 2 and 3.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
11. With effect from 01 09 2015, Opening for business hours and initial cut off for customer transactions time in
RTGS is
a. 8 am to 4.30 pm
b. 8 am to 6.30 pm
c. 8 am to 7.45 pm
d. 8 am to 8 pm
____________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Can we open a current account / issue cheque book to an illiterate person?
a. No.
b. We can issue. But only cash transactions are allowed
c. Yes. No restrictions.
d. Only one cheque book, at a time, in the presence of a witness.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
7. B 8. C 9. C
10. D 11. A 12. A
13. Can we open a current account in the name of a minor to be operated by himself or by his guardian ?
a. No.
b. If permitted by ZM, we can open.
c. If permitted by ZM, we can open a CA in the name of the minor and allow the guardian to operate the minor's
d. account.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
14. Can we open a SB a/c in the name of a minor, to be operated by a minor himself, without guardian?
a. No.
b. Only guardian can operate.
c. Yes. If he has attained the age of 10 and has the power of understanding
d. Yes. If he is above 16 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
15. Can we open a SB account for a blind person?

a. Yes – with his thumb impression.
b. Yes. But witness to be obtained for all credit and debit transactions.
c. Yes. But witness to be obtained ONLY for debit transactions.
d. No.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
16. Can we open a term deposit a/c in the name of minor, to be operated by mother as a guardian, when the father
is alive. If so, can we sanction LOD, to the mother?
a. No
b. We can open. But, when we sanction LOD, father has to sign the documents or to give his written
acceptance and no objection.
c. Yes. We can sanction LOD also to the mother.
d. Father alone can be the guardian to operate a minor's account.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
17. Can we open an a/c for a Trust, if there is no Trust Deed, but the Trust is registered with the Charity
Commissioner?
a. No.
b. If manager is willing
c. Trust deed is to be registered
d. Yes, if otherwise in order.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
18. Can we open SB account as Joint account of illiterate persons?

a. yes, with the permission of CH
b. With witness we can allow operation.
c. yes
d. No
____________________________________________________________________________________________
13. C 14. C 15. B
16. B 17. D 18. C
19. Can we write the nominee's name in the deposit receipt/ passbook?
a. We should not write.
b. It will reveal the secrecy of nomination.
c. If specifically requested, we can write.
d. We can write in a separate sheet and give
____________________________________________________________________________________________
20. Commercial paper can be issued for a maximum period of

a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 3 years
d. 5 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
21. Commercial paper is an unsecured money market instrument issued in the form of
a. A Bill
b. A Promissory note
c. Warrant
d. Certificate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Depositor Education and Awareness Fund (DEAF) is maintained with

a. Corporate Office
b. RBI
c. Public Provident Fund Authorities
d. SIDBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
23. Who is the appellate authority in Banking Ombudsman?

a. Deputy Governor of RBI
b. Appellate Authority
c. Supreme Court Judge
d. Chief Justice, High Court
____________________________________________________________________________________________
24. Who are the members of the Joint Customer Service Committee apart from select customers?
a. Branch Manger + Officer + Award Staff
b. Deposit Customer + loan borrower + branch manager
c. Depositor + Clerk + Sub staff
d. Regional Manager + Manager + Officer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
19. C 20. A 21. B
22. B 23. A 24. A
25. While opening an account in case of partnership firm, one of the vital document to be produced by the firm is
a. Partners MOU
b. Partnership Deed
c. Registration certificate of Partnership
d. Signatures of the partners
____________________________________________________________________________________________
26. While accounts are transferred from one branch to another, the receiving branch is expected to comply with
KYC
a. Norms. Which one of the following is/are correct in this regard?
b. Detailed verification of Customer Profile as received from the earlier branch is to be done with caution
c. Detailed verification is not needed but the account is opened immediately and informed to the customer
d. Fresh details are to be obtained and a fresh customer profile is to be prepared
____________________________________________________________________________________________
27. For which of the following documents, acceptance of the drawee of the instrument is required ?
a. demand promissory note
b. Usance promissory note
c. Demand Bill of exchange
d. Usance Bill of exchange
____________________________________________________________________________________________
28. While a banking company can undertake trading in securities but it cannot trade in goods, under the provision of
which of the following ?
a. Companies Act 1956
b. Banking Regulation Act 1949
c. RBI Act 1934
d. Indian Contract Act 1872
____________________________________________________________________________________________
29. How many nominee \s are allowed under Capital Gain Scheme ?
a. Maximum 3
b. Only one
c. No nomination
d. Maximum 4
____________________________________________________________________________________________
30. How much fee charged to file a complaint under Banking Ombudsman?
a. Rs.500/-
b. Rs.1000/-
c. Rs.100/-
d. No fee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
25. B 26. C 27. D
28. B 29. A 30. C
31. In a Garnishee Order, the banker on whom garnishee order served is

a. Judgement Debtor's Creditor
b. Judgement Creditor's Creditor
c. Judgement Creditor's Debtor
d. Judgement Debtor's Debtor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
32. In what denominations Commercial Paper can be issued?

a. Rs.10 lakhs
b. Rs.5 lakhs
c. Rs.2 lakhs
d. Rs.1 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
33. Is it necessary to stamp the mandate and Power of Attorney

a. Both should be stamped
b. Mandate need not be stamped POA is to be stamped
c. Both need not be stamped
d. We do not accept mandate.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
34. Is there any restriction about the number of cheques to be issued, by a current account depositor
a. 200 cheques per year.
b. 100 cheques per year.
c. 50 cheques per half year.
d. No restriction
____________________________________________________________________________________________
35. A customer can file a complaint under Banking Ombudsman scheme within a period of------- from the cause of
action
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 6 months
d. 1 month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
36. Mandate / POA of a Partnership firm, in favour of a third party to be signed by

a. Mandate / POA has to be signed by all the partners.
b. Third party cannot be issued with a Mandate / PO
c. Yes, we can act upon.
d. In partnership firm – no mandate / POA is permitted
____________________________________________________________________________________________
31. D 32. B 33. B
34. D 35. A 36. A
37. Minimum amount for certificate of deposit has been fixed at

a. Rs.10 lakhs
b. Rs.5 lakhs
c. Rs.2 lakhs
d. Rs.1 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
38. Minimum paid up capital requirement for foreign Banks that want to set up operations India
a. Rs.1000 crores
b. Rs.500 crores
c. Rs.250 crores
d. Rs.100 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
39. Minimum paid up capital requirement of both small banks and payment banks in India
a. Rs.1000 crores
b. Rs.500 crores
c. Rs.250 crores
d. Rs.100 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
40. NBFCs are allowed to accept / renew public deposits for a minimum period of -- months and maximum period of
-
a. 6, 60
b. 12,50
c. 6,12
d. 12,84
____________________________________________________________________________________________
41. New method adopted by Central Bank for measuring inflation is

a. Consumer Price Index
b. Producer Price Index
c. Wholesale Price Index
d. Index of industrial production
____________________________________________________________________________________________
42. No penalty is charged for foreclosure of deposits upto

a. Rs.5 lakhs
b. Other than bulk deposits upto Rs.15 lakhs
c. Rs.5 lakhs provided deposit has been retained at least for 181 days
d. All deposits upto 90 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
37. D 38. B 39. D
40. D 41. A 42. C
43. Nomination has to be registered ONLY, if requested

a. Yes only if requested
b. If nomination is not required this should be declared and signed in the opening form.
c. Nomination is available only to few types of accounts
d. None of this.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
44. Introducer for opening a current account should have

a. SB account with us
b. Term deposit with us
c. Loan account with us
d. Either current account or reputed SB account with us
____________________________________________________________________________________________
45. One of the sources that is available to identify the correctness of the information given by the New Customer of
the Commercial Bank is
a. Introduction given by the existing customer of the Bank
b. By studying the account opening form
c. By providing information by the agencies like CRISIL
d. Reference to customer's employer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
46. Which one of the following is not barred by law of limitation?

a. Pledge
b. Hypothecation
c. Banker's lien
d. Guarantee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
47. RBI gave in-principle for Banking license to two entities

a. HDFC and IDBI
b. IDFC and Bandhan
c. State Co-operative Bank
d. Financial Services
____________________________________________________________________________________________
48. RBI has allowed banks to shift merge or close without its approval for
a. rural branches
b. rural, urban, semi-urban branches
c. any branch as decided by the respective Bank including metro branches
d. all branches except rural and sole semi-urban branches
____________________________________________________________________________________________
43. B 44. D 45. C
46. C 47. B 48. D
49. A Consumer can file a complaint with a period of-----from the cause of action
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 6 months
d. 1 month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
50. In case of VRD account, interest is calculated in

a. September and March
b. March
c. on the due date of the deposit
d. January and July
____________________________________________________________________________________________
51. The minimum and maximum number of persons in a private limited company now is
a. 1,50
b. 1,100
c. 2,50
d. 2,200
____________________________________________________________________________________________
52. The necessity for obtaining introduction is because –

a. It is a practice.
b. It is RBI's Instruction
c. It is to have protection under NI Act for collection of cheques, avoid benami transactions, to weed unlawful
elements.
d. It is IBA‟s guidelines
____________________________________________________________________________________________
53. The online portal which focuses on improving the business environment in the country by enabling fast and
efficient access to Government-to-Business (G2B) services is called
a. e-Governance
b. e-Information
c. e-Biz
d. e-Communication
____________________________________________________________________________________________
54. The reason to be quoted for returning a cheque, on account of receipt of Garnishee order
a. Garnishee order receive
b. Present cheque after vacation of Garnishee order.
c. Refer to drawer.
d. Insufficient funds
____________________________________________________________________________________________
49. B 50. A 51. D
52. C 53. C 54. C
55. When should we transfer the inoperative a\cs to CO:Accounts ?

a. Transfer to CO, if there is no continues operation for 2 yrs.
b. If there is no credit transaction for 2 years, transfer to CO.
c. We need not transfer to CO.
d. If there s no debit transaction for 2 years, transfer to CO.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
56. The term "pass through certificate" is used in the context of which of the following
a. forfeiting of export bills
b. venture capital transactions
c. securitisation of receivables
d. factoring of domestic receivables
____________________________________________________________________________________________
57. There can be more than one nominee in case of

a. Unit deposit Scheme.
b. Capital Gains Scheme.
c. Variable Recurring Deposit Scheme.
d. Vidya Nidhi Deposit Scheme.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
58. When money is lent or borrowed for between 2 days and 14 days, it is called as....
a. Call money
b. Notice money
c. Term money
d. Negotiable Instrument
____________________________________________________________________________________________
59. Under Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme 2015-16, bond is valid for a period of
a. 10 years
b. 8 years
c. 6 years
d. 5 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
60. Under Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme 2015-16, investment should be

a. Rs.1000/- minimum
b. Minimum 2 grams maximum 500 grams
c. Minimum 1 gram maximum 1000 grams
d. No cut off limits
____________________________________________________________________________________________
55. C 56. C 57. B
58. B 59. B 60. B
61. Under Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme 2015-16, investors will be issued
a. FD receipt
b. RD receipt
c. Debenture
d. Holding certificate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
62. Under Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme 2015-16, price of bonds is fixed on the basis of
a. Notional rate ruling on that date
b. Future value based on IRR
c. Per week simple average closing price for gold 999 published by India Bullion & Jewellers Assn. Lt
d. Average of global market value on the date of purchase
____________________________________________________________________________________________
63. “Smurfing” means

a. large number of cash deposits into same account
b. one voucher for high value deposit
c. low value denominations of cash
d. Many transactions of cash and transfer of admissible amount
____________________________________________________________________________________________
64. What are the occasions where we have to obtain PAN / GIR no or Form 60\61?
a. On documents pertaining to time deposits exceeding Rs 50000 and also for opening other accounts
b. For all deposit accounts irrespective of the amount
c. Only for deposits of Rs.50,000.00 and above (including SB)
d. No such rule.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
65. What are the restrictions in the maximum number of partners in a Partnership firm. Should a minor be counted
as a partner?
a. It is 20 for all firms of different activities.
b. It is 15 for all activities.
c. For Banking activities – it is 10. For others it is – 20. Minors are not counted
d. For Banking activities – it is 10. For others it is – 20. Minors are also counted
____________________________________________________________________________________________
66. What are the transactions for which we have to send credit debit advices to the depositors ?
a. Only for specific standing instructions / requests made by customer
b. For all credits and debits (other than counterfoil acknowledged), except incidental charges and interest.
c. For credits relating to OBC/BP realization.
d. For all debits only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
61. D 62. C 63. A
64. A 65. C 66. B
67. What are the types of a/cs that can be opened under capital gain scheme?
a. only RD
b. Only FDR
c. Only RIP
d. FDR \RIP
____________________________________________________________________________________________
68. What is Marginal Standing Facility?

a. Same as repo rate
b. Same as reverse repo rate
c. Penal rate at which banks can borrow money from the central bank over and above what is available to them
through the LAF window
d. Same as Cash reserve ratio
____________________________________________________________________________________________
69. When both duplicate & original DD are presented for payment which one has to be paid?
a. Original is to be paid
b. Duplicate is to be paid
c. Both to be returned
d. Refer to the issuing branch
____________________________________________________________________________________________
70. What should you do if a SB / current a/c is sought to be closed within 3 months from the date of opening ?
a. Obtain ZM's permission and then close
b. Ask him to come after 6 months.
c. Close and pay and recover service charge
d. Close with out recovering service charges
____________________________________________________________________________________________
71. What is the minimum and maximum investment that can be made in Public Provident Fund?
a. 100, 100000
b. 500, 100000
c. 500, 150000
d. 5000, 150000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
72. What is the minimum denomination of Treasury Bills to issue in India ?

a. Rs. 10,000
b. Rs. 25,000
c. Rs. 50,000
d. Rs. 100,000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
67. D 68. C 69. B
70. C 71. C 72. B
73. What is the preservation period for paid instruments ?

a. 5 years
b. 8 years
c. 3 years
d. permanent record
____________________________________________________________________________________________
74. The number of parties involved in Bank Guarantee Agreement is

a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
75. Banking Codes and Standards Board of India was registered under
a. RBI Act
b. The Societies Registration Act 1860
c. Banking Regulation Act
d. Companies Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
76. Credit Information reports of CIBIL can be accessed by

a. Any Bank
b. Any citizen
c. only those members who provided all their data to CIBIL
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
77. What document is executed by the customer if the Term Deposit Receipt is lost ?
a. Promissory note
b. Guarantee bond
c. Government bond
d. Indemnity bond
____________________________________________________________________________________________
78. Customer requests for issuance of Bearer Draft, in this case___

a. Bank can strike the word "Order" and write "Bearer" and authenticate with signature
b. Bearer Draft can be issued like a Cheque
c. Signature of the payee should be attested on the back of Draft by the issuing branch
d. Bank can not issue bearer Draft
____________________________________________________________________________________________
73. B 74. B 75. B
76. C 77. D 78. D
79. The Objectives of KYC :

a. To ensure appropriate customer identification
b. To monitor transactions of suspicious nature
c. To take care that the loan would not become NPA
d. A & B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
80. The bank which pays the merchant for the transactions is called as
a. Acquiring bank
b. Issuer bank
c. clearance bank
d. none of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
81. Banker's lien is

a. Agreement
b. Bailment
c. Stoppage
d. Implied Pledge
____________________________________________________________________________________________
82. Banker's lien is not applicable for

a. Safe custody of articles
b. Securities left negligently
c. Debts not yet due
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
83. Garnishee order is issued by

a. Police officer
b. Revenue officer
c. Court of law
d. IT officer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
84. In case of Power of Attorney, who gives it is called

a. Donor
b. Donee
c. Bailor
d. Bailee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
79. D 80. A 81. D
82. D 83. C 84. A
85. Crossing is direction to the ________ bank to pay the cheque to the payee through a bank
a. Drawer
b. Negotiating
c. Paying
d. Collecting
____________________________________________________________________________________________
86. Following crossing is not provided in N I Act

a. General Crossing
b. Special Crossing
c. Not Negotiable Crossing
d. Account payee crossing
____________________________________________________________________________________________
87. Sans recourse means

a. without fear
b. without physical touch
c. without liability to me
d. without liability to payee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
88. On completion of what age, a minor attains majority in case of court appointed guardian
a. 21 years
b. 18 years
c. 20 years
d. 19 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
89. Delegate powers by a trust is

a. Possible
b. Not possible
c. Possible with Beneficiary's permission
d. Possible with permission of Commissioner of Charities
____________________________________________________________________________________________
90. Which of the following document stipulates internal rules of a company ?

a. Memorandum
b. Articles
c. Resolution
d. Companies Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
85. C 86. D 87. C
88. B 89. B 90. B
91. Two or more minors want to open a joint account, such account can be opened
a. As E or S
b. As Joint A/c
c. Can not open
d. Only two can open
____________________________________________________________________________________________
92. One of the directors of a Ltd Co expired and cheques signed by him are presented for payment. Bank
a. Cannot pay
b. can pay if other directors confirm
c. Payments are to be stopped by CO
d. Can pay as a routine
____________________________________________________________________________________________
93. A credit voucher is wrongly posted in SB account of Mr.X. The Banker's relation with Mr.X is
a. Trustee and Beneficiary
b. Debtor and Guarantor
c. Creditor and indemnifier
d. Creditor and Debtor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
94. RBI exercises monetary control through

a. CRR
b. SLR
c. Repo rate
d. All these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
95. What is the name of Central Bank in India ?

a. Central Bank of India
b. RBI
c. Exim Bank
d. IDRBT
____________________________________________________________________________________________
96. Who is the lender of last resort to Banking system in India?

a. IMF
b. World Bank
c. RBI
d. SBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
91. C 92. D 93. D
94. D 95. B 96. C
97. Responsibility of ensuring an efficient payment and settlement system is on

a. SEBI
b. IRDA
c. RBI
d. NPCI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
98. Who is Banker to Government ?

a. SBI
b. UTI
c. World Bank
d. RBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
99. Commercial Banks does not include

a. Public sector Banks
b. Foreign Banks
c. Private Banks
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
100. NBFC can not lend money through the following

a. Leasing
b. Hire Purchase
c. Bill Discounting
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
101. Urban Cooperative Banks are controlled by

a. RBI
b. State Governments
c. None of these
d. Both of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
102. Increase or Decrease in CRR and SLR results in ___________ Credit creation
a. Enhancing
b. Contracting
c. Both
d. No effect
____________________________________________________________________________________________
97. C 98. D 99. D
100. D 101. D 102. C
103. In India, Banking system is regulated by RBI, in terms of

a. RBI Act, 1934
b. BR Act 1949
c. None of these
d. Both of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
104. No loan or advance can be granted against the security of

a. Bank's own shares
b. Partly paid shares of a company
c. Both
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
105. Bank should not grant loans against

a. CD
b. FD's of other Banks
c. Money Market Mutual Funds
d. All these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
106. What is the time period for periodical updation of KYC in case of Low Risk Customers?
a. 2 years
b. 5 years
c. 8 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
107. What is the time period for periodical updation of KYC in case of Medium Risk Customers?
a. 2 years
b. 5 years
c. 8 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
108. What is the time period for periodical updation of KYC in case of High Risk Customers ?
a. 2 years
b. 5 years
c. 8 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
103. D 104. C 105. D
106. D 107. C 108. A
109. All Trust Accounts are classified under ______ risk under Risk categorisation
a. Low
b. Medium
c. High
d. Very High
____________________________________________________________________________________________
110. Due Diligence means

a. Obtaining Officially Valid Documents
b. Verification of information
c. Obtaining Introduction
d. Collect and Verify the information and positively establish the identity of the customer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
111. In case of Partnership Firms, Photographs of following persons are to be obtained

a. Managing Partner
b. Partners authorised to transact
c. All partners
d. A & B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
112. Minor can be included in the Partnership

a. like any other Partner
b. as Managing Partner
c. As a Partner authorised to transact
d. For the benefits of the partnership
____________________________________________________________________________________________
113. In case of Limited Companies, Photographs of following persons are to be obtained

a. Managing Director
b. All Directors
c. Authorised Signatories
d. A & C
____________________________________________________________________________________________
114. In case of Clubs, Associations, Trusts, Photographs of following persons are to be obtained
a. All the Members of Management Committee
b. President, Secretary & Treasurer
c. Only authorised Signatories of Managing Committee
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
109. C 110. D 111. C
112. D 113. B 114. A
115. Every person shall quote his PAN in all documents pertaining to following transactions
a. Deposit in cash aggregating Rs.50,000/- or more during any one day
b. Deposit in cash exceeding Rs.1,00,000/-
c. Deposit in cash aggregating Rs.1,00,000/- or more during any one day
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
116. Which Form to be obtained from persons who does not have PAN ?
a. Form 60
b. Form 61
c. Form 60 for who has Agri income and Form 61 from others
d. Form 61 for who has Agri income and Form 60 from others
____________________________________________________________________________________________
117. Whose PAN is to be quoted in case of purchase of DD by a company / Firm ?

a. Individual's who is purchasing on behalf of Firm/Company
b. Beneficiary's
c. Company or Firm on whose behalf the DD is purchased
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
118. When Bank sell third party products as agents, the responsibility of ensuring compliance with KYC/AML lies
with
a. Bank
b. Customer
c. Third Party
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
119. Politically Exposed Persons are to be classified as _______ Risk Customers

a. Low
b. Medium
c. High
d. Very High
____________________________________________________________________________________________
120. The decision to open an account for Politically Exposed Persons should be taken by
a. ABM of the Branch
b. BM of the Branch
c. SIC/ZO
d. Zonal Manager
____________________________________________________________________________________________
115. A 116. D 117. C
118. C 119. C 120. D
121. In case of e-purse account full KYC/AML/CFT norms are to be followed for
a. Customer / Main account holder
b. In whose name e-purse a/c is opened
c. Both of these
d. Any one of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
122. In general, due diligence for both existing and new customers of Safe Deposit Lockers, the standards
prescribed for _______ Risk customers to be followed
a. Low
b. Medium
c. High
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
123. Inoperative account is one in which there are no customer transactions for over a period of
a. One Year
b. Two Years
c. Three Years
d. Five Years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
124. The indicative threshold limit for low risk customers opened under NREGP Scheme is __ Lakhs or 25% of
annual income whichever is higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
125. Review of Customer Risk Categorisation is to be done at least once in a

a. Quarter
b. half Year
c. Nine Months
d. year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
126. In case of opening of an account with cheques in favour of some third party and endorsed in favour of the
prospective customer
a. Due Diligence to be exercised
b. Enhanced Due Diligence to be done
c. Account should not be opened
d. Must be informed to third party before opening of such account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
121. A 122. B 123. B
124. A 125. B 126. C
127. Branch should send a letter of thanks to all SB/CA account customers not later than ____ working days after
opening of account
a. One
b. Two
c. Three
d. Four
____________________________________________________________________________________________
128. Collection of instruments would be done for the accounts

a. KYC Complied
b. Properly Introduced
c. A & B
d. A or B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
129. Beneficial owner is the natural person(s), has ownership of / entitlement to more than _______ % of capital or
profits of the partnership
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
130. A Scheduled Bank is one whose name appears in

a. 2nd Schedule of RBI Act, 1934
b. 3rd Schedule of RBI Act, 1934
c. 2nd Schedule of B R Act 1949
d. 3rd Schedule of B R Act 1949
____________________________________________________________________________________________
131. A bill without genuine trade transactions is called

a. Acceptance Bill
b. Accommodation Bill
c. Usance Bill
d. Site Bill
____________________________________________________________________________________________
132. Who is not a party to cheque ?

a. Drawer
b. Drawee
c. Payee
d. Acceptor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
127. A 128. C 129. B
130. A 131. B 132. D
133. A cheque bearing date prior to more than three months is called
a. Ante dated
b. Impossible dated
c. Post dated
d. Stale cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
134. Who can revalidate a cheque ?

a. Drawer
b. Drawee
c. Bank
d. Payee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
135. An inchoate instrument is the one which is

a. bearing impossible date
b. incomplete instrument
c. bearing out date
d. Bearing a stale date
____________________________________________________________________________________________
136. Collection of cheque in his customers account wherein the cheque belonging to some other person is called
a. LOC
b. Endorsement
c. Conversion
d. LOU
____________________________________________________________________________________________
137. Who can issue stop payment instruction to the Bank ?

a. Drawer
b. Payee
c. Endorsee
d. Bearer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
138. The Drawer of Demand Draft is always

a. Banker
b. Any individual
c. On whose behalf the DD is purchased
d. Any institution
____________________________________________________________________________________________
133. D 134. A 135. B
136. C 137. A 138. A
139. Issuance of Bearer Demand Draft is

a. Done by any nationalised Bank
b. By any Private Bank
c. Any Scheduled Bank
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
140. Nomination of Compliance Officer in each bank is done based on the recommendations of
a. Gupta Committee
b. Ghosh Committee
c. Damodaran Committee
d. Khusro Committee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
141. Can a minor be appointed as Agent ?

a. Yes
b. No, minor can not bind his principle
c. Yes, But with operations by his guardian
d. No, because minor can not draw, endorse and accept bills
____________________________________________________________________________________________
142. Can a minor be appointed as a trustee ?

a. Yes
b. No
c. Yes, But with operations by his guardian
d. Yes if provided in trust deed
____________________________________________________________________________________________
143. The garnishee order is issued in _____ Stages

a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
____________________________________________________________________________________________
144. As per Policy, Concurrent Audit should cover at least ____% of Deposits and ____% of Advances of the Bank
a. 50% & 70%
b. 50% and 50%
c. 70% and 70%
d. 60% and 70%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
139. D 140. B 141. A
142. B 143. A 144. B
145. The branches with HIGH RISK are to be subjected to concurrent audit with business size of:
a. 75 Crores
b. 100 Crores
c. 50 Crores
d. Irrespective of Size of the Branch
____________________________________________________________________________________________
146. What is the objective of Whistle-Blower Policy ?

a. Promoting culture of Openness
b. Setting Standards of Public Services
c. Compliance with Rules and Regulations
d. All of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
147. The Role of whistle-blower is

a. Investigator
b. Reporting
c. Fact finder
d. to determine Corrective Action
____________________________________________________________________________________________
148. Who is the Designated Authority to receive communications under the Whistle-blower policy ?
a. GM in charge of Inspection / Head of Dept. at CO
b. Zonal Manager
c. Second-in-Command of Zone
d. GM Accounts at CO
____________________________________________________________________________________________
149. What are Zero Tolerance areas as per Audit Policy ?

a. Non Creation of EM/Non Registration of MOD/Non registration of ROC
b. Non-conduct of Pre-release audit
c. Non adjustment of Books
d. All of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
150. Which of the following is Zero tolerance area as per Audit policy ?
a. Existence of Unauthorised parking accounts
b. Un-reconciled parking accounts
c. Both of these
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
145. D 146. D 147. B
148. A 149. D 150. C
151. During Branch Inspection, the Inspectors have to verify at least ______ % of outstanding Jewel Packets
a. 10%
b. 15%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
152. "Payable at Par" cheques will be issued to the eligible customers whose risk categorisation is
a. High
b. Medium
c. Low
d. Irrespective of risk categorisation
____________________________________________________________________________________________
153. Cash payment to third party at host branch is

a. Not permitted
b. permitted upto Rs.25000
c. permitted upto Rs.50,000/- in case of multicity cheques
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
154. In centres where no clearing house exists, local cheques are presented to drawee Banks
a. Across the Counter
b. Through their Bank in other centre
c. Through Service Branch
d. Such Cheques are to be rejected
____________________________________________________________________________________________
155. A cheque is returned with the reason "Required information not legible /correct". In this case, cheque return
changes are
a. to be recovered
b. not to be recovered because customer is not at fault
c. 50% of charges are to be recovered
d. Bank has to pay penalty
____________________________________________________________________________________________
156. Branches having clearing facility should display the following information
a. Cut-off time
b. Time when the customer's account is credited
c. When the customers would be able to utilise the proceeds
d. All these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
151. B 152. D 153. C
154. A 155. B 156. D
157. Cheques that need to be re-presented without any recourse to the payee will be presented by Bank with due
notification to the customers through
a. Orally over Phone
b. Through SMS alert
c. Letter
d. Notification is not required
____________________________________________________________________________________________
158. Speed Clearing means

a. Presenting outstation CBS branch cheques in local clearing on concerned Bank
b. Sending of outstation cheques by speed post for collection
c. Special clearing on specified dates
d. Clearing high value cheques in first stage
____________________________________________________________________________________________
159. The terms and conditions applicable to Speed Clearing are as applicable to
a. Collection of outstation cheques
b. Local clearing instruments
c. OBC
d. IBC
____________________________________________________________________________________________
160. In case our Branch does not have a branch in the centre where the Instrument is drawn, the instrument to be
sent for collection to
a. Head office of the concerned Bank
b. the Bank through a correspondent Bank
c. the drawee bank directly
d. B or C
____________________________________________________________________________________________
161. Bank collects "Account payee" cheques to the credit of

a. Payee constituent Accounts
b. Holder's account
c. Endorsee's account
d. Bank does not collect Account payee cheques
____________________________________________________________________________________________
162. Bank collects "Account payee" cheques for an amount not exceeding Rs._________ to the account of co-
operative credit societies, if the payee of the constituents of such societies
a. 20,000
b. 25,000
c. 50,000
d. 1,00,000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
157. B 158. A 159. B
160. D 161. A 162. C
163. The process of stopping the flow of the physical cheque issued by a drawer to the drawee branch is
called__________
a. Remittance
b. Truncation
c. Clearing
d. CMS
____________________________________________________________________________________________
164. The Images of cheques captured will be transmitted to the drawee branches with following authentication
a. Login ID & Password
b. Encryption code
c. Decryption Code
d. Digital Signature
____________________________________________________________________________________________
165. In case of CTC Clearing, physical endorsement of presenting Banker is

a. Dispensed with
b. Not necessary
c. Required
d. Digital Signature is sufficient
____________________________________________________________________________________________
166. As per explanation II to Section 131 of N I Act, under CTS clearing, the onus of due diligence lies with
a. Paying Banker
b. Drawee Bank
c. Presenting Banker
d. Payee's Bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
167. Presently the cheques issued by the bank confirms to __________ Standard
a. CTS-2016
b. CTS-2014
c. CTS-2012
d. CTS-2010
____________________________________________________________________________________________
168. If the identified day for clearing non-CTS-2010 instruments falls on a holiday under NI Act, presentation
session on such occasions will be conducted on _________
a. Next working day
b. Previous working day
c. Next non-CTS clearing session
d. Preceding non-CTS clearing session
____________________________________________________________________________________________
163. B 164. D 165. C
166. C 167. D 168. B
169. Bank can do Immediate credit of outstation cheques/instruments upto an aggregate value of Rs.__________
tendered for collection by individual accounts with satisfactory conduct and on specific request of the customer.
a. 5,000
b. 10,000
c. 15,000
d. 20,000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
170. Following customers are not eligible under ICOOC ( Immediate of Credit of outstation cheques )
a. Trading Concerns
b. Non-Individual
c. Whose cheques are returned for financial reasons
d. All these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
171. Following type of cheques are not acceptable under ICOOC facility
a. DDs
b. Dividend Warrants
c. Endorsed cheques
d. Interest warrants
____________________________________________________________________________________________
172. What is the maximum period within which Outstation Cheques and other instruments drawn on branches
located in State Capitals and sent for collection are to be realised ?
a. 2 days
b. 5 days
c. 7 days
d. 10 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
located in Major Cities (other than north eastern states and Sikkim) and sent for collection are to be realised ?
a. 2 days
b. 5 days
c. 7 days
d. 10 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
located in centres other than State Capitals and major cities and sent for collection are to be realised ?
a. 7 days
b. 10 days
c. 14 days
d. 21 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
169. C 170. D 171. D
172. C 173. D 174. C
175. In case of of delayed collection of local cheques, Interest for the delayed period is to be paid at the rate of
a. SB interest rate
b. Base Rate
c. Repo Rate
d. MCLR-overnight
____________________________________________________________________________________________
176. Interest on delayed collection of instruments to be paid ___________

a. If customer demands
b. without demand from customer
c. If the amount is credited to SB only
d. If the amount collected for Term Deposit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
177. If the delayed period of collection is upto 14 days, Interest for delayed period to be paid at the rate of
___________
a. SB interest rate
b. Base Rate
c. Repo Rate
d. MCLR-overnight
____________________________________________________________________________________________
178. If the delayed period of collection is beyond 14 days, Interest for delayed period to be paid at the rate of
___________
a. SB interest rate
b. Rate as applicable to term deposit for the period of delay
c. Base Rate
d. MCLR-overnight
____________________________________________________________________________________________
179. If the delayed period of collection is more than 90 days, Interest for delayed period to be paid at the rate of
___________
a. SB interest rate + 2%
b. 2% over and above the Rate as applicable to term deposit for the period of delay
c. Base Rate + 2%
d. MCLR-overnight + 2%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
180. In case outstation instruments for collection to a Loan / OD, Interest for delayed period to be paid at the rate of
Interest applicable to the loan account + ________
a. 0%
b. 1%
c. 2%
d. 4%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
175. A 176. B 177. A
178. B 179. B 180. C
181. In case of cheques / instruments under collection are lost in transit / collection process / at paying branch, and
the intimation of loss of instrument is conveyed to the customer beyond the time limit, interest is to be paid for period
exceeded along wit
a. 7 days
b. 10 days
c. 15 days
d. 21 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
182. In case a cheque / instrument lost in transit by the bank, charges for recording stop order will be borne
by_______
a. Bank
b. Customer
c. No charges
d. Drawer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
183. Bank will not be liable to compensate customers for delayed credit of proceeds under collection, in the events
like _____________
a. sabotage
b. Accidents
c. Natural disasters
d. All of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
184. The dishonoured instruments are to be returned / despatched to the customer without delay, in any case within
______ hours
a. 24
b. 48
c. 72
d. 96
____________________________________________________________________________________________
185. In case of dishonour / return of cheques, Banks to follow the norms prescribed in Rule ___ of the URRBCH (
Uniform Regulations and Rules for Bankers' Clearing Houses ).
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8
____________________________________________________________________________________________
186. While accepting US Dollar denominated Cheques for collection which are payable in USA, regarding to the
genuineness of the instruments _______
a. Bank assumes responsibility
b. Bank assumes NO responsibility
c. to be ascertained through correspondent Bank
d. to be ascertained through Agents
____________________________________________________________________________________________
181. C 182. A 183. D
184. A 185. B 186. B
187. While accepting US Dollar denominated Cheques for collection which are payable in USA,, Braches may
utilise following services
a. Cash Letter Services
b. Cheque collection/final credit services
c. Cheque 21 services
d. All these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
188. Banks would pay interest on the amount of cheque from the date of ___________ credit in their Nostro
account till such time the customer account is credited
a. Sighting
b. second day after sighting
c. third day after sighting
d. fourth day after sighting
____________________________________________________________________________________________
189. Under Immediate Credit of Foreign Currency Cheques Payable Overseas (IFOC), the amount eligible to be
purchased is equivalent of USD ______
a. 500
b. 750
c. 1000
d. 1500
____________________________________________________________________________________________
190. Minors of age --- and above can open SB a/c

a. 14 years
b. 18 years
c. 10 years
d. None of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
191. Which form is used for variation of nomination in the a/c ?

a. DA 1
b. DA 2
c. DA 3
d. DAF
____________________________________________________________________________________________
192. Which form is used for cancellation of nomination in a/c ?

a. DA1
b. DA 2
c. DA 3
d. DAF
____________________________________________________________________________________________
187. D 188. A 189. A
190. C 191. C 192. B
193. If a customer is not happy about his choice of SB or C/A, he can switch over the a/c within how many days with
interest if any.
a. 7days
b. 14 days
c. 6 months
d. 1 year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
194. Differential rate of interest can be paid by bank in SB a/c if the amount is -----
a. Upto 1 lakhs
b. 1 lakh and above
c. Above 1 lakh
d. Above 5 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
195. Additional 0.50 interest is paid to senior citizens for RD starting from the period of deposit-----
a. 3 months
b. 6 months
c. 1 month
d. 12 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
196. For pre closure of term deposit upto Rs.5 lakh , period run 180 days, interest rate applicable is--
a. Card rate - 1%
b. Card rate
c. Card rate - 0.75
____________________________________________________________________________________________
197. Branches upto scale III can accept high value deposit of Rs.---
a. Upto 5 crore
b. upto 1 crore
c. Upto 10 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
198. Branches scale IV can accept high value deposit of Rs.---

a. Upto 5 crore
b. Upto 10 crore
c. Upto 15 crore
d. Upto 25 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
193. B 194. C 195. B
196. A 197. A 198. D
199. In case of fixed deposit of Rs.--- and above , the opening of fixed deposit is followed by
personal visit by the official to the residence/office of the depositor.
a. 1 crore and above
b. 2 crore and above
c. 5 crore and above
d. 10 crore and above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
200. For fixed deposit of Rs.---- and above ZO/SIC may seek confirmation by personal visit or
over phone
a. Above 5 crore
b. Above 10 crore
c. Above 50 crore
d. Above 100 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
201. Bank should settle the death claim within --- days of receipt of all required documents
a. 10 days
b. 15 days
c. 7 days
d. 30 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
202. NRI is permitted to transfer funds from NRO to NRE a/c upto the limit of ---- per financial year
a. USD 1 million
b. USD 250000
c. USD 5 million
d. USD 10 million
____________________________________________________________________________________________
203. In our bank FCNR a/c can be opened in --- designated currencies
a. 7
b. 9
c. 5
d. 10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
204. Which of the type of deposit a/c is not accepted in FCNR a/c ?
a. FD
b. RIP
c. RD
____________________________________________________________________________________________
199. B 200. C 201. B
202. A 203. B 204. C
205. Banks may at its discretion disallow withdrawal of rupee term deposit of Rs.---- and above
a. 1 crore and above
b. 2 crore and above
d. 10 crore and above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
206. CBS System has been configured to classify the following Deposits as Un claim Deposits if the accounts are
not operated for 10 years and above
a. Savings Bank Accounts
b. Current Accounts
c. Term Deposit Accounts
d. A & B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
207. Changing an account to Unclaimed Status is

a. Manual
b. System driven
c. System driven but Accounts to be identified manually
d. A & B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
208. Which of the following type of Credit transactions are permitted in Unclaimed Deposit Accounts ?
a. Cash Transactions
b. Clearing transactions
c. Transfer transactions
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
209. Which of the following type of Debit transactions are permitted in Unclaimed Deposit Accounts ?
a. Cash Transactions
b. Clearing transactions
c. Transfer transactions
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
210. System will trigger Supervisory Override in case of Debit transaction in Unclaimed deposit, in case the amount
is more than
a. 5000
b. 10000
c. 20000
d. any amount
____________________________________________________________________________________________
205. C 206. D 207. B
208. D 209. D 210. D
211. In centralised cheque processing centres ( Service Branch ) the transactions in Unclaimed Deposit accounts
are listed in Branch reports in
a. Day end CDC reports
b. Funds Book
c. Saved Reports
d. Shadow Reports
____________________________________________________________________________________________
212. When a cheque is presented on an Unclaimed Deposit Account and sufficient funds are available, payment
should not be paid in case of
a. Branch could not contact the Customer
b. Customer's request for activation of the account is not given
c. Non-KYC compliant accounts
d. PAN No. not provided
____________________________________________________________________________________________
213. Operations in the following accounts must be authenticated by two officers, of which one should be BM / ABM
a. Unclaimed Deposit Accounts
b. Inoperative Accounts
c. Both A & B
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
214. NI Act came into force w.e.f

a. Jan 1881
b. June 1881
c. 1st March 1882
d. April 1882
____________________________________________________________________________________________
215. Which section says that Bills of Exchange, Promissory note and Cheques are negotiable instruments ?
a. Sec 10
b. Sec 25
c. Sec 81
d. Sec 13
____________________________________________________________________________________________
216. Which of the following negotiable instruments comes outside of NI Act ?

a. promissory
note
b. Bill of lading
c. Bill of exchange
d. Cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
211. B 212. C 213. C
214. C 215. D 216. B
217. Which section deals about difference in amount and words in NI Act ?
a. 16
b. 18
c. 22
d. 26
____________________________________________________________________________________________
218. Which section deals about grace period in usance bills in NI act ?
a. 21
b. 22
c. 25
d. 26
____________________________________________________________________________________________
219. Section 124 in NI act deals in ----

a. General crossing
b. Special crossing
c. Endorsement
d. Holder in due
course
____________________________________________________________________________________________
220. Material alteration is dealt in which section of NI Act

a. 85
b. 58
c. 87
d. 88
____________________________________________________________________________________________
221. Which section of BR act deals in unclaimed deposit ?

a. 25
b. 26
c. 21
d. 21A
____________________________________________________________________________________________
222. Which section of BR act deals in audit of bank ?

a. 29
b. 30
c. 35
d. 35A
____________________________________________________________________________________________
217. B 218. B 219. B
220. C 221. B 222. B
223. Which section of BR act deals in branch licensing ?

a. 23
b. 22
c. 21A
d. 21
____________________________________________________________________________________________
224. What is the 1st stage of money laundering in KYC ?

a. Layering
b. Placement
c. Integration
d. use
____________________________________________________________________________________________
225. How many key elements are there in KYC Policy ?

a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
226. A partnership concern of turn over Rs.10 crore will be classified in ---- risk
a. Low
b. Medium
c. High
d. No risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
227. A limited company having turn over Rs.10 crore will be classified ---- risk
a. Low
b. Medium
c. High
d. No risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
228. Introduction for opening of following __________ customers need not be insisted
a. Low Risk Customers
b. Medium Risk Customers
c. High Risk Customers
d. Who submits Officially valid documents
____________________________________________________________________________________________
223. A 224. B 225. C
226. B 227. A 228. D
229. Photographs need not be insisted in case of following accounts of _______

a. Banks
b. Govt. Departments
c. Local Bodies
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
230. Enhanced due diligence is to be observed in case of ________

a. Politically Exposed persons
b. Non-face to face customers
c. Accounts of clients maintained by Professional intermediaries
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
231. In case of wire transfer, __________ Bank must ensure that qualifying wire transfers contain complete
originator information.
a. Intermediary Bank
b. Ordering Bank
c. Beneficiary Bank
d. Correspondent Bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
232. All vouchers of the day‟s transaction must be preserved for not less than _______ Years
a. 5
b. 8
c. 10
d. to be preserved for ever
____________________________________________________________________________________________
233. All Bank's Onsite / Offsite ATMs are to be installed with _______________ apart from in-built alarm and
cameras
a. Burglar Alarm System
b. Fire alarm Sensors
c. CCTV
d. All of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
234. All remittances exceeding Rs.50 lakhs and upto Rs.500 lakhs should be accompanied by at least _______
armed guards
a. One
b. Two
c. Three
d. Four
____________________________________________________________________________________________
229. D 230. D 231. B
232. C 233. D 234. B
235. Remittances above Rs.40 lakhs and up to Rs.50 lakhs should be accompanied by at least _______ armed
guards
a. Nil
b. One
c. Two
d. Three
____________________________________________________________________________________________
236. In case no mode of transport is available and the distance to be covered is short, cash remittances may have
to be sent on foot. In such cases, remittance should not exceed
a. Two Lacs
b. Five Lacs
c. 10 lacs
d. Eight lacs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
237. Bankers Indemnity Policy covering cash, Jewels and certain specified securities is taken by
a. Branch
b. Zone
c. HO: Accounts Department
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
238. Expansion of BCSBI is BANKING CODES AND ………BOARD OF INDIA

a. STATUOTORY
b. STANDRADS
c. STRATEGIC
d. SECURITY
____________________________________________________________________________________________
239. ………………Committee constituted by RBI recommended setting up of the BCSBI

a. S S Tarapore.
b. K C Chakraborty
c. Goiporia
d. M V Kamath
____________________________________________________________________________________________
240. BCSBI is an independent/autonomous body acting as………for Banking Industry

a. Regulator
b. Promoter
c. Watch dog
d. Felicitator
____________________________________________________________________________________________
235. B 236. A 237. C
238. B 239. A 240. C
241. BCSBI was set up in the year…………by the Reserve Bank of India
a. 2006
b. 2007
c. 2008
d. 2009
____________________________________________________________________________________________
242. Membership of BCSBI is …………and open to scheduled banks

a. Compulsory
b. Mandatory
c. Obligatory
d. Voluntary
____________________________________________________________________________________________
243. Aims and Objectives of BCSBI are to function as an independent and autonomous body, to conduct and
undertake research of the codes and standards, to enter into covenants (binding agreements) with banks mainly in
the area related to…………
a. Customer behaviour
b. Customer information
c. Customer Rights
d. Customer Security
____________________________________________________________________________________________
244. As per BCSBI every bank has to come out with a “Code of banks commitment to……………” and _____
a. RBI, Govt.
b. Public enterprise, Private enterprise
c. Customers, Micro and Small Enterprises
d. Employer, Employee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
245. The BCSBI code represents each member banks commitment to ………… standards of service to individual
customers in relation to products and services offered by banks
a. Minimum
b. Maximum
c. Adequate
d. Sufficient
____________________________________________________________________________________________
246. Non-profit organisation transaction report (NTR) is to be reported by the bank to FIU-IND by _ of classifying the
transaction is suspicious
a. Daily
b. within 15 day of succeeding month (monthly reporting)
c. Fortnightly
d. Bi-monthly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
241. A 242. D 243. C
244. C 245. A 246. B
247. What is the threshold limit for low risk customers of SHG?
a. Rs.1 lakh or 25% of annual income which is higher
b. Rs 2 lakhs or 25% of annual income which is higher
c. Rs.10 lakhs or 25% of annual income which is higher
d. Rs.5 lakhs or 25% of annual income which is higher
____________________________________________________________________________________________
248. A partnership customers will be treated as Low Risk category if his annual turnover is ?
a. Upto and inclusive of Rs. 50 lakhs
b. Upto and inclusiveRs.5 crore
c. Upto and inclusive of Rs. 10 crore
d. Upto and inclusive of Rs. Rs. 1 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
249. The PMLA 2002 Act came in to effect from

a. 01.04.2002
b. July'2005
c. July'2010
d. 01.05.2005
____________________________________________________________________________________________
250. Full KYC exercise is to be undertaken for medium risk customers should be done in every--------years
a. 2 years
b. 5 years
c. 8 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
251. A public trust account having annual turnover less than 10 lakhs should be classified as
a. Low Risk
b. Medium Risk
c. High Risk
d. No Risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
252. A private trust having turnover of transaction less than Rs.1 lakh annually will be classified as
a. Low Risk
b. Medium Risk
c. High Risk
d. No Classification required
____________________________________________________________________________________________
247. D 248. B 249. B
250. C 251. C 252. C
253. In case of low risk individual customer of business class, what should be the threshold limit?
a. Rs.10 lakh or annual turnover whichever is higher
b. Rs.10 lakhs or one month turn over whichever is higher
c. Rs. 50 lakhs or 25% of annual income whichever is higher
d. Rs.50 lakhs or one month turn over whichever is higher
____________________________________________________________________________________________
254. Who among the following are to be classified as High Risk Customers?
a. Trust
b. NRIs
c. NBFCs
d. all of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
255. Which is not a part of KYC Policy?

a. Customer Acceptance Policy
b. Customer Identification Procedures
c. Monitoring of Transactions
d. Loan Policy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
256. Which is not a Risk Perception under KYC ?

a. Low Risk
b. Country Risk
c. Medium Risk
d. High Risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
257. If the customers provide only one photo identity document which bears address, it is sufficient to open account.
a. Yes
b. No
c. Yes, provided the same address is given provided by the customer in the account opening form
d. BMs can take decision in this regard
____________________________________________________________________________________________
258. As per RBI guidelines ,only one POA (Proof of Address) is required either permanent or current to open
savings bank account
a. yes
b. No
c. POI(Proof of Identify) and POA(Proof of Address) is must
____________________________________________________________________________________________
253. A 254. D 255. D
256. B 257. C 258. A
259. When a person unable to produce KYC documents, will you open SB account
a. Yes
b. No
c. Yes, it can be open in Small Account Product Code
____________________________________________________________________________________________
260. A walk-in customer approaches your branch for depositing cash of Rs.25000/- in a deposit account's holder of
another branch
a. You will deny to accept the cash.
b. You will accept the cash
c. Cash can be accepted by obtaining a copy of the officially valid documents for any cash more than
Rs.20000/-
d. Cash can be accepted if the walk-in customer is well known to be bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
261. Our Banks BCSBI Compliance average score for 2015 is

a. 72
b. 74
c. 76
d. 78
____________________________________________________________________________________________
262. Any complaint received from any customer has to be resolved within ___ days from the date of receipt of the
complaint
a. 10
b. 14
c. 21
d. 30
____________________________________________________________________________________________
263. Time norms for collection of outstation cheques by the branches in state capital is
a. 7 days
b. 10 days
c. 14 days
d. 3 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
264. As per Rule ________ of Income Tax Act, 1961, PAN should be quoted for opening of bank accounts
a. 114(B)
b. 116©
c. 117(A)
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
259. C 260. C 261. B
262. C 263. A 264. A
265. While issuing Duplicate Pass Book, Branch has to take the following precautions
a. Written request from Account Holder
b. KYC to be verified
c. Photo to be verified
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
266. Walk-in customers for KYC purpose includes

a. Beneficial Owner
b. Attorney
c. Guarantor
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
267. Frequency for submission of Suspicious Transactions Report (STR) is

a. Daily
b. Weekly
c. Fortnightly
d. Monthly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
268. Branches should maintain all records of transactions for at least_______ years from the date of cessation of
the transaction under PML Act, 2002
a. 5
b. 8
c. 10
d. 20
____________________________________________________________________________________________
269. Which of the following forms part of Aims and Objectives of BCSBI ?
a. This is a Code of Customer Rights, which sets minimum standards of banking practices member
b. banks have to follow while they deal with individual customers.
c. b) It provides protection to customers and explains how banks are expected to deal with customers in
d. their day-to-day operations
____________________________________________________________________________________________
270. As per BCSBI every bank should have a code …………officer at each controlling office and display his name
and contact number at each branch
a. Ensuring
b. Issuing
c. Conduct
d. Compliance
____________________________________________________________________________________________
265. D 266. D 267. A
268. A 269. D 270. D
271. As per BCSBI every bank should display the name and address of the……………
a. Nearest railway station
b. Nearest fire station
c. Banking ombudsman
d. Nearest telephone exchange
____________________________________________________________________________________________
272. BCSBI has come out with a new credit counselling scheme for those who are having exposure in the retail
segment in any of the member banks E.g. Personal Loan/Vehicle Loan/Home Loan/Credit Card and MSE Sector
whose credit exposure does not exceed Rs…………
a. 10 lakhs
b. 25 lakhs
c. 50 lakhs
d. 100 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
273. The Code has been developed to promote good and fair banking practices and transparency so that the
customer can have a better understanding of what he can reasonably expect from the bank, encourage market
forces, through competition, to achieve higher o
a. status
b. Standards
c. Profits
d. Cycle
____________________________________________________________________________________________
274. Objectives of BCSBI Code of Bank's Commitment to Micro and Small Enterprises is to give a positive thrust to
the MSE sector by providing easy …………to efficient banking services
a. Exit
b. Communication
c. Money
d. Access
____________________________________________________________________________________________
275. Now a day BCSBI is conducting a survey across cities, involving branches and customers of banks on
…………and came out with RATING of member banks
a. Bank Computerization
b. Bank frauds
c. Staff problems
d. Code Compliance
____________________________________________________________________________________________
276. The Branch visit findings and customer responses obtained are grouped by BCSBI into ………segments and
allot different weights in the rating
a. Three
b. Four
c. Five
d. Six
____________________________________________________________________________________________
271. C 272. C 273. B
274. D 275. D 276. C
277. Based on the overall score of the bank, a rating is awarded from out of four categories like………level of
compliance (=> 85 marks), Above Average level of compliance (70 to less than 85) Average level of compliance (60
to less than 70), Below Average level
a. Excellent
b. Super
c. Fine
d. High
____________________________________________________________________________________________
278. The segments for rating by BCSBI code compliance are: Information Dissemination, Transparency, Customer
Centricity …………………and Customer Feedback
a. Financial inclusion
b. Bank frauds
c. Grievance Redressal
d. Bank Loan Policy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
279. A copy of the code of commitment should be given to the customer, at the time of ……………and on demand
by the customer
a. Entering the branch
b. opening of accounts
c. closing of accounts
d. Cash Deposit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
280. Availability of …………………and customer service folders are measures for Information Dissemination
a. Passbook
b. ATM card
c. Deposit challan
d. mandatory displays
____________________________________________________________________________________________
281. Indian Bank has already printed and circulated the BCSBI code to all its branches; the codes are ported on the
website in English, Hindi and all the Regional Languages through a link to BCSBI website and available to the public
on demand It is also inclu
a. Deposit manual
b. Loan policy
c. Help Desk
d. Whistle Blower Policy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
282. As per BCSBI directives display of …………notice board should be in bilingual/trilingual format
a. General
b. Comprehensive
c. Staff
d. Employment
____________________________________________________________________________________________
277. D 278. C 279. B
280. D 281. C 282. B
283. Banking Ombudsman scheme should find a place in the ……… notice board
a. General
b. Comprehensive
c. Staff
d. Employment
____________________________________________________________________________________________
284. Display of Bank's MCLR and its effective date, Minimum balance requirement and penalty for non
maintenance thereof, Minimum balance for No frills/Basic SB and Information that policies, service charges et is
available in a folder and information regardin
a. Comprehensive
b. Staff
c. Employment
d. General
____________________________________________________________________________________________
285. Display regarding Facility of deposit/exchange of coins of all denominations, Procedure for dealing with
counterfeit notes, Availability of code of commitment to customers and MSE, Display of cut off time for clearing
should be included in the………notice b
a. Staff
b. Employment
c. General
d. Comprehensive
____________________________________________________________________________________________
286. Three sets of customer service folders were supplied to the branches/zonal office in the year 2009, of which
one to be kept with the BM, one with …………and the third with the May I Help You Desk
a. Head cashier
b. ABM
c. SWO
d. Marketing Officer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
287. SPGRS is an ………complaint Redressal facility

a. Offline
b. Online
c. On site
d. Manual
____________________________________________________________________________________________
288. Expansion of SPGRS is Standardized …………Grievances Redressal System

a. People
b. Police
c. Public
d. Preliminary
____________________________________________________________________________________________
283. B 284. A 285. D
286. B 287. B 288. C
289. As per BCSBI guidelines Salient features of KYC Norms, RBI Clean Note Policy, Citizens' Charter et should
find a place in CUSTOMER SERVICE ………..
a. Circular
b. Notice
c. Folders
d. Leaflet
____________________________________________________________________________________________
290. The BCSBI rating of the Bank will play an important role in evaluating the ………rendered by the Bank
a. Schemes
b. Credit
c. Service
d. Products
____________________________________________________________________________________________
291. The principal code compliance officer of our bank is general manager in charge of…………at CO
a. Marketing dept.
b. Credit dept.
c. HRM dept.
d. Customer service cell
____________________________________________________________________________________________
292. A Board should be displayed at all Branches stating that Indian Bank is a …………of BCSBI, having adopted
the Codes of Commitment to Customers for implementation in letter and in spirit
a. Partner
b. Member
c. Co-owner
d. Share Holder
____________________________________________________________________________________________
293. As per CO guidelines ……… should be adequately knowledgeable in BCSBI codes

a. Customer
b. Front line staff
c. Share holders
d. Public
____________________________________________________________________________________________
294. Every effort is made to impart …………to the staff, all the staff should endeavour to update their knowledge
about the codes by referring to our website/helpdesk
a. Promotion
b. Training
c. Reward
d. Protection
____________________________________________________________________________________________
289. C 290. C 291. D
292. B 293. B 294. B
295. Zonal Offices/Branches should discuss the codes in the JCSC (Joint Customer Service Committee) and………
meetings at regular intervals to impart complete knowledge of the codes
a. Canteen
b. Pooja committee
c. Staff
d. Cultural Committee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
296. In the promotion tests/interviews, ………will be given for testing the knowledge of staff with regard to BCSBI
codes
a. Hints
b. Weightage
c. Problems
d. Case Studies
____________________________________________________________________________________________
297. The recommendations of the …………committee on customer service are to be focused

a. Goiporia
b. Nayak
c. Mitra
d. Tendon
____________________________________________________________________________________________
298. All complaints pending unresolved for more than ……… hours must be entered in the SPGRS
a. 12
b. 24
c. 36
d. 48
____________________________________________________________________________________________
299. In the absence of May I Help You desk in small branches, ……………can be treated as the same
a. BM
b. ABM
c. SWO
d. The first counter to entrance
____________________________________________________________________________________________
300. There should be …………items in the Customer Service folders

a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
295. C 296. B 297. A
298. B 299. D 300. C
301. There are ………core recommendations in the Goiporia committee on customer service
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
302. Indian Bank strongly believes that a …………customer is the most important factor for growth of its Business
a. Walk-in
b. HNI
c. Satisfied
d. Modern
____________________________________________________________________________________________
303. The branches may take a print out of the …………compliance report and keep it as a check list for the
Mandatory compliances, which will greatly improve the compliance level
a. Monthly
b. Quarterly
c. Half yearly
d. Annual
____________________________________________________________________________________________
304. ……………kit should contain a copy of the BCSBI code book

a. First aid
b. Complaint
c. Suggestion
d. Welcome
____________________________________________________________________________________________
305. If BSCBI makes its 'code compliance survey rating of bank' public and our bank rating is below High category;
which of following scenario may arise
a. It will be difficult to canvass good customers
b. Existing customers may leave bank for better rated banks
c. Bank's reputation will be at stake
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
306. Non-compliance of BCSBI codes may result in

a. Suspension of membership
b. Naming and Shaming
c. Intervening in branch expansion process saying that the Bank is not keeping its commitments to its existing
customers
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
301. B 302. C 303. B
304. D 305. D 306. D
307. BCSBI code compliance officer at each controlling office is

a. Zonal manager
b. Second in command
c. Department head HR
d. Security officer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
308. EC to be verified normally for a period of

a. 3 years
b. 7 years
c. 5 years
d. 13 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
309. For renewal of facilities to a corporate

a. If it is a renewal for the same limits board resolution is not a must
b. If it is enhancement of limits board resolution is a must
c. If it is enhancement of limits resolution passed in AGM is a must
d. If it is enhancement of limits or renewal of the same limits also board resolution is a must
____________________________________________________________________________________________
310. In cases where renewal documents/acknowledgements of debt have been obtained from the company without
Board resolution
a. It is invalid
b. It is valid as the borrowings are already authorized by the board of the company
c. Ratification from the Board of Directors has to be obtained, then only it is valid
____________________________________________________________________________________________
311. If a limited company approaches a bank to guarantee an advance

a. Bank cannot accept as it is against the company law
b. It should be as per objects in the Memorandum of association
c. There should be a specific resolution by board of directors to that effect
d. b & c
____________________________________________________________________________________________
312. The Board of Directors of a public limited company cannot borrow money----except with a resolution passed in
a general meeting
a. paid up capital
b. Its free reserves
c. Total of 1&2
d. Its authorized capital and free reserves
____________________________________________________________________________________________
307. B 308. D 309. D
310. C 311. D 312. C
313. An exception to the above rule is

a. Loans repayable on demand
b. Loans repayable within six months
c. Long term loans d) 1&2
d. 7
____________________________________________________________________________________________
314. Negative lien is

a. a declaration from the company that that the borrowing company should not create further charges on any
assets
b. Reversing the lien created earlier
c. When the outstanding loan balance exceeds the security, it is called negative lien
____________________________________________________________________________________________
315. When a loan account is closed due to full repayment

a. Documents can be destroys as there is no use in keeping them
b. All the executed documents may be cancelled and kept for future reference
c. All the executed documents may be cancelled and returned to the borrower
____________________________________________________________________________________________
316. Our bank is the corporate agent for life insurance business with -----
a. UIIC
b. LIC
c. HDFC
d. Kotak Mahindra
____________________________________________________________________________________________
317. Our bank is the corporate agent for non life insurance business with -----
a. UIIC
b. LIC
c. HDFC
d. Kotak Mahindra
____________________________________________________________________________________________
318. Our bank has been issued the licence for life/non life
policy by
a. IRDA
b. LIC
c. UIIC
d. Govt.of India
____________________________________________________________________________________________
313. D 314. A 315. B
316. B 317. A 318. A
319. As per policy a corporate agent(health) may have arrangement with max ---- health
insurances
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
320. As per policy a corporate agent(General) may have arrangement with max ----general
insurances
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
321. As per policy a corporate agent(Life) may have arrangement with max ----life
insurances
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
____________________________________________________________________________________________
322. Based on customer base and experience bank believes that the business mix over
three years for life insurance will be----%
a. 5
b. 15
c. 45
d. 50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
three years for general insurance will be----%
a. 5
b. 15
c. 45
d. 50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
three years for health insurance will be----%
a. 5
b. 15
c. 45
d. 50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
319. C 320. C 321. C
322. D 323. C 324. A
325. Regarding insurance policy, the customer complaint should be redressed within
---- days of receipt of complaint
a. 7
b. 10
c. 14
d. 21
____________________________________________________________________________________________
326. Regarding insurance policy, the customer complaint acknowledgement should be given to the complaints
within ---- working days of receipt of complaint
a. 2
b. 3
c. 5
d. 7
____________________________________________________________________________________________
327. Regarding insurance policy, the customer complaint if not resolved within 3 working days by bank, the insurer
should resolve within ---- working days of receipt of complaint
a. 7
b. 10
c. 14
d. 21
____________________________________________________________________________________________
328. A certificate in schedule in ---- from the principal officer and CFO shall be filed
with the IRDA( as per bancaassurance policy)
a. II
b. IIIA
c. IV B
d. VI B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
329. The designated person by the insurance corporate agent is named as -----
a. Principal officer
b. Regulating officer
c. Specified person
d. Principal complying officer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
330. Under bancaassurance , the bank is liable to pay a penalty upto Rs.---- for any acts of
its principal officer or specified persons et
a. 10 lakhs
b. 25 lakhs
c. 50 lakhs
d. 100 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
325. C 326. B 327. B
328. D 329. A 330. D
331. Under grievance redressal the insurance customer can approach-------to register a complaint
a. Home branch
b. Branch in the same city
c. Any branch
d. Branch in the same state
____________________________________________________________________________________________
332. After registering the complaint for insurance customer, he is provided------

a. Referral number
b. Unique reference number
c. Serial number
____________________________________________________________________________________________
333. Bank can send a written response to the insurance complainant within --- days which offers redressal or reject
of the complaint
a. 1 week
b. 2 weeks
c. 10 days
d. 15 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
334. The insurer shall inform that it will regard the complaint as closed if it does not
receive a reply within ---- from the date of receipt.
a. 2 weeks
b. 4 weeks
c. 1 month
d. 8 weeks
____________________________________________________________________________________________
335. Penalty for default in complying with the terms is dealt in ---- sec of IRDA act 1999
a. 100
b. 102
c. 104
d. 105
____________________________________________________________________________________________
336. A and B signed a joint and several promissory note to avail a Loan from Bank. Within a month the document is
getting time barred. Mr. A alone signs the revival letter and Mr. B refuses to sign the letter. What is the position of
liability of the borrowers
a. If a suit is filed before the document expires, then Both A and B are liable
b. If the suit is filed after the expiry of limitation, then A alone is liable and Bank cannot proceed against B
c. Once Relieving letter is not signed by both borrowers, the Bank has no option than to write off.
d. A & B both correct
____________________________________________________________________________________________
331. C 332. B 333. B
334. D 335. B 336. D
337. What is the type of lease under which the lessee does not get the benefit of depreciation?
a. Financial lease
b. Rental lease
c. Optional lease
d. Usufructury
____________________________________________________________________________________________
338. Bank Branch is at Mumbai. The registered Office of the company is at Chennai. The factory of the company is
at Hyderabad. The property is situated at Bangalore. Equitable Mortgage of the property can be created
a. Mumbai has better control
b. Bangalore as the property is situated there
c. Chennai as the company's registered office is situated there
d. Any Notified Centre in India
____________________________________________________________________________________________
339. The relationship between a Remitting Customer and Banker in case of TT

a. Consumer and Banker
b. Agent and Principal
c. Principal and agent
d. Trustee and Beneficiary
____________________________________________________________________________________________
340. Banker's duty of Secrecy is defined in

a. Bankers Book Evidence Act
b. Banking Companies Acquisition and Transfer of Undertaking Act 1970
c. Banking Regulation Act 1949
d. Indian Contract Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
341. What is the effect of Non Registration of Charge on the assets of a company by the financing Bank?
a. Bank will be an unsecured creditor
b. Those creditors who have registered their charges will get priority
c. Only the mortgage is supreme . In such case registration of charge is not required
d. All are correct
____________________________________________________________________________________________
342. Which Act defines Hypothecation?

a. SARFAESI Act
b. Transfer of Property Act
c. Sale of Goods Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
337. A 338. D 339. C
340. B 341. D 342. A
343. A and B are holders of joint deposit. At their request, C and D are added as additional names. After some time
all the four request by a signed letter, to cancel the names of A and B. What is your reaction?
a. Can be acceded
b. Will be declined as any one of the original names should be maintained.
c. Will refer to Regional Office Law Department
d. Addition of Name is permitted but deletion is not permitted as per Banking Codes and Standards Board of
India guidelines
____________________________________________________________________________________________
344. Right of set off cannot be exercised by the Bank in respect of

a. Regular Debt
b. Time Barred debt
c. Ascertained and quantifiable debt
d. Contingent debt
____________________________________________________________________________________________
345. What is the limitation period for exercising the right of lien?
a. 3 years from the date of Demand
b. 12 years from the date of Cause of Action
c. 30 Years for Foreclosure
d. Right of Lien is not barred by Limitation
____________________________________________________________________________________________
346. Which one of the following is not an actionable claim?

a. Term Deposit Receipt
b. Life Insurance Policy
c. Overdraft availed at Bank
d. Book Debt
____________________________________________________________________________________________
347. Clayton's Rule will be applicable to

a. All running accounts like TOD,CC,Bills and PC
b. Non Fund Based Facility
c. Term loan
d. Demand Loan
____________________________________________________________________________________________
348. What type of action can be brought under Consumer Protection Act against the Bank?
a. Deficiency of service
b. Deficiency of service that is fully paid for
c. Deficiency of service, even if it is partly paid for
d. Any delay in service not in accordance with norms
____________________________________________________________________________________________
343. B 344. D 345. D
346. C 347. A 348. B
349. A customer was arrested in a cheating case. The Public Prosecutor informs the Bank of the arrest and request
the Bank to stop operations in the arrested person's account. Meanwhile cheque signed by the person is presented
across the counter of Rs 10000/-
a. Matter now sub judice. We should not pass the cheque.
b. If we pass the cheque without taking into account the information given by the Public Prosecutor, we may
also be accused of complicity and then arrested.
c. As per NI Act, the arrest of a person will not result in stopping operation in the account. Cheque can be
passed.
d. Refer to Law Officer at Regional Office
____________________________________________________________________________________________
350. What is a Probate?

a. Will attested by Notary Public
b. Will Affirmed by the Testator
c. Authorisation given by the court to give effect to the will.
d. Intestate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
351. The Ceiling on advances against company shares is prescribed under

a. Lenders Liability Act
b. Sec 19 of BR act
c. Sec 14 of Companies Act
d. Sec 31 of RBI Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
352. Banker comes to know that the security hypothecated for an advance is likely to be disposed off by the
customer. What action is to be taken by the Bank?
a. File a police complaint
b. Send a registered letter recalling the advance
c. Convert Hypothecation into Pledge and take possession.
d. File a suit in court to enforce collateral security.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
353. It is a letter given by a company to their financing banker under taking not to charge any of their assets to any
other financial institution or bank. What is its name?
a. No lien letter
b. Negative lien
c. Unavailed Banker's lien
d. Specific lien
____________________________________________________________________________________________
354. What is the repercussion of lending to an unregistered partnership firm?

a. Bank cannot sue the firm for nonpayment of debt
b. Others cannot sue the firm
c. Bank cannot sue the counterparties of the firm
d. Bank cannot sue the partners
____________________________________________________________________________________________
349. C 350. C 351. B
352. C 353. B 354. A
355. Why nominee's signature is not obtained in the Deposit account opening form?
a. RBI Guidelines
b. To enable the depositor to maintain secrecy and change the nomination on a subsequent date, if needed
c. The Contract is between the depositor and Bank only and there is no privity of contract between the nominee
and Bank.
d. B and C
____________________________________________________________________________________________
356. Why Registrar of companies is not registering "pledge" as a charge?

a. Pledge is Bailment of goods in which the actual or constructive possession is with Bank.
b. As Bankers normally lend under Hypothecation, Pledge is not registered
c. Bankers Rights as pledgee is not affected by the claims of other creditors.
d. A and C
____________________________________________________________________________________________
357. Which one of the following is not applicable for future credits?
a. IT Attachment order
b. Garnishee order
c. Revenue attachment order
d. Gazette notification
____________________________________________________________________________________________
358. A sole proprietary concern having turn over of Rs.5 crore is --- risk
a. Low
b. Medium
c. High
d. No risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
359. The customers from USA and Canada are classified as --- risk
a. Low
b. Medium
c. High
d. No risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
360. For small account the withdrawal limit is Rs.----/month

a. 10000
b. 15000
c. 20000
d. 25000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
355. D 356. D 357. B
358. B 359. A 360. A
361. For small account balance at any point of time is max Rs.----
a. 10000
b. 25000
c. 40000
d. 50000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
362. Thresh hold limit for students is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is
higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 5
d. 10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
363. Thresh hold limit for Smart kid a/cs is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
364. Thresh hold limit for small a/cs is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
365. Thresh hold limit for no frill a/cs is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
366. Thresh hold limit for Employees with income upto Rs.15000/- a/cs is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is
higher
a. 5
b. 2
c. 10
d. 50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
361. D 362. C 363. A
364. A 365. A 366. A
367. Thresh hold limit for Employees with income upto Rs.50000/- a/cs is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is
higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 5
d. 10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
368. Thresh hold limit for workers is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is
higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 5
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
369. Thresh hold limit for agricultural labourers is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 5
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
370. Thresh hold limit for landless labourers is Rs.--- lakhs or 25% of income which is higher
a. 1
b. 2
c. 5
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
371. Customer a/c should be credited for outstation cheques in ---- days in major cities ( other than NE states &
Sikkim)
a. 5
b. 7
c. 10
d. 14
____________________________________________________________________________________________
372. Customer a/c should be credited for outstation cheques in ---- days in all the centres in India
a. 7
b. 10
c. 12
d. 14
____________________________________________________________________________________________
367. B 368. B 369. B
370. B 371. C 372. D
373. Penal interest to be paid to customers for credit in a/c beyond one day after receipt of message at --- rate
a. Repo rate+2%
b. Repo rate+4%
c. Bank rate
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
374. ATM txn failure compensation beyond 7 days is Rs.----/day

a. 50
b. 75
c. 100
d. 150
____________________________________________________________________________________________
375. Under RTI act the application with court fee of Rs.--- is required
a. 1
b. 5
c. 10
d. 100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
376. If information is not provided to the applicant under RTI act within 30 days a penalty of Rs.--- per day
maximum Rs 25000.00 to be paid
a. 100
b. 200
c. 250
d. 500
____________________________________________________________________________________________
377. RTI came into force w.e.f

a. 02.10.2005
b. 12.10.2005
c. 01.01.2006
d. 01.06.2005
____________________________________________________________________________________________
378. Under consumer forum the case comes to jurisdiction of district forum upto Rs.--- lakhs
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 1 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
373. A 374. C 375. C
376. C 377. B 378. C
379. Under consumer forum the case comes to jurisdiction of state commission from Rs.--- lakhs and upto Rs.---
lakhs
a. 20,100
b. 100,200
c. 200,500
d. 5,001,000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
380. Under consumer forum the case comes to jurisdiction of national commission over Rs.--- lakhs
a. 100
b. 150
c. 200
d. 500
____________________________________________________________________________________________
381. Minimum monthly balance required for IB freedom cool C/A is Rs.----
a. 25000
b. 50000
c. 100000
d. 200000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
382. Minimum monthly balance required for IB freedom Plus C/A is Rs.----
a. 5000
b. 75000
c. 100000
d. 500000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
383. Minimum monthly balance required for IB freedom prime C/A is Rs.----
a. 100000
b. 200000
c. 500000
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
384. Credit card reward points for IB freedom cool C/A is --- times
a. 0.5
b. 1
c. 1.5
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
379. A 380. A 381. B
382. C 383. C 384. C
385. Credit card reward points for IB freedom plus C/A is --- times
a. 0.5
b. 1
c. 1.5
d. 1.75
____________________________________________________________________________________________
386. Credit card reward points for IB freedom prime C/A is --- times
a. 1
b. 1.5
c. 1.75
d. double
____________________________________________________________________________________________
387. Concession of loan processing charges for IB freedom cool C/A is ---%
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
388. Which is not an official Valid Document?

a. Driving Licence
b. ration card
c. Aadhaar card
d. NREGA card
____________________________________________________________________________________________
389. As per latest KYC guidelines how many official valid document are there
a. 10
b. 8
c. 6
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
390. What are the criteria for Small Account?

a. At any point of time total balance should not exceed 50000 and no foreign remittances to be credited in the
account
b. aggregate of all credits in a financial year does not exceed Rs. 100,000/-;
c. the aggregate of all withdrawals and transfers in a month does not exceed Rs.10,000/-
d. all of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
385. D 386. D 387. B
388. B 389. C 390. D
391. Small accounts shall remain operational initially for a period of 12 months and thereafter for a further period of
12 months if the holder of such an account provides evidence to the bank for having applied for any of the officially
valid documents within
a. FALSE
b. TRUE
c. As per discretion of bank
d. Not allowed for more than 12 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
392. If a low risk category customer cannot produce Officially Valid Document (OVD) for opening SB A/c then we
can open a/c with which document?
a. Aadhaar card
b. Pass port
c. Pan card
d. ID card issued by an employer/letter issued by gazetted officer, with duly attested photograph of the person
____________________________________________________________________________________________
393. What is CTR?

a. Counterfeit Transaction report
b. Currency Transaction report
c. Cable Transfer Report
d. Cash Transaction Report
____________________________________________________________________________________________
394. As per KYC policy up to what period records are to be stored after termination of the business relationship?
a. 5 years
b. 10 years
c. 20 years
d. no such limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
395. When should branch submit STR (Suspicious Transaction Report)?

a. Within 7 working days on being satisfied that transaction is suspicious
b. on monthly basis
c. daily on occurrence
d. daily NIL statement even on non-occurrence
____________________________________________________________________________________________
396. Furnish Counterfeit Currency Report (CCR) to be submitted within ____ Days of transaction
a. 3
b. 7
c. 10
d. 15
____________________________________________________________________________________________
391. B 392. D 393. B
394. A 395. A 396. B
397. Cash Transaction Report (CTR) to be submitted by the branches every month within _____ days of
succeeding month
a. 7
b. 10
c. 15
d. 21
____________________________________________________________________________________________
398. Under RTI Act, the application shall be accompanied by an amount of Rs.____/- by way of DD/BPO/IPO
a. 1
b. 5
c. 10
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
399. The time limit for registration of sale deed is _____ months
a. 3
b. 4
c. 1
d. 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
400. Under which type of Mortgage, the Mortgagee can receive Rent and enjoy profits
a. English Mortgage
b. Simple Mortgage
c. Usufructuary Mortgage
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
401. In case of company - Its Liability is

a. Limited
b. Unlimited
c. either of these
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
402. The company becomes owner of its capital on its

a. Incorporation
b. Commencement of Business
c. On appointment of Director
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
397. C 398. C 399. B
400. C 401. A 402. A
403. Following document is known as Charter of the company (or) document of indoor management
a. Articles of Association
b. MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
c. either of these
d. Both of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
404. Partnership at will is a partnership that can be dissolved by issuing notice by

a. Any partner
b. two or more partners
c. All the partners
d. Financing Banker
____________________________________________________________________________________________
405. A partnership agreement is for a fixed period After period comes to an end, the partnership becomes
a. Automatically dissolved
b. Will be rolled over for same period
c. Partnership at Will
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
406. Every partners liability for all acts of the firm done while he is a partner is
a. Jointly
b. Severally
c. Jointly & Severally
d. Not liable personally
____________________________________________________________________________________________
407. After attaining the majority by a Minor partner, he should inform within _____ months or else he will be
continued as a partner and is liable for any debits subsequently
a. 3
b. 6
c. 9
d. 12
____________________________________________________________________________________________
408. The Rule "Each item of debit forms a separate loan and each credit as a repayment of earlier debit" is called
a. Peter's
b. Clayton's
c. Malthus
d. Ducker's
____________________________________________________________________________________________
403. B 404. A 405. C
406. C 407. B 408. B
409. The guardian to a minor can be a

a. TESTAMENTARY GUARDIAN
b. LEGAL GUARDIAN
c. NATURAL GUARDIAN
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
410. Natural Guardian in case of Illegitimate Child is

a. Mother
b. Father
c. Brother(major)
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
411. In case of Hindus and Christians the natural guardians are guardians in respect of
a. Minor Person
b. Minor's Property
c. A & B
d. A or B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
412. LUNATICS ( persons of unsound mind) are disqualified from entering into a contract as per
a. Negotiable Instruments Act
b. Indian Bank Contract Act,
c. B R Act
d. RBI Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
413. Once the account holder becomes insolvent, the banker should not allow operations in the account except
a. Debits for livelihood
b. Debits towards his dues
c. Credits
d. No operation is permitted
____________________________________________________________________________________________
414. Mandate/Power of Attorney to allow any one of the depositors or a third party to operate the account must be
signed by all joint depositors in case of Mode of operation is
a. E or S
b. F or S
c. J or S
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
409. D 410. A 411. C
412. B 413. C 414. D
415. Cheques signed by a depositor should be returned unpaid on receiving the Confirmed Information about
customer's
a. Insolvency
b. Death
c. Lunacy
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
416. A Private trust is governed by

a. Religious and Charitable Endowments Act
b. Warf Act
c. Indian Trust Act
d. Any one of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
417. What is the limitation period in case of a Mortgage for Foreclosure ?

a. 3 years
b. 12 years
c. 30 years
d. 20 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
418. In case of Safe Deposit Lockers, Banker is a _________

a. Lessor
b. Lessee
c. Bailor
d. Bailee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
419. In case of SAFE CUSTODY OF ARTICLES, Customer is _____________

a. Lessor
b. Lessee
c. Bailor
d. Bailee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
420. In case of a Jewel Loan, Banker is

a. Bailor
b. Bailee
c. Pledgee
d. Pledger
____________________________________________________________________________________________
415. D 416. C 417. C
418. A 419. C 420. C
421. In case of Bills purchased, Banker is ______________

a. Debtor
b. Creditor
c. Agent
d. Principal
____________________________________________________________________________________________
422. In case of COLLECTION OF CHEQUES/ STANDING INSTRUCTIONS, Customer is

a. Debtor
b. Creditor
c. Agent
d. Principal
____________________________________________________________________________________________
423. In case of Demand Draft Banker is _________

a. Agent
b. Principal
c. Beneficiary
d. Trustee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
424. When Garnishee order is issued in a single name on a Joint Account, The other is
a. Not applicable to the account
b. Applicable
c. Applicable on Prorata basis
d. Applicable to full amount
____________________________________________________________________________________________
425. When Attachment order by IT authorities is issued in a single name on a Joint Account, The other is
a. Not applicable to the account
b. Applicable
c. Applicable on Prorata basis
d. Applicable to full amount
____________________________________________________________________________________________
426. If no interest is mentioned any where - NI Act Sec 80 states it as _____%

a. 12
b. 15
c. 18
d. 10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
421. B 422. D 423. D
424. A 425. C 426. C
427. Blank endorsement of an order cheque is equivalent to

a. Order Cheque
b. Bearer Cheque
c. Inchoate instrument
d. Cannot be paid
____________________________________________________________________________________________
428. Rate of subsidy under PMEGP for general category in rural area is
a. 10%
b. 15%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
429. There are two category specified under PMEGP scheme

a. SC/ST & Others
b. SC/ST , OBC & Others
c. General & Special
d. Rural & Urban
____________________________________________________________________________________________
430. OBC Category applicant will be classified under PMEGP scheme under..........Category
a. OBC
b. General
c. Special
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
431. Maximum cost of project under PMEGP for manufacturing activity is Rs.
a. 20 lacs
b. 25 lacs
c. 30 lacs
d. 35 lacs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
432. Maximum cost of project under PMEGP for business/service activity is Rs.
a. 10 lacs
b. 15 lacs
c. 20 lacs
d. 25 lacs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
427. B 428. D 429. C
430. B 431. B 432. A
433. Balance amount of the total project cost above admissible limit under PMEGP can be financed by the bank as
a. cc limit
b. Term Loan
c. Cannot be financed
____________________________________________________________________________________________
434. Minimum age of PMEGP applicant should be

a. 18 years
b. 20 years
c. 25 years
d. 30 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
435. What is maximum age limit of applicants under PMEGP ?

a. 35 years
b. 40 years
c. 50 years
d. No maximum age limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
436. Revised Priority Sector lending guidelines have been issued by RBI w.e.f 23.04.2015 on the basis of Internal
Working Group headed by:
a. Mr. C S Murthy committee
b. Ms Lilya Vadera
c. Mr. M V Nair
d. Mr. Deepak Mohanty
____________________________________________________________________________________________
437. What is priority sector lending target for foreign banks with less than 20 branches in India ?
a. 32% of ANBC or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposure, whichever is lower
b. 40% of ANBC or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposure, whichever is higher
c. 40% of ANBC or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposure, whichever is lower
d. 32% of ANBC or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposure, whichever is higher
____________________________________________________________________________________________
438. Which of the following target is not mandatory for domestic banks ?
a. Overall -40% of ANBC or credit equivalent of off balance sheet exposure.
b. Weaker section- 10% of ANBC or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposure.
c. Agriculture -18% of ANBC or off-balance sheet exposure.
d. MSE-10% of ANBC or credit equivalent of off-balance sheet exposure.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
433. B 434. A 435. D
436. B 437. B 438. D
439. What is the target for incremental export credit over corresponding date of domestic bank under priority sector
?
a. 2% of ANBC or CEOBE
b. 2.5% of ANBC or CEOBE
c. 2.5% of priority sector loans
d. 2.5% of total bank credit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
440. Amount deposited by a bank in lieu of shortfall in achievement of priority sector targets in a fund managed by
National Housing Bank(NHB) will be part of…….. Priority sector
a. agriculture loans
b. housing loans
c. MSME loans
d. non of the above, as it is non priority sector investment.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
441. Amount deposited by a bank in lieu of shortfall in achievement of priority sector targets in a fund managed by
Small Industries Bank of India(SIDBI) will be part of….within priority sector. sector
a. agriculture loans
b. housing loans
c. MSME loans
d. non of the above, as it is non priority sector investment.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
442. Net bank credit for priority sector is calculated as bank credit in India minus(1)bills rediscounted with RBI or
other approved Fish(2)loan provisions(3) interest accrued on loans
a. 1 to 3 all
b. 1 and 2 only
c. 2 only
d. 1 only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
443. In case of DRI advances, which of the following target is correct.

a. 1% of the outstanding advances of the previous year.
b. 2/3rd credit should go to SC/ST
c. 40% advances should be through rural/semi urban branches
d. A,B and C
____________________________________________________________________________________________
444. Which is not included for achieving weaker section loans target in priority sector?
a. Small farmers in rural areas
b. NRLM loans in rural areas
c. PMEGP advances
d. ALL THE ABOVE
____________________________________________________________________________________________
439. A 440. B 441. C
442. A 443. D 444. D
445. Which of the following target is not correctly matched as %age of priority sector?
a. Agriculture-45%
b. Weaker section-25%
c. DRI-1%
d. housing loan to Housing Finance companies for on-lendig-5%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
446. Depositors Education and Awareness Fund Scheme (DEAF) was established by
a. RBI
b. IBA
c. Ministry of Finance
d. DICGC
____________________________________________________________________________________________
447. AS per the guidelines of DEAF, any deposit or any amount remaining unclaimed for more than ____ years
shall be credited to the Fund
a. Eight
b. Ten
c. Twelve
d. Fifteen
____________________________________________________________________________________________
448. The amount under unclaimed deposits is transferred to DEAF Fund on _______ Basis
a. Daily
b. Monthly
c. Quarterly
d. Half Yearly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
449. Once the amount in unclaimed deposit is transferred to DEAF fund, the depositor
a. is Entitled to claim the amount
b. is Not entitled to claim the amount
c. should approach RBI for the amount
d. loses right on the money
____________________________________________________________________________________________
450. Once the amount in unclaimed deposit is transferred to DEAF fund, Bank is
a. Not liable to pay the amount
b. Liable to pay the amount
c. RBI will entertain further claims from depositor
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
445. C 446. A 447. B
448. B 449. A 450. B
451. Any claim in unclaimed deposit is to be paid

a. with interest as per applicable rate of interest for the tenor of the deposit
b. without interest
c. with interest at the rate applicable to SB
d. with interest only on interest bearing deposits
____________________________________________________________________________________________
452. Bank can claim interest from the DEAF Fund on unclaimed deposits for the period from date____________ to
date of payment to the depositor
a. of change of status of the account
b. Date of transfer of the amount to DEAF Fund
c. No interest is paid after transfer
d. Date of claim by the depositor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
453. An unclaimed Deposit account can be made operative at

a. Any Branch if customer produces KYC documents
b. Only at Home branch
c. Account can not be made operative
d. home branch, provided there is a customer induced financial transaction within the last 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
454. ECS mandates are ___________ for accounts in inoperative status

a. Accepted
b. Non Accepted
c. Accepted if sufficient balance is maintained all the times
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
455. Transactions through _____________ will be allowed for unclaimed deposit accounts
a. ATM
b. Net Banking
c. Mobile Banking
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
456. Project Office will push a ___________ report to branches, where the status of account is changed as
Unclaimed
a. Daily
b. Weekly Report ( every Sunday )
c. Fortnightly ( 15th and month end )
d. Monthly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
451. D 452. B 453. D
454. B 455. D 456. D
457. ABM / BM has should scrutinize the transactions done in Unclaimed Deposit accounts reflected in
a. Monthly Report
b. Weekly report
c. Fortnightly ( 15th and month end )
d. Supervisory override report
____________________________________________________________________________________________
458. Bank would display a list of unclaimed deposits in

a. Bank's website
b. Intranet
c. BBMIS
d. Help Desk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
459. The list of unclaimed deposits ported in Bank's website is updated on a __________ basis
a. Daily
b. Monthly
c. Quarterly
d. Half Yearly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
460. In case of Unclaimed deposits

a. liability continues
b. Bank is required to maintain / preserve records
c. liability will not continue
d. A & B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
461. In case of Unclaimed deposits, the liability continues to be outstanding till

a. the outstanding is paid
b. 5 years after change of status
c. 10 years after change of status to unclaimed
d. 20 years after change of status to unclaimed
____________________________________________________________________________________________
462. The commercial banks are obligation to provide finance for housing at… of their … as at the last… of March of
the previous year.
a. 3%, total deposit, Friday
b. 5% total credit, reporting Friday
c. 3% incremental deposit, reporting Friday
d. 3%,inremental credit, Friday
____________________________________________________________________________________________
457. D 458. A 459. B
460. D 461. A 462. C
463. CO:CCC is authorised to pre approve the limits of credit card in CASA a/c of more than
--- years old a/
a. 0.3
b. 0.6
c. 1
d. 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
464. CO:CCC is authorised to pre approve the limits of credit card in CASA a/c of average balance of Rs.--- lakhs
a. 0.25
b. 0.5
c. 1
d. 3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
465. CO:CCC is authorised to pre approve the limits of credit card in CASA a/c of credit card
limit of Rs.-----lakhs
a. 0.5
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
466. CO:CCC is authorized for pre approve the credit card limit of Home loan sanctioned
amt of RS.--- lakhs and above
a. 5
b. 10
c. 20
d. 50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
467. CO:CCC is authorized for pre approve the credit card limit of Home loan sanctioned limit with a credit card limit
cap of Rs.---- lakhs
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
468. CO:CCC is authorized for pre approve the credit card limit of Term deposit of Rs.--- and
above upto limit equal to deposit amt.
a. 10000
b. 20000
c. 25000
d. 50000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
463. C 464. C 465. B
466. B 467. C 468. C
469. CO:CCC is authorised to issue card directly to non customer for the age above-----yrs.
a. 18
b. 20
c. 21
d. 25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
470. CO:CCC is authorised to issue card directly to non customer for the age upto-----yrs.
a. 50
b. 58
c. 60
d. 70
____________________________________________________________________________________________
471. CO:CCC is authorised to issue card directly to non customer for CIBIL score --- and above
a. 650
b. 700
c. 750
d. 900
____________________________________________________________________________________________
472. CO:CCC is authorised to issue card directly to non customer for the income of Rs.---lakh and above for last
2yrs as per IT returns
a. 1
b. 2
c. 2.5
d. 3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
473. How many variants of card issued by CO:CCC in personal card segment
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 7
____________________________________________________________________________________________
474. Recently bank has proposed to withdraw the ----- card

a. Global gold card
b. Global classic card
c. Business card
d. Travel card
____________________________________________________________________________________________
469. B 470. D 471. B
472. D 473. C 474. B
475. The minimum amount of increase of limit is Rs.----- per card

a. 5000
b. 10000
c. 20000
d. 50000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
476. CO:CCC is authorised to consider automatic enhancement of limit is ----% of existing limit
a. 15
b. 20
c. 25
d. 50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
477. The turn around period of credit card is between ------ working days
a. 15 to 20
b. 50 to 10
c. 40 to 45
d. 45 to 50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
478. Delegation of powers for sanctioning credit card proposals for CM in charge of credit department in zo is Rs.---
- lakhs
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
479. Delegation of powers for sanctioning credit card proposals for a in charge of
CCC is Rs.---- lakhs
a. 5
b. 7.5
c. 10
d. 15
____________________________________________________________________________________________
480. Delegation of powers for sanctioning credit card proposals for COLCC(GM) is Rs.---- lakhs
a. 15
b. 20
c. 25
d. 30
____________________________________________________________________________________________
475. B 476. C 477. A
478. C 479. C 480. C
481. Delegation of powers for sanctioning credit card proposals for COLCC(ED) is Rs.---- lakhs
a. 40
b. 45
c. 50
d. 100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
482. Maximum of --- add on cards can be issued for credit card
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
483. Staff credit card limit for AGM on retirement is Rs.--- lakhs
a. 1
b. 2
c. 2.25
d. 2.5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
484. Staff credit card limit for CM on retirement is Rs.--- lakhs

a. 1
b. 1.25
c. 1.5
d. 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
485. Staff credit card limit for SM on retirement is Rs.--- lakhs

a. 0.75
b. 1
c. 1.25
d. 1.5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
486. Staff credit card limit for Manager on retirement is Rs.--- lakhs
a. 0.5
b. 0.75
c. 1
d. 1.25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
481. C 482. C 483. B
484. C 485. B 486. B
487. Staff credit card limit for Asst. Manager on retirement is Rs.--- lakhs
a. 0.25
b. 0.5
c. 0.75
d. 1
____________________________________________________________________________________________
488. Staff credit card limit for clerk/shroff on retirement is Rs.--- lakhs
a. 0.25
b. 0.35
c. 0.5
d. 0.75
____________________________________________________________________________________________
489. Staff credit card limit for sub staff on retirement is Rs.--- lakhs
a. 0.1
b. 0.15
c. 0.2
d. 0.25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
490. Billing date of Bharat card is ------

a. 10th of every month
b. 15th of every month
c. 20th of every month
d. 25th of every month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
491. Billing date of Business card is ------

____________________________________________________________________________________________
492. Billing date of Global gold card is ------

____________________________________________________________________________________________
487. B 488. C 489. B
490. B 491. D 492. C
493. Complaints of credit card should be resolved within ---- days

a. 7
b. 10
c. 15
d. 21
____________________________________________________________________________________________
494. Staff credit card limit for AGM during services Rs.--- lakhs
a. 1
b. 2
c. 2.25
d. 2.5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
495. Staff credit card limit for CM during services Rs.--- lakhs
a. 1
b. 1.5
c. 1.75
d. 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
496. Staff credit card limit for SM during services Rs.--- lakhs
a. 1
b. 1.25
c. 1.5
d. 1.75
____________________________________________________________________________________________
497. Staff credit card limit for Manager during services Rs.--- lakhs
a. 1
b. 1.25
c. 1.5
d. 1.75
____________________________________________________________________________________________
498. Staff credit card limit for Asst. Mgr. during services Rs.--- lakhs
a. 0.75
b. 1
c. 1.25
d. 1.5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
493. D 494. B 495. C
496. C 497. B 498. B
499. Staff credit card limit for Clerk/Shroff during services Rs.--- lakhs
a. 0.25
b. 0.5
c. 0.75
d. 1
____________________________________________________________________________________________
500. Staff credit card limit for sub staff during services Rs.--- lakhs
a. 0.15
b. 0.25
c. 0.35
d. 0.5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
501. Toll free no for blocking the credit card is ---

a. 1800 425 00000
b. 1800 425 3425
c. 1800 425 0000
d. 1800 425 34250
____________________________________________________________________________________________
502. Customer of credit card can inform the discrepancies within --- days from statement to or 60 days from the
date of transaction CO:CCC
a. 10
b. 15
c. 21
d. 30
____________________________________________________________________________________________
503. Provision for doubtful 1 year credit card NPA amount is ------
a. 25%
b. 100%
c. 15%
d. 40%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
504. How many add on cards issued to Bharat card ?

a. 2
b. 1
c. 4
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
499. C 500. B 501. A
502. C 503. B 504. D
505. How many add on cards issued to business card ?

a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
506. Who can open a Savings Account?

a. Govt. Departments
b. Municipal corporations
c. Pensioners
d. Political party
____________________________________________________________________________________________
507. Minimum balance for pensioners having cheque book

a. 1000
b. 250
c. 500
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
508. Transactions through withdrawal slips is allowed at

a. Home Branch
b. Other branches
c. Both places
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
509. For cash transactions above Rs.10000/- to be

a. paid by SWO
b. Authorized by officer
c. authorized by Manager
d. only by cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
510. Minors independently can open and operate Savings Account above
a. 18
b. 12
c. 10
d. No age limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
505. D 506. C 507. B
508. A 509. B 510. C
511. Minimum Average monthly balance in SB PAFA Account

a. 10000
b. 25000
c. 50000
d. 5000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
512. Age group to open a Smart Kid Account

a. Above 18 years
b. Above 10 years
c. 1day to less than 18 years
d. 1 day to 12 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
513. Minimum Balance in Smart Kid Account

a. 500
b. 250
c. Nil
d. 100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
514. Monthly Average Balance and Sweep facility limit in SB Platinum Account is
a. 50000: 100000
b. 25000: 50000
c. 10000; 50000
d. 5000; 25000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
515. Weekly Sweep available in SB account is

a. 5000 & multiples
b. 10000 & multiples
c. 25000 & multiples
d. Over and above sweep facility limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
516. Initial Deposit in Basic Savings Account

a. 5
b. 100
c. 250
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
511. D 512. C 513. C
514. B 515. B 516. D
517. Charges in Basic Savings Account beyond 4 withdrawals in a month

a. 5
b. 6
c. 10
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
518. Per month withdrawal in Basic Savings Account is restricted to

a. 5000
b. 10000
c. 50000
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
519. Mode of deposit in Sweep facility

a. FDR
b. RIP
c. STD
d. RD
____________________________________________________________________________________________
520. Max period of Deposit in Sweep Account

a. 1 Year
b. 3 Years
c. 91 days
d. 180 Days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
521. Penalty for not maintaining Ave monthly Balance in SB Platinum Account
a. 50
b. 100
c. 120
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
522. Penalty for not maintaining Ave monthly Balance in SB PAFA Account
a. 30
b. 50
c. 100
d. 120
____________________________________________________________________________________________
517. B 518. B 519. C
520. D 521. C 522. A
523. Minimum Quarterly Average Balance in General Current Account

a. 5000
b. 10000
c. 3000
d. 15000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
524. In premium CA Push and Pull sweep will be in multiples of

a. 5000
b. 10000
c. 25000
d. 50000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
525. How many plans are there in Supreme CA ?

a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
526. Minimum balance in Plan D of Supreme CA is

a. 50000
b. 100000
c. 500000
d. 1000000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
527. In Premium CA Plan D, Arogya Raksha Policy is available upto

a. 100000
b. 200000
c. 300000
d. 400000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
528. Smart Account for Smart people is

a. PAFA Account
b. Supreme CA
c. IB i-FREEDOM
d. Premium CA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
523. A 524. B 525. c
526. D 527. C 528. C
529. Number of variants in IB i-FREEDOM CA is

a. Two
b. Three
c. Four
d. Five
____________________________________________________________________________________________
530. Average monthly balance in IB i-FREEDOM Cool Account is

a. 25000
b. 50000
c. 100000
d. 10000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
531. Average monthly balance in IB i-FREEDOM Plus Account is

a. 50000
b. 1 lakh
c. 2 lakh
d. 3 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
532. Average monthly balance in IB i-FREEDOM Prime Account is

a. 1lakh
b. 2lakh
c. 5lakh
d. 10 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
533. Discount on Normal DD Charges for IB i-FREEDOM Prime Account is

a. 25%
b. 50%
c. 100%
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
534. Cash centric businesses of IB i-FREEDOM Account is

a. Cashy
b. Transy
c. Supreme
d. Techy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
529. B 530. B 531. A
532. C 533. C 534. A
535. All Businesses transactions of IB i-FREEDOM Account through cheques is

a. Cashy
b. Transy
c. Supreme
d. Techy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
536. Electronic transactions of IB i-FREEDOM Account is

a. Cashy
b. Transy
c. Supreme
d. Techy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
537. Minimum Amount to open a Term Deposit is

a. 5
b. 10
c. 100
d. 500
____________________________________________________________________________________________
538. Additional interest for Senior Citizens in Term Deposit is

a. 2%
b. 1%
c. 10%
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
539. Loan against Term deposit for customers is

a. 75%
b. 50%
c. 90%
d. 100%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
540. Maximum period for STD is

a. 91 Days
b. 180 Days
c. 181 Days
d. 270 Days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
535. B 536. D 537. C
538. B 539. C 540. B
541. Minimum term for Fixed Deposits is

a. 7 days
b. 14 days
c. 3 months
d. 6 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
542. Interest Payable on Fixed Deposit

a. monthly
b. quarterly
c. half-yearly
d. A&B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
543. Maximum term for Re-investment Plan is

a. 1 Year
b. 15 Years
c. 10 Years
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
544. Minimum Amount to open a Recurring Deposit is

a. 5
b. 10
c. 100
d. 500
____________________________________________________________________________________________
545. Minimum term for Recurring Deposit is

a. 3 Months
b. 6 Months
c. 1 Year
d. No minimum period
____________________________________________________________________________________________
546. Minimum amount to open a Variable Recurring Deposit and in multiples of

a. 5
b. 10
c. 25
d. 100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
541. D 542. D 543. C
544. A 545. B 546. C
547. Minimum term to open a Variable Recurring Deposit is

a. 3Months
b. 6 Months
c. 12 Months
d. 24 Months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
548. Maximum term for a Variable Recurring Deposit is

a. 3 Years
b. 5 Years
c. 10 Years
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
549. Maximum Amount that can be deposited in VRD Account is

a. 10000
b. 50000
c. 100000
d. 10000000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
550. VRD Account is not available to

a. Staff
b. NRI
c. Senior citizen
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
551. Maturity value cannot be fixed in advance in respect of

a. RD
b. RIP
c. VRD
d. STD
____________________________________________________________________________________________
552. TDS on Interest paid on domestic term Deposits is deducted when exceeds
a. 10000
b. 20000
c. 100000
d. 150000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
547. C 548. C 549. D
550. B 551. C 552. A
553. “No Frills account” is also known as

a. Savings Bank Account
b. Simple Recurring Deposit Account
c. Basic Savings Bank Account
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
554. EEFC Account can be opened by

a. Non Resident Indian (NRI)
b. NRI who returned to India permanently
c. Any Resident with local source of income
d. Residents who have forex earnings
____________________________________________________________________________________________
555. Customer of your branch aged above 65 years placed a term deposit and requests TDS exemption. Which
form need to be submitted?
a. Form 15G
b. Form 15H
c. a or b
d. No form is required
____________________________________________________________________________________________
556. Validity period of a cheque is defined as 3 months under ……….Act

a. Indian Contract Act
b. B R Act
c. Negotiable Instruments Act
d. RBI Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
557. A term deposit of NRO can be accepted for a minimum period of

a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 6 months
d. 7 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
558. USB means

a. Urban Savings Bank account
b. Ultra Small Branch
c. Uniform Savings Bank Account
d. Unique Small Bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
553. C 554. D 555. B
556. D 557. D 558. B
559. Under Direct Benefit Transfer (Subsidy) scheme every beneficiary should have
a. Basic Savings Bank Account
b. Savings Bank account with Cheque Book
c. Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account with Aadhaar number
d. KYC complaint Account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
560. A cheque is received by the branch for payment issued by one of the customers. The message from Public
Prosecutor that the customer is imprisoned for criminal activity. What is expected by the Branch?
a. Branch should not make the payment
b. Branch should ask for court order regarding imprisonment of the customer
c. Branch should insist written request from the public prosecutor
d. Branch can make the payment
____________________________________________________________________________________________
561. In terms of direction of RBI & IBA on simplified procedure for settlement of death claims preferred to be settled
to the legal heirs involving amount upto
a. 10000
b. 50000
c. 100000
d. 25000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
562. X depositor approached the branch with term deposit receipt of Rs.2 lakhs which was due in the year 2010 and
not interested for renewal of the matured deposit and requesting for payment of interest for overdue period. How do
you act?
a. No interest will be paid since the deposit is not renewed
b. Term deposit applicable interest at the time of maturity will be paid for the overdue period
c. Interest rate at the time of maturity or at the time of renewal whichever is lower
d. SB interest will be paid for the overdue period
____________________________________________________________________________________________
563. What are the interest rates that are still regulated by RBI ?
a. SB Deposits
b. Commercial Loans
c. DRI Loans
d. b & c
____________________________________________________________________________________________
564. Current Account is treated Inoperative/Dormant where there are no transactions in the account for the last
a. 6 months
b. 12 months
c. 18 months
d. 24 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
559. A 560. D 561. C
562. D 563. C 564. D
565. A customer's cheque realized for Rs.2 lakh is credited to his account by mistake as Rs.2000. Subsequently
cheque presented for Rs.20000 returned unpaid by the bank. What is the responsibility of the banker?
What is the responsibility of the banker?
a. Bank to pay damages to the customer

b. Not responsible
c. Customer to ensure balance before issuing the cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
566. Power of Attorney was granted by a customer for a period of 12 months to X. The customer wants to revoke it
after 6 months. What are the options available to the Branch?
a. It should be revoked only after 12 months
b. Yes he can revoke at any time
c. Revoked with the consent of the power of attorney holder
d. He can revoke with the consent of the Banker
____________________________________________________________________________________________
567. The minimum deposit required to open Basic Saving Account

a. No minimum
b. 5
c. 100
d. 250
____________________________________________________________________________________________
568. With regard to nomination to Illiterate account, which of the following statement is correct?
a. Can extend in favour of literate only
b. Nomination facility is not available
c. Consent from Nominee is required
d. Witness is a must
____________________________________________________________________________________________
569. A cheque signed by the director as authorized signatory of a company is presented for payment but at the
same time branch received information about the death of the director. Branch to
death of the director. Branch to
a. Pay the cheque as he signed in fiduciary capacity

b. Stop payment
c. Pay the cheque on receipt of confirmation from the company
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
570. Under Cheque Truncation System, the instrument deposited by the customer for collection remain with……..
a. Collecting Branch
b. Service Branch of Collecting Branch
c. Paying Branch
d. Service Branch of Paying Branch
____________________________________________________________________________________________
565. A 566. B 567. A
568. D 569. A 570. A
571. Amount allowed to be transferred abroad by any resident without RBI permission for purchase of fixed assets
in a financial year is
a. One million US Dollars
b. Two million US Dollars
c. Three Million US Dollars
d. Two lakh US Dollars
____________________________________________________________________________________________
572. Crossed cheque, presented over the counter through the authorized agent of collecting banker for his valued
customer for cash payment. Will you pay?
a. Bank can pay
b. Payment can‟t be made since it is a crossed cheque
c. Payment can be made on cancellation of crossing duly signed by the drawer
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
573. Proprietor of a firm executed Power of Attorney to B. Cheque signed by Power of Attorney Holder for payment
after the death of the proprietor. Will you pay?
a. Yes
b. NO
c. Will be paid with the consent of legal heirs of the deceased
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
574. Banks are required to submit return “Unclaimed Deposit” every year in the month of ……. within ......days from
the close of the reporting month.
a. March & 30 days
b. December & 30 days
c. December & 15 days
d. March & 15 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
575. Under Financial Inclusion Plan of the bank, the agents appointed by the bank to collect money and make
payments to the depositors are called as
a. Branch Managers
b. Business Correspondents
c. Business Facilitators
d. b & c
____________________________________________________________________________________________
576. Truncated Cheque means

a. Shared Clearing
b. Cheques presented will be processed by the depositing branch itself
c. Physical movement of instruments from branch to clearing house
d. Movement of electronic image instead of physical movement of instruments
____________________________________________________________________________________________
571. D 572. A 573. B
574. B 575. B 576. D
577. Your customer approached with Fixed Deposit of other Bank with a value of 5.50 lakh (including accrued
interest) and due for payment in next 24 months and requested for a loan against the deposit. As Branch Manager
how you deal with it?
a. Loan can be allowed up to 75% value of the deposit
b. Loan can be allowed only on receipt of confirmation from other Bank having noted the lien
c. Loan can be allowed up to 80% value of the deposit
d. No loan can be allowed against other bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
578. Joint account operated either or survivor, the number of nominees can be
a. Joint depositors are allowed to nominate one each
b. Only one nominee is allowed
c. No nomination facility is available for Joint Accounts
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
579. As per RBI guidelines, Branch to issue to SB account holders

a. Pass Book
b. Account Statement
c. a & b
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
580. Post dated cheque presented in clearing paid by the bank and at the same time another cheque presented
was returned. What is the liability of the Bank?
a. Bank can make payment of post dated cheque, if the instrument is otherwise in order
b. Bank is not in order in making payment of post dated cheque
c. It is the responsibility of the depositor to mention correct date while issuing cheque and hence banker is not
liable
d. Issuing cheque without adequate balance is the responsibility of the customer and hence banker is not liable
____________________________________________________________________________________________
581. Nominee obtains payment in the capacity of

a. Owner
b. Beneficiary
c. Agent
d. Trustee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
582. Banks obtain photograph at the time of opening of the account with a view to
a. Avoid benami accounts
b. Verify the identity of the customer
c. Verify with police records
d. a & b
____________________________________________________________________________________________
577. D 578. B 579. C
580. B 581. D 582. D
583. Who is not eligible to convert general crossing to special crossing?

a. Holder
b. Drawer
c. Payee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
584. Garnishee order is not applicable

a. Credit balance in SB
b. Credit balance in CD
c. Credit balance in Cash Credit Account
d. Term Deposits in the Joint names
____________________________________________________________________________________________
585. Fixed Deposit is maturing on Sunday. It shall be deemed to be payable on

a. Monday
b. Immediate succeeding working day
c. Preceding Day i.e. Saturday
d. a & b
____________________________________________________________________________________________
586. Your customer requested to include his wife and daughter as nominees after one year of opening of the
account. Will it be accepted?
a. It can be accepted since the nominees are the family members of the depositor
b. Cannot be considered since the request is not received at the time of opening of Account
c. Can be considered with 50% share each
d. Nomination should be made only in favour of single name. Hence can‟t be considered
____________________________________________________________________________________________
587. What is the maximum period for which FCNR deposit can be opened?
a. One Year
b. Three Years
c. Five Years
d. Ten Years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
588. Which of the following can‟t be a nominee?

a. Illiterate Person
b. Minor
c. NRI
d. HUF
____________________________________________________________________________________________
583. D 584. D 585. B
586. D 587. C 588. D
589. In case of dishonour of cheques on financial grounds, the holder is required to issue notice to the drawer within
… days to claim remedy under section 138 of NI Act
a. 7 Days
b. 30 Days
c. One Year
d. Three Years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
590. Which of the following statement is not true with regard to Capital Gains Deposit Scheme ?
a. Income Tax Assesses who are eligible for exemption under section 54 of the IT Act are alone can open
account with Banks
b. Accounts can be opened under Savings, Fixed and Term Deposits
c. Cheque book can be issued to eligible accounts.
d. No lien or deposit loan is allowed against such deposits
____________________________________________________________________________________________
591. Which of the following statement is not correct with regard to Tax Saver Scheme of Banks?
a. Tax exemption is available for the deposit amount under section 80C of IT Act
b. Period of deposit is allowed up to 5 Years
c. TDS is applicable, if interest payment is above Rs.10000/- in a financial year
d. Maximum amount of deposit allowed is 5 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
592. Which of the following statement is not true with regard to Temporary Overdrafts?
a. Can be allowed in Savings Bank Account
b. Can be allowed in Current Deposit Account
c. Can be allowed only 3 times in a account in a year
d. Should not be allowed in staff accounts
____________________________________________________________________________________________
593. As per RBI guidelines, the banks‟ can levy charges to the Current accounts for not maintenance of minimum
balances provided……….
a. Charges should not exceed `100 in a year
b. Charges should not exceed 500 in a year
c. Bank has discretion to levy any amount of charges
d. Banks are allowed to levy reasonable charges but should be known to the customers through proper
communication
____________________________________________________________________________________________
594. Account opened in the name of A&B jointly and nomination is given in favour of „C‟ . Branch received request
from the nominee for payment of deposit as „A‟ expired. What is the course of action?
a. 50% of deposit can be paid to the nominee
b. Nominee has no right since other joint depositor is alive
c. Amount will be paid to nominee with the consent of legal heirs of „A‟
d. Nomination facility is not available to Joint accounts
____________________________________________________________________________________________
589. B 590. C 591. D
592. C 593. D 594. B
595. Garnishee order is by _____ and the customer and bank relation_____to it.
a. Income Tax Authorities & Debtor and Creditor
b. Police & Debtor and Creditor
c. Court & Judgment Debtor and Judgment Creditor
d. Court & Judgment Creditor and Judgment Debtor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
596. A cheque was issued for Rs.8000/- leaving blank space both at figures and words column, and the bearer of
cheque made it Rs.80000/- and withdrew amount. Customer made a claim for `72000/- against the bank. What is the
course of action?
a. Bank to reimburse the amount since the cheque was issued for `8000/-only
b. Customer is liable since he is negligent having left blank space at figures and words column
c. Bank and Customer equally responsible
d. Bank to file case against the bearer for making alternations of cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
597. Exercise of nomination by the depositor

a. Optional to the depositor
b. Mandatory in case of single named accounts
c. Mandatory in case of joint accounts
d. Mandatory for locker accounts
____________________________________________________________________________________________
598. X introduced for opening the account of Y. What is the responsibility of X in case of fraud committed by Y?
a. To be reimbursed fully
b. No responsibility
c. 50% of loss
d. Assist the Bank in identifying the account holder
____________________________________________________________________________________________
599. The interest rate on NRE deposits is fixed based on

a. LIBOR + 100 basis points
b. LIBOR + 75 basis points
c. LIBOR + 175 basis points
d. Discretion of the Bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
600. Payment of FD beyond 20000/- in cash is violation of IT rules and attracts

a. Penalty & Imprisonment
b. Penalty – Double the amount
c. Penalty -Not more than deposit amount
d. No penalty
____________________________________________________________________________________________
595. D 596. B 597. A
598. D 599. D 600. C
601. TDS deducted by bank, is to be remitted to Income Tax authorities within…..

a. 15 days from the date of deduction
b. 7 days from the date of deduction
c. 10 days in the succeeding month
d. 7 days in the succeeding month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
602. Companies look for Commercial Paper since they need

a. Long Term Low Cost funds
b. Short Term High Cost funds
c. Short Term Low Cost funds
d. Long Term high Cost funds
____________________________________________________________________________________________
603. Zero Coupon Bonds refers to

a. Bond issued at face value
b. Bond issued with face value & interest
c. Bond issued at discount from its face value with interest
d. Bond issued at discount from its face value without interest
____________________________________________________________________________________________
604. A counterfeit note is impounded by the branch at the time of receipt of cash. The acknowledgement has to be
signed by
a. Cashier
b. Manager
c. Cashier and remitter
d. Cashier, if remitter refused to sign the acknowledgement
____________________________________________________________________________________________
605. For transfer of funds through NEFT (National Electronic Fund Transfer) and minimum and maximum amount
that can be transferred are
a. 1,000 and maximum 5 lacs
b. 1,000 and maximum no limit
c. No minimum & maximum amount
d. None of the above.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
606. RBI imposing penalty on Currency Chests for incorrect reporting of daily cash position because…..
a. It is causing financial loss to RBI
b. To inculcate discipline
c. Non adherence of Owners` instructions
____________________________________________________________________________________________
601. D 602. C 603. D
604. D 605. C 606. B
607. Right of Set-off refers to

a. Marking of lien in deposit account of the borrower
b. Transfer of Savings Bank balances to borrower account for adjustment of overdues in loan account of the
depositor
c. a & b
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
608. In case where the instrument is obtained by unlawful means, the holder of the instrument will not get any title
as per ……..
a. Section 58 of NI Act b) Section 48 of NI Act
b. Section 89 of NI Act
c. Section 128 of NI Act
d. Section 48 of NI Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
609. Banks are required to pay DICGC fee on

a. Monthly basis
b. Quarterly basis
c. Half-yearly
d. Yearly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
610. What is the floor limit (Min & Max) in case of CRR?
a. 3% & 10%
b. 3% & 15
c. 5% & 10%
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
611. Bank stakeholders include

a. Shareholders
b. Customers
c. Employees
d. All
____________________________________________________________________________________________
612. Banks to maintain SLR as per

a. Section 24 of BR Act
b. Section 42 of BR Act
c. Section 42(1) of RBI Act
d. Section 24 of RBI Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
607. B 608. A 609. C
610. D 611. D 612. A
613. Relationship between Customer & Banker in case of Safe custody of articles
a. Lessor & Lessee
b. Principal & Agent
c. Bailor & Bailee
d. Assignor & Assignee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
614. As per AML norms, banks are required to preserve records……

a. 3 years from the date of cessation of transaction
b. 5 years from the date of cessation of transaction
c. 10 years from the date of cessation of transaction
d. No time limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
615. The risk involved in Business Correspondent Model is

a. Credit Risk
b. Operational Risk
c. Reputation Risk
d. Default Risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
616. The minimum CRR should be …… maintained on daily basis

a. 50% of eligible CRR
b. 70% of eligible CRR
c. 80% of eligible CRR
d. 100% of eligible CRR
____________________________________________________________________________________________
617. Service charges levied are to be displayed by the bank in

a. Bank‟s own Website
b. RBI Website
c. Branch Premises
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
618. Banks are required to submit CTR (Cash Transaction Report) to ------- within ----- of succeeding month
a. FIU, 30 days
b. FIU, 15 days
c. FIU, 7 days
d. RBI, 15 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
613. C 614. B 615. B
616. B 617. D 618. B
619. Banks can create assignment on

a. Book Debts
b. Stocks
c. Land & building
d. Deposits
____________________________________________________________________________________________
620. Banks are required to preserve old records as per

a. BR Act
b. RBI Act
c. Indian Contract Act
d. Evidence Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
621. RBI injects liquidity through

a. Increase Bank Rate
b. Reduction of Repo Rate
c. Reduction of Reverse Repo
d. Increase CRR
____________________________________________________________________________________________
622. A person appointed by the court to look after the properties of the insolvent person is called
a. Administrator
b. Liquidator
c. Assignee
d. Attorney
____________________________________________________________________________________________
623. Clayton‟s rule applies to

a. Deposit Accounts
b. Demand Loans
c. Term Loans
d. Overdrafts / Cash credits
____________________________________________________________________________________________
624. What is the relationship between the Bank and Overdraft Customer where the account is showing credit
balance?
a. Creditor & Debtor
b. Principle & Agent
c. Trustee & Beneficiary
d. Debtor & Creditor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
619. A 620. A 621. B
622. B 623. D 624. D
625. What would be the applicable interest rate payable to the legal heirs of the deceased on overdue period of
matured Term deposit, if not renewed?
a. SB Interest Rate
b. Contracted Interest rate of matured deposit
c. Applicable FD interest will be paid if renewed for further period
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
626. “Actionable Claims” deals with

a. Debt
b. Receivables
c. Subsidy or Duty Draw Back
d. All
____________________________________________________________________________________________
627. When the contents of the Negotiable Instrument are modified by the drawer, it is treated as
a. Forgery
b. Fraud
c. Material alteration
d. suppression of facts
____________________________________________________________________________________________
628. Under „Whistle Blower‟ the information can be directly submitted to

a. Board
b. Audit Committee of the Board
c. Management Committee
d. Central vigilance Commission
____________________________________________________________________________________________
629. Banking Codes and Standards Board of India (BCSBI) deals with
a. Inspection & Audit of Banks
b. Funds & Investments in Banks
c. Customer Service
d. Banking Ombudsman
____________________________________________________________________________________________
630. How long the counterfeit notes can be kept with the bank after having reported to police?
a. 30 days
b. 1 Year
c. 2 Years
d. 3 Years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
625. A 626. D 627. C
628. B 629. C 630. D
631. Call Money Market interest are linked to

a. Bank Rate
b. Repo Rate
c. Reverse Repo Rate
d. Market forces
____________________________________________________________________________________________
632. Preservation time for applications of closed accounts

a. 3 years
b. 5 years
c. 10 years
d. Permanent
____________________________________________________________________________________________
633. Why Banks prefer to reverse the contra entry immediately on expiry of Bank Guarantees?
a. To avert claim from beneficiary
b. To avert maintenance of CRAR
c. To avert provisioning
d. To improve profit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
634. Right of General Lien can be exercised on

a. Securities outstanding in the name of the borrower
b. Future liabilities only
c. Existing and Future liabilities
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
635. Delay in collection of cheque > 90 days, bank to pay Interest at applicable
a. SB Interest
b. Term Deposit Interest
c. Term Deposit Interest + 2%
d. BPLR
____________________________________________________________________________________________
636. What is the limitation period for public to approach Consumer forum for redressal of their grievances against
Bank?
a. No limitation period
b. One year from cause of action
c. Two Years from cause of action
d. Ten Years from cause of action
____________________________________________________________________________________________
631. D 632. C 633. B
634. A 635. C 636. B
637. One Bank account per family is mandatory to avail

a. Credit facility from bank
b. Direct Benefit Transfer benefit (subsidy)
c. Interest subvention – Housing Loan
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
638. To avert fraudulent encashment of cheques presented for collection, branches are required to
a. Present in clearing immediately
b. Introduce Drop Box
c. Affix the Special Crossing Stamp immediately on receipt of instrument
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
639. What is the time limit to furnish the requested information under Right to Information Act (RTI) and what is the
penalty for non-compliance of the said norm?
a. 30 days & Rs.100 per day
b. 60 days & 100 per day
c. 60 days & 250 per day
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
640. The documents to be insisted from a NRI for opening an account is

a. Copies of Passport and VISA
b. Local and Overseas addresses
c. Compliance of KYC norms & Latest Passport size photographs
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
641. Minimum and Maximum period of Certificate of Deposits

a. 15 days&1 year
b. 30 days&1 year
c. 7 days&1 year
d. 7 days & no limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
642. Customer not kept Cheque book under lock and key and one cheque leaf was stolen. Bank made payment of
the said cheque which was forged.
a. Customer is liable since he is negligent
b. Bank is not liable as the cheque was stolen
c. Bank is liable since the payment is made on forged signature
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
637. B 638. C 639. A
640. D 641. C 642. C
643. Visually challenged persons are allowed to avail the following banking facilities?
a. Cheque Book
b. Debit Card & ATM Card
c. Locker
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
644. In case of payment of Fake DD, who has to lodge complaint with police, when it is identified as fake upon
presentation – as per recent IBA guidelines?
a. Issuing Bank
b. Collecting Bank
c. Purchaser of the Draft
d. Paying Bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
645. Nominee can exercise his right

a. During the tenure of deposit
b. On maturity of deposit
c. Any time since he will be treated as joint depositor
d. On the death of the depositor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
646. In case fake currency note is found, branch should not

a. Return the note to the remitter
b. Destroy the note
c. File FIR if it is more than 5 in one transaction
d. All are correct
____________________________________________________________________________________________
647. Banks are not allowed to accept deposits under Capital Gains Scheme in ….
a. Savings
b. Fixed
c. Current
d. a & b
____________________________________________________________________________________________
648. .Reserve Bank of India stopped non-cts cheques in clearing from

a. 30.09.2013
b. 31.12.2013
c. 31.03.2014
d. 31.12.2014
____________________________________________________________________________________________
643. D 644. D 645. D
646. D 647. C 648. B
649. Skoch Technology Innovation Award is awarded to Indian Bank for

a. IB e-purse
b. IB Green pin
c. BNA
d. IB Smart Remote mobile application
____________________________________________________________________________________________
650. .Total ATM‟s/BNA's in the Bank as Mar 31 2017 is

a. 2998
b. 2858
c. 3158
d. 3358
____________________________________________________________________________________________
651. .BCSBI rated our Bank as

a. Average
b. Above average
c. Below average
d. Satisfactory
____________________________________________________________________________________________
652. BCSBI rated member banks based on the implementation of

a. Codes of Banks commitment to customers
b. Codes of Banks commitment to Micro & Small Enterprises
c. Both
____________________________________________________________________________________________
653. Which of the following is not a focus area of BCSBI ?

a. Customer feed back
b. Customer Centricity
c. Customer Grievance Redressal mechanism
d. Risk mitigation measures adopted by the bank to improve their profitability
____________________________________________________________________________________________
654. Indian Bank scored less marks in -------- focus area

a. Transparency
b. Grievance redressal mechanism
c. Information dissemination
d. Customer feed back
____________________________________________________________________________________________
649. D 650. D 651. B
652. C 653. D 654. C
655. Indian Bank scored ----- marks during BCSBI inspection / survey
a. 77.10%
b. 69.50%
c. 74.00%
d. 67.90%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
656. Principal code compliance officer for BCSBI is

a. GM – HRM
b. GM – TMD
c. GM- RMD
d. GM-CSC
____________________________________________________________________________________________
657. All complaints received at the branches / offices are to entered in SPGRS template within----- hours
a. 72 hrs
b. 24hrs
c. 48 hrs
d. 60 hrs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
658. If the customer complaint is vigilance related the same is to be resolved within ----- days
a. 60 days
b. 21 days
c. 45 days
d. 30 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
659. Under RTI act only ------ is permitted to reply

a. GM- CSC
b. GM-HRM
c. CMD
d. Central Public Information officer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
660. Applications under RTI Act 2005 received at branches / zonal offices etc. are to be replied within ------- days
a. 21 days
b. .28 days
c. 30 days
d. 45 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
655. C 656. D 657. B
658. D 659. D 660. C
661. Under RTI act for delay in replying to an applicant attracts penalty if the delay is beyond the stipulated period
amounting to
a. Rs250/- per day with a maximum of Rs10000
b. Rs250/- per day with a maximum of Rs25000
c. Rs250/- per day with a maximum of Rs50000/-
d. Rs250/- per day with a maximum of Rs100000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
662. In our Bank Public Information Officer under RTI Act is

a. GM-CSC
b. GM-IED
c. GM –TMD
d. GM –TMD
____________________________________________________________________________________________
663. As per BCSBI ------- core recommendations of Goiporia committee are to be focussed
a. 10
b. 15
c. 25
d. 20
____________________________________________________________________________________________
664. Section 6 of RTI act deals with

a. proactive disclosures
b. procedure for applying
c. disposal of applications
d. Exemptions
____________________________________________________________________________________________
665. As per Banking Ombudsman Scheme so far ----- no. of offices have been appointed
a. 25
b. 15
c. 20
d. 10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
666. Compliance Officer in a branch should submit on-line compliance report for the following periods
a. Monthly
b. Quarterly
c. Half-yearly
d. Annually
____________________________________________________________________________________________
661. B 662. B 663. B
664. B 665. B 666. B
667. Appellate Authority under Banking Ombudsman scheme

a. General Manager –RBI
b. Executive Director, RBI
c. Dy.Governor RBI
d. Governor RBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
668. . As per Consumer forum, appellate authority is

a. High Court
b. Supreme Court
c. State commission
d. National commission
____________________________________________________________________________________________
669. A customer can file a complaint under Banking Ombudsman scheme within a period of------- from the cause of
action
a. one year
b. Two years
c. Six months
d. One month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
670. Consumer complainant can file a complaint within a period of-----from the cause of action
a. one year
b. Two years
c. One month
d. Six months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
671. Which of the following is a risk not associated with Conflict of Interest ?
a. Compliance risk
b. Employees unethical risk
c. Credit risk
d. Operational Risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
672. A study group set up by RBI under the chairman ship of ------- came out with a report on Conflict of Interest
a. Goiporia
b. Tandon
c. D.M.Satwelkar
d. Narasimhan.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
667. C 668. B 669. A
670. B 671. C 672. C
673. A relationship between a doctor and a patient is a fiduciary relationship. Under which section of RTI
information sought by a person can be rejected
a. Section-5
b. Section-6
c. Section-7
d. Section-8
____________________________________________________________________________________________
674. As per the revised guidelines when from all cheques negotiable instruments like cheques, demand draft and
bankers pay orders are payable within three months.
a. 01-01-2012
b. 04-01-2012
c. 07-01-2012
d. 10-01-2012
____________________________________________________________________________________________
675. Branches should affix a/c payee crossing on all demand drafts if the amount exceeds
a. Above Rs10000
b. Above Rs20000
c. . Above Rs25,000
d. Above Rs1lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
676. .A duplicate demand draft is to be paid at

a. only at the place of issue
b. Any branch as in the case of original branch
c. Any CBS branch
d. none of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
677. Under negotiable instruments act which the following person is not liable
a. Director
b. Executive Director
c. Nominee Director
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
678. .Negotiable Instruments are defined under Act 1881. But outside NI act some instruments like bill of lading ,
Dock Warrant, GRs approved by IBA, Railway receipts, Wharfinger certificates are treated as Negotiable
instruments as per Transfer of Property A
a. Sec134
b. Sec 135
c. Sec 136
d. Sec 137
____________________________________________________________________________________________
673. D 674. B 675. B
676. B 677. C 678. D
679. .A collecting banker gets protection under sec. -------- of N.I.Act

a. Section 85
b. Section 89
c. Section 131
d. Section 139
____________________________________________________________________________________________
680. A drawee / beneficiary can sue a drawer of an instrument on bouncing as per section------ of NI act.
a. Section 85
b. Section 89
c. Section 131
d. Section 138
____________________________________________________________________________________________
681. A banker can pay an instrument based on words when words and figures differ and he is in order as per which
section of NI act
a. Section 6
b. Section 4
c. section 18
d. Section 22
____________________________________________________________________________________________
682. General crossing is defined under section ------ of NI Act.

a. Sec 123
b. Sec 124
c. Sec 85
d. Sec 89
____________________________________________________________________________________________
683. Days grace is allowed for usance bills and promissory notes and are covered under section------- of NI Act
a. Sec 142
b. Sec 22
c. Sec 124
d. Sec 131
____________________________________________________________________________________________
684. By general crossing we mean

a. Two horizontal lines on a cheque
b. One straight line across the cheque
c. Two lines across the cheque making X
d. Two transverse parallel lines on the face of a cheque with or without any word.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
679. C 680. D 681. C
682. A 683. B 684. D
685. RBI of India grants licenses to start banking business as per section ------ of RBI act.
a. . Section 22
b. Section 25
c. Section 19
d. section 24
____________________________________________________________________________________________
686. Maintenance of Statutory Liquidity Ratio is covered as per section ---- of RBI act
a. Section 42
b. Section 26
c. Section 24
d. Section 45
____________________________________________________________________________________________
687. Central Government can frame rules for all matters is covered under ----- section of RBI Act
a. Section 52
b. .Section 45Y
c. Section 26
d. Section 42
____________________________________________________________________________________________
688. Which is not an integral part of KYC Policy ?

a. Customer Acceptance Policy
b. Customer Identification Procedures
c. Monitoring of Transactions
d. Loan Policy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
689. Which committee recommended that each Bank should nominate a Senior Level Bank Officer as
―Compliance Officer ?
a. Damodaran Committee
b. Khusro Committee
c. Ghosh Committee
d. Gupta Committee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
690. Any delinquency on the part of the Public Information Officer can cost him a personal penalty of Rs._____ per
day maximum being Rs.____ for failure to give information
a. Rs.100 and Rs.5000
b. Rs.250 and Rs.10000
c. Rs.100 and Rs.25000
d. Rs.250 and Rs.25000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
685. A 686. C 687. A
688. D 689. C 690. D
691. Who is not a High Risk Customer ?

a. Antique dealer
b. Having own money service bureau
c. Deals in arms and ammunitions
d. Salaries persons with Annual Income of Rs 8 lacs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
692. What is the maximum amount of compensation that Ombudsman can allow for a case referred to it?
a. Rs. 2 lacs
b. Rs.10 lacs
c. Rs.5 lacs
d. Rs.25 lacs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
693. Which is not an ID proof ?

a. Aadhaar Card
b. Passport
c. Pan Card
d. ID card issued by an employer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
694. If a Bank wants to go in for appeal against the decision of Ombudsman whose permission in the bank is
required?
a. Board of Directors
b. CMD / ED
c. ALCO
d. General Manager
____________________________________________________________________________________________
695. When should bank notify the customer as per relaxed KYC norms?
a. When balance cross 40000
b. When balance cross 50000
c. When turnover cross 50000
d. When turnover cross 40000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
696. Award of Ombudsman is binding on Bank if customer gives acceptance within ____ days from receipt of
award?
a. 30
b. 60
c. 45
d. 15
____________________________________________________________________________________________
691. D 692. B 693. D
694. B 695. A 696. A
697. What is the cutoff point for CTR?

a. Individual transaction above 5 lacs
b. . Individual transaction above 10 lacs
c. series of transactions cross 5 lacs
d. series of transactions cross 10 lacs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
698. Limitation for appeal from one consumer court to another consumer court under Consumer Protection Act is
a. 30 days from the date of order
b. 45 days from the date of order
c. 45 days from the date of receipt of order
d. 30 days from the date of receipt of order
____________________________________________________________________________________________
699. As per KYC policy upto what period records are to be stored
a. 5 years
b. 10 years
c. 20 years
d. no time period
____________________________________________________________________________________________
700. Banking Ombudsman Scheme comes in to force with effect from _____ covers all Commercial Banks / RRBs /
Scheduled Primary Cooperative Banks
a. 1 Jan 06
b. 15 Aug 06
c. 2 Oct 06
d. 26 Jan 06
____________________________________________________________________________________________
701. When should branch submit STR

a. weekly
b. monthly
c. daily on occurrence
d. daily NIL statement even on non-occurrence
____________________________________________________________________________________________
702. The Risk which is not associated with conflict of interest

a. Reputational Risk
b. Credit Risk
c. Compliance Risk
d. Strategic Risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
697. D 698. A 699. B
700. A 701. C 702. B
703. Cash Transaction report ( CTR) to be reported by the branches by

a. Weekly
b. . Daily
c. Fortnightly
d. monthly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
704. When appeal against the decision of the National Commission under Consumer Protection Act is to be made
which of the following action is required?
a. 50% of the amount is to be deposited
b. Rs.20000 is the maximum amount to be deposited
c. 50% of the amount maximum of Rs.25000 is to be deposited
d. 50% of the amount maximum of Rs.50000 is to be deposited
____________________________________________________________________________________________
705. Limitation period is ______ under Consumer Protection Act, from the date of course of action
a. 30 days
b. 24 months
c. 6 months
d. 12 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
706. What is the threshold limit for low risk partnership customers?
a. Rs. 50 lakhs or 25% of income whichever is higher
b. Rs.5 crore or 25% of income whichever is higher
c. Rs.1 crore or 25% of income whichever is higher
d. Rs.10 crore or 25% of income whichever is higher
____________________________________________________________________________________________
707. RTI came into full force w.e.f. which of the following date
a. 01.04.2005
b. 12.10.2005
c. 02.10.2006
d. 02.05.2005
____________________________________________________________________________________________
708. The format for high value cash transaction, suspicious transaction etc. devised by RBI came into effect
a. 01.04.2002
b. 01.04.2006
c. 12.10.2005
d. 01.05.2005
____________________________________________________________________________________________
703. C 704. D 705. B
706. B 707. B 708. B
709. Which one of the following is not the corrective BCSBI will apply to ensure compliance ?
a. Mystery shopping by its officials
b. Naming and Shaming
c. Suspension of membership
d. Legal proceeding against the member
____________________________________________________________________________________________
710. Review of risk categorization for medium risk customers should be done in every--------years
a. 2 years
b. 5 years
c. 8 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
711. In our bank who is the principal code compliance officer ?

a. MD
b. ED
c. GM Customer service
d. GM Legal
____________________________________________________________________________________________
712. How many ombudsman have been setup so far

a. 10
b. 20
c. 15
d. 18
____________________________________________________________________________________________
713. A customer can complaint to ombudsman before the expiry of -------months/years from the cause
a. 6 months
b. 1 year
c. 2 years
d. 9 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
714. What is the maximum amount of award given by ombudsman?

a. 5 lakhs
b. 10 lakhs
c. 1 crore
d. 20 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
709. D 710. C 711. C
712. C 713. B 714. B
715. As per RTI Act the KYC documents should be preserved for ------- years
a. 8 years
b. 10 years
c. No time period
d. 20 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
716. A Customer can appeal to whom against the award given by ombudsman
a. RBI Governor
b. RBI Deputy governor
c. Chief General manager
d. Chief controlling officer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
717. If the reply is not received from the bank within ---- days , he can complaint to ombudsman
a. 30 days
b. 15days
c. 60 days
d. 7 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
718. Compliance Officer in a branch should submit on-line compliance report for the following period
a. Monthly
b. Quarterly
c. Half-yearly
d. Annually
____________________________________________________________________________________________
719. As per Consumer forum, appellate authority is

a. High Court
b. Supreme Court
c. State commission
d. National commission
____________________________________________________________________________________________
720. Expansion of BCP

a. Business Continuity Policy
b. Business Continuity Plan
c. Banking Correspondent Program
d. Banker Customer Policy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
715. D 716. B 717. A
718. B 719. B 720. B
721. Expansion of ASBA

a. Application of Software for Business Administration
b. Applications Supported by Blocked Amount
c. Applications of Systems for Bank Accounts
d. Applications for Small Business Associates
____________________________________________________________________________________________
722. For effecting stop payment of cheque on-line through net banking which of the following are not mandatory
a. Amount of cheque
b. Cheque Number (from –to)
c. Reason for stopping cheque
d. Account with cheque book facility
____________________________________________________________________________________________
723. As per recent KYC procedure, foreign students studying in India should submit within ....days/months a valid
address proof giving local address
a. 90 days
b. 30 days
c. 6 months
d. 12 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
724. As per the directives of Reserve Bank of India, Banks are required to ensure full compliance with KYC/AML
guidelines issued from time to time, in respect of
a. Primary Card holders only
b. NRI Card holders only
c. Staff Credit Card holders only
d. Primary and Add-on/Supplementary Card holders
____________________________________________________________________________________________
725. Revocation of Stop Payment Request through Net Banking (On-line) can be done at
a. Host Branch
b. Home Branch
c. Project Office
d. CDPC
____________________________________________________________________________________________
726. As per recent modification in PML Act 2002, beneficial owner is a person entitled to more than in share of profit
In the case of companies and in case of other entities
a. 10% and 10 %
b. 15 % and 25%
c. 25 % and 15 %
d. 25 % and 50 %
____________________________________________________________________________________________
721. B 722. C 723. B
724. D 725. B 726. B
727. The minimum and maximum amount of NEFT transaction is

a. No maximum but minimum Rs. 2 lacs
b. No maximum but minimum Rs. 1 lac
c. c) No maximum and no minimum
d. No minimum but maximum Rs. 2 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
728. Which of the following statements is not true in respect of Agreement for Safe Deposit Locker (Modified) - D
116 ?
a. Agreement should be adequately stamped
b. Photographs of the hirers is optional
c. Both the BM and the hirers have to affix their signatures
d. Personal details including address should be furnished
____________________________________________________________________________________________
729. Loan in India is not permitted against the pledge of

a. FCNR
b. b) NRE
c. NRO
d. EEFC
____________________________________________________________________________________________
730. The maximum amount that can be deposited in IB TAX SAVER SCHEME
a. Rs.1,00,000
b. Rs. 2,00,000
c. Rs.1,50,000
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
731. EC to be verified normally for a period of

a. 3 years
b. 5years
c. 10years
d. 13 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
732. For renewal of facilities to a corporate

a. If it is a renewal for the same limits board resolution is not a must
b. If it is enhancement of limits board resolution is a must
c. If it is enhancement of limits resolution passed in AGM is a must
d. If it is enhancement of limits or renewal of the same limits also board resolution is a must
____________________________________________________________________________________________
727. C 728. B 729. D
730. C 731. D 732. D
733. In cases where renewal documents/acknowledgements of debt have been obtained from the company
without Board resolution
a. It is invalid
b. It is valid as the borrowings are already authorized by the board of the company
c. Ratification from the Board of Directors has to be obtained, then only it is valid.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
734. If a limited company approaches a bank to guarantee an advance

a. It should be as per objects in the Memorandum of association.
b. Bank cannot accept as it is against the company law
c. There should be a specific resolution by board of directors to that effect.
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
735. The Board of Directors of a public limited company cannot borrow money----except with a resolution passed
a. In excess of paid up capital
b. Its free reserves
c. Total of 1&2
d. Its authorized capital and free reserves
____________________________________________________________________________________________
736. An exception to the above rule is

a. Loans repayable on demand
b. Loans repayable within six months
c. Long term loans
d. 1&2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
737. Negative lien is

a. a declaration from the company that that the borrowing company should not create further charges
b. Reversing the lien created earlier
c. When the outstanding loan balance exceeds the security, it is called negative lien
____________________________________________________________________________________________
738. When a loan account is closed due to full repayment

a. Documents can be destroyed as there is no use in keeping them
b. All the executed documents may be cancelled and kept for future reference
c. All the executed documents may be cancelled and returned to the borrower
____________________________________________________________________________________________
733. C 734. b & c 735. C
736. D 737. A 738. B
739. If any document needs amendment to suit to a particular loan due to some specific reasons, it should have the
approval of
a. CO O&M dept.
b. CO legal dept.
c. ZO/Legal dept.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
740. If a printed format of a document is not available

a. Typed copy is preferable
b. A Photostat copy is preferable
c. Hand written copy is preferable
____________________________________________________________________________________________
741. The following determines the value of the stamps to be affixed

a. Nature of agreement
b. The place where the execution is done
c. Amount of loan
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
742. The list of documents varies based on

a. Terms of sanction
b. Security offered
c. Constitution of the borrower
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
743. Flow of title is to be given by the advocate chronologically for ----years

a. 5
b. 7
c. 13
d. 10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
744. If original documents corresponding to 13 years are not available, then certified copies of documents of title
are to be obtained for a period of
a. 13
b. 30
c. 12
d. 7
____________________________________________________________________________________________
739. B 740. B 741. D
742. D 743. D 744. B
745. Letter of Authority from the Staff to Bank to appropriate terminal Benefits towards adjustment of loan
a. F198
b. F199
c. F200
d. F201
____________________________________________________________________________________________
746. Letter from person who witnesses documents executed by illiterate/blind person
a. F110
b. F112
c. F114
d. F116
____________________________________________________________________________________________
747. Resolution required to be passed by a society/club/trust etc.

a. F84
b. F85
c. F86
d. F87
____________________________________________________________________________________________
748. Agreement - Bank Finance to employees to buy shares of their own companies
a. D92
b. D93
c. D94
d. D95
____________________________________________________________________________________________
749. Undated Transfer Deed/Pledge form

a. F 184
b. F 185
c. F 186
d. F 187
____________________________________________________________________________________________
750. Letter from Bank to the company to be obtained in case of finance against shares of that company
a. F152
b. F153
c. F154
d. F155
____________________________________________________________________________________________
745. C 746. B 747. A
748. C 749. A 750. C
751. For transfer of shares under DMAT

a. Transfer deed is required
b. Transfer deed is not required
c. If the shares are held for more than 1 year not required
d. If the shares are held for more than six months not required
____________________________________________________________________________________________
752. What is the stamp duty payable on transfer of DMAT shares ?

a. Re1 for market value of Rs 100
b. Re2 for market value of Rs 100
c. Re1.50 for market value of Rs 100
d. No stamp duty payable
____________________________________________________________________________________________
753. When the loan against the pledge of DMAT shares is closed ?
a. Lien on shares is to be cancelled by sending intimation to DP
b. It gets automatically cancelled
c. Borrower needs to take a no due certificate and send to DP
____________________________________________________________________________________________
754. Advance against units of mutual funds - Letter of authority from party
a. F29
b. F30
c. F31
d. F32
____________________________________________________________________________________________
755. Agreement for loan against NSCs

a. D105
b. D 108
c. D111
d. D121
____________________________________________________________________________________________
756. Application for transfer of National Savings Certificates as security

a. F97
b. F98
c. F99
d. F96
____________________________________________________________________________________________
751. B 752. D 753. A
754. C 755. B 756. C
757. When common seal is affixed on the loan documents ?

a. It should be authorized by bank officials
b. It should be certified by ROC
c. The authorized signatories should sign next or below the common seal
____________________________________________________________________________________________
758. When the loan documents are executed by a visually impaired person ?
a. The document should be attested by a witness
b. The document should be attested by BM
c. Can be attested by any officer of the bank
d. Should not be attested, only a separate declaration is to be obtained and kept with the documents
____________________________________________________________________________________________
759. A General power of attorney holder can

a. Perform all kinds of acts and execute any document on behalf of the principal
b. Can only perform those acts which are specially mentioned in the power of attorney
c. He can only represent the principal's case in a court of law
d. He can not do any financial transactions
____________________________________________________________________________________________
760. Power of attorney should be executed on a

a. Judicial stamp paper
b. Non judicial stamp paper without any stamp duty
c. Non judicial stamp paper with appropriate stamp duty
d. Either judicial or non judicial stamp paper
____________________________________________________________________________________________
761. A power of attorney is to be

a. Notarized
b. No need for notarization
c. To be registered with revenue authorities
d. To be attested by Magistrate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
762. When power of attorney is executed out side India, it should be attested by
a. official of the Indian Embassy / Indian Consulate
b. Trade Commissioner of India
c. Notary Public in the country where the principal resides
d. Any of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
757. C 758. D 759. A
760. C 761. B 762. D
763. The Power of Attorney executed out side India when received in India
a. It is to be stamped
b. Attorney holder to sign it in the presence of notary public
c. It is to be attested by two witnesses
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
764. While obtaining documents from a partnership firm it is to be ensured that

a. All partners to sign on behalf of the firm
b. In their personal capacity
c. On behalf of their legal heirs also
d. Both 1&2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
765. Auditor‟s Certificate on book debts

a. F101
b. F102
c. F106
d. F121
____________________________________________________________________________________________
766. Agreement for advance against duty drawback

a. D 52
b. D53
c. D84
d. D56
____________________________________________________________________________________________
767. Letter of undertaking-cum-declaration for advances against immovable properties

a. F167
b. F177
c. F181
d. F61
____________________________________________________________________________________________
768. Legal Scrutiny Report

a. F 176
b. F 179
c. F 178
d. F185
____________________________________________________________________________________________
763. D 764. D 765. C
766. D 767. A 768. C
769. If an individual has signed a partnership deed as a Karta of an HUF or on behalf of an HUF
a. The HUF is also considered as a partner
b. The Karta who signed is considered a partner as an individual
c. All the co parcenars are considered as partners
____________________________________________________________________________________________
770. The maximum no of partners in a banking firm is

a. 5
b. 10
c. 15
d. 20
____________________________________________________________________________________________
771. The maximum no of partners in a firm other than banking firm is

a. 5
b. 10
c. 15
d. 20
____________________________________________________________________________________________
772. Whether a company can be a partner in a partnership firm ?

a. No
b. Yes without personal liability
c. Yes with personal liability
____________________________________________________________________________________________
773. In case of change from sole proprietor to a partnership firm or a company

a. The existing documents can continue for 1 year
b. The existing documents can continue for 2 year
c. The existing documents can continue for 6 months only
d. The existing documents can not continue, fresh documents to be obtained
____________________________________________________________________________________________
774. Can the existing documents continue in case of change in constitution of the borrower from partnership to
PVT Ltd Co.?
a. The existing documents can not continue, fresh documents to be obtained
b. The existing documents can continue
c. However it is advisable to take confirmations from all and the company will discharge all the liabilities
d. 2&3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
769. A 770. B 771. D
772. C 773. D 774. A
775. Can we advance loan against an agreement of lease deed in case of rent Encash ?
a. We can advance
b. We can advance if it is registered
c. As agreement of lease does not automatically becomes a lease deed, it is not advisable to advance
____________________________________________________________________________________________
776. Obtaining the signature of the borrower on the sanction letter/ticket is mandatory?
a. No, it is obtained as an abundant caution
b. It is mandatory when the limits are more than 10 lakhs
c. It is mandatory when the limits are more than 20 lakhs
d. It is mandatory irrespective of limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
777. In case there are too many changes at a particular place

a. One signature should be obtained for each change after counting the number of changes
b. bracket may be drawn in the margin, against the entire portion containing the changes and signature can be
obtained once against such a bracket
c. If there are more than three changes in a particular portion fresh document to be obtained
____________________________________________________________________________________________
778. Application for making an entry of an agreement of hire purchase/ lease/hypothecation subsequent to
a. F12
b. F102
c. F11
d. F116
____________________________________________________________________________________________
779. Letter to be sent to the borrower before seizure of the vehicle (for NPA accounts
a. F180
b. F181
c. F81
d. F182
____________________________________________________________________________________________
780. What is the new agreement for pension loan ?

a. D123
b. D125
c. D126
d. NONE OF THE ABOVE.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
775. B 776. D 777. B
778. A 779. B 780. C
781. What is the new agreement for medium term loan agreement for IB rent Encash ?
a. D124
b. D127
c. D129
____________________________________________________________________________________________
782. What is the new agreement for hypothecation of vehicles ?

a. D127
b. D128
c. D130
____________________________________________________________________________________________
783. What is the new term loan agreement for home loan ?
a. D130
b. D129
c. D128
____________________________________________________________________________________________
784. The following document is discontinued now

a. D124
b. D101
c. D128
____________________________________________________________________________________________
785. The following agreement need not be obtained now for home loan
a. D96
b. D01
c. D007
d. D96 & D007
____________________________________________________________________________________________
786. What is the document from party to bank confirming extension of EM ?

a. D32
b. D33
c. D34
d. D121
____________________________________________________________________________________________
781. C 782. A 783. C
784. B 785. D 786. B
787. What is the agreement for loan and hypothecation of crops with mutual agreement clause ?
a. D119
b. D117
c. D171
d. D131
____________________________________________________________________________________________
788. What is the letter from the third party to bank confirming the extension of equitable mortgage for advances
granted to the third party ?
a. D33
b. D34
c. D34A
d. D34B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
789. What is the letter of undertaking from JLG ?

a. F12
b. F176
c. F112
d. F89
____________________________________________________________________________________________
790. Letter from third party to bank for extension of equitable mortgage
a. D33
b. D34
c. D34A
d. D34B
____________________________________________________________________________________________
791. Agreement for educational loan

a. D71
b. D61
c. D51
d. D81
____________________________________________________________________________________________
792. Application cum Pledge letter for advance against Government Securities (other than NSCs/KVPs) Shares of
Limited Companies/L.I.C. Policies
a. F33
b. F34
c. F121
d. F30
____________________________________________________________________________________________
787. A 788. D 789. B
790. C 791. B 792. D
793. Notice of assignment of LIC Policy

a. F112
b. F131
c. F151
d. F 42
____________________________________________________________________________________________
794. Specimen letter regarding particulars of vehicle/machinery

a. F74
b. F76
c. F112
d. F121
____________________________________________________________________________________________
795. Form 29 - Form of note of transfer of ownership of motor vehicle

a. D19B
b. D19A
c. D19C
d. D19D
____________________________________________________________________________________________
796. What is the document for registered mortgage ?

a. D67
b. D68
c. D69
d. D70
____________________________________________________________________________________________
797. Form 30 - Report of transfer of ownership of motor vehicle

a. D19A
b. D19B
c. D19C
d. D19D
____________________________________________________________________________________________
798. Inter-se-Agreement for SHG loan

a. F162
b. F136
c. F165
d. F163
____________________________________________________________________________________________
793. D 794. A 795. B
796. A 797. B 798. C
799. Deed of Accession in case of SHG loan

a. D126
b. D127
c. D124
d. D125
____________________________________________________________________________________________
800. Agreement of Backend Subsidy

a. D107
b. D108
c. D116
d. D118
____________________________________________________________________________________________
801. Joint and Several DPN

a. D01A
b. D002
c. D1B
d. D001
____________________________________________________________________________________________
802. If the words "not negotiable" are used with special crossing in a cheque, the cheque is
a. not transferable
b. transferable
c. negotiable under certain circumstances
____________________________________________________________________________________________
803. The provisions of section 87 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, are subject to the provisions of
a. sections 20,48, 68 and 125 of the Act
b. sections 20, 49, 68 and 122 of the Act
c. sections 20, 49, 86 and 125 of the Act
d. sections 20, 49, 66 and 125 of the Act.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
804. Under section 118 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, it is presumed, until the contrary is proved, that
every transfer of a negotiable instrument was made
a. after its maturity
b. before its maturity
c. at its maturity
d. none of the above.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
799. C 800. A 801. B
802. A 803. C 804. B
805. A notice of protest under section 102 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881
a. may be given by the notary public who makes the protest
b. must always be given by the notary public who makes the protest
c. must be given by the holder
____________________________________________________________________________________________
806. Under section 16 of the Negotiable Instrument Act, 'indorsement in blank' of an instrument means
a. where the endorser does not write anything on the instrument
b. where the endorser signs his name only on the instrument
c. where the endorser writes the name of the person who is directed to pay
____________________________________________________________________________________________
807. In a promissory note, the amount of money payable

a. must be certain
b. may be certain or uncertain
c. is usually uncertain
____________________________________________________________________________________________
808. Under section 143 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, an endeavour shall be made to conclude the trial within--
------- months from the date of filing of the complaint.
a. 3
b. 6
c. 9
d. 12
____________________________________________________________________________________________
809. If a minor draws, indorses, deliver or negotiates an instrument, such instrument binds
a. all parties to the instrument including the minor
b. only the minor and not other parties to the instrument
c. all parties to the instrument except the minor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
810. The term 'Negotiable instrument' is defined in the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, under section
a. 12
b. 13
c. 13A
d. 2(d)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
805. A 806. B 807. A
808. B 809. C 810. C
811. The undertaking contained in a promissory note, to pay a certain sum of money is
a. conditional
b. unconditional
c. may be conditional or unconditional depending upon the circumstances
____________________________________________________________________________________________
812. The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 came into force on

a. 9th December, 1881
b. 19th December, 1881
c. 29th December, 1881
d. 31st December, 1881
____________________________________________________________________________________________
813. The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 applies to

a. the whole of India
b. the whole of India except the State of Jammu and Kashmir
c. those states as notified by the Union Government from time to time in the Official Gazette
d. the whole of India except the State of Jammu and Kashmir and the North- Eastern States.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
814. A garnishee order is applicable to

a. Demand deposits
b. Time deposits subject to maturity
c. Recurring Deposit
d. All the three
____________________________________________________________________________________________
815. A collecting bank gets statutory protection under:

a. RBI Act
b. Banking Regulation Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
816. B is payee of a cheque, who endorses it to C. C lost the cheque which is found by D, who endorses it in favour
of A for valuable consideration by way of forging C‟ signatures. The cheque is dishonoured. A can
recover from
a. B
b. C
c. D
d. any of the previous parties
____________________________________________________________________________________________
811. B 812. A 813. B
814. D 815. C 816. C
817. A bill presented by your branch is dishonoured and you want to get its noting. The provision regarding noting is
described under section...of NI Act:
a. 100
b. 99
c. 85 A
d. 131
____________________________________________________________________________________________
818. CTS stands for ----------------

a. Cheque Transfer System
b. Cash Transfer System
c. Cheque Truncation System
d. Cash Transfer Safety
____________________________________________________________________________________________
819. The dishonoured instruments will be returned/ dispatched to the customer promptly without delay, in any case
within ---------------.
a. 24 hours
b. 36 hours
c. 48 hours
d. 72 hours
____________________________________________________________________________________________
820. In case of Out Station Cheques and other instruments sent for collection to centres within the country the time
schedule would be adhered to for realisation by branches in Major Cities (other than those of North Eastern
States and Sikkim)
a. Maximum period of 3 days
b. Maximum period of 7 days
c. Maximum period of 10 days
d. Maximum period of 14 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
821. In case of Out Station Cheques and other instruments sent for collection to centres within the country the time
schedule would be adhered to for realisation by branches in State Capitals
a. Maximum period of 3 days
b. Maximum period of 7 days
c. Maximum period of 10 days
d. Maximum period of 14 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
822. Branches and Extension Counters of the Bank can afford immediate credit of outstation cheques / instruments
upto an aggregate value of----------- tendered for collection by individual account holders subject to satisfactory
conduct of such accounts.
a. Rs.10000/-
b. Rs12500/-
c. Rs. 15000/-
d. Rs.20000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
817. B 818. C 819. A
820. C 821. B 822. C
823. All cheques issued by the bank conforms to ---------- standard.
a. CTS-2009
b. CTS-2010
c. CTS-2011
d. CTS-2012
____________________________________________________________________________________________
824. The drawee bank can request for the physical instrument in case of any doubt for suspicion about the nature of
instrument. This operational convenience is called -------
a. Page to Follow (P2F)
b. Cheque to Follow (C2F)
c. Paper to Follow (P2F)
d. Cash to Follow (C2F)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
825. In case of Multicity account, both self and third party cash payment can be made at host branches up to---------
---------- , irrespective of SB / CA / CC / OD account.
a. Rs25000/- per occasion
b. Rs.50000/- per occasion
c. Rs.100000/- per occasion
d. Rs.200000/- per occasion
____________________________________________________________________________________________
826. High Net worth Individual (HNI) as per definition adopted by our bank is a Customer whose Minimum Total
Relationship Value (TRV) at any given date across all Savings, Current and Fixed Deposits is ---------.
a. Rs.10 lakhs
b. Rs.25 lakhs
c. Rs.50 lakhs
d. Rs.100 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
827. Template 8048 has been ported by CO: MIS Department wherein In-operative Accounts with balance more
than-------------- has been populated which can be made use of by the branches for prioritizing the revival of high
value in-operative accounts
a. 1000
b. 5000
c. 10000
d. 15000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
828. In „IB CorpSB‟- Payroll Package Scheme for Salaried Class, overdraft to the extent of 80% of net salary with
maximum amount of ------------------is permitted.
a. Rs.100000/-
b. Rs.150000/-
c. Rs.200000/-
d. Rs.250000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
823. B 824. C 825. B
826. B 827. B 828. C
829. For opening accounts in the case of Joint Hindu Undivided Family (JHUF), the following document/s is/are
important -
a. Declaration of all family members
b. Declaration of the Karta of the family
c. Declaration of all guardians on behalf of minors
d. Declaration can be exempted as per Hindu Succession Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
830. Branches should not open deposit/advances accounts of banned/ terrorist organisations as circulated by
a. IRDA
b. SEBI
c. AMFI
d. FIU
____________________________________________________________________________________________
831. The amount beyond which cash transactions (Receipts & Payments) are to be monitored by the Commercial
Banks as stipulated by the RBI in its guidelines is ........
a. Rs.5 lacs & above
b. 8 lacs & above
c. Rs.10 lacs & above
d. No such limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
832. Money Laundering means

a. Conversion of assets to invest in Laundromats
b. Conversion of money which is illegally obtained to make them legitimate
c. Conversion of cash into gold to make them legitimate
d. Conversion of assets into cash to make them legitimate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
833. Letter of thanks is sent to introducer/s because it is -

a. laid down in the banks‟ manual
b. a routine practice followed by banks for years
c. recommended by the Auditors of banks
d. assisting banks in verification of genuineness or otherwise of the address
____________________________________________________________________________________________
834. Name the software available in the market for KYC implementation
a. Bank Master
b. Tally
c. Bank Alert
d. Bank Call
____________________________________________________________________________________________
829. B 830. D 831. C
832. B 833. D 834. C
835. Unusual activities in respect of an customers account is/are

a. Opening of account at a place other than the place of work
b. Frequent deposits of large sums of money bearing labels of other banks into the account
c. Request for closure of newly opened accounts where high value transactions are routed through
d. All of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
836. Maximum retention period of the bank records in case of suspicious transactions
a. 5 years
b. 7 years
c. 10 years
d. 15 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
837. The main objective of KYC is to

a. Prevent Money Laundering activities
b. Improve Customer Service
c. Improve Customer Documentation Standards
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
838. Strict adherence to KYC norms is achieved through

a. following the statutory authority guidelines
b. identification of customers with appropriate documents
c. strict Implementation of the Banks Systems and procedures while opening the accounts
d. All of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
839. Money Laundering measures were originally introduced by?

a. DICGC
b. EXIM Bank
c. FDIC
d. SEBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
840. Insurance Term available for B HOME SURAKSHA (Group Life cover to Home Loan Borrowers) is-------------
a. 10 years
b. 15 years
c. 20 years
d. 25 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
835. D 836. C 837. A
838. D 839. D 840. C
841. Maximum insurance cover available under IB HOME SURAKSHA (Group Life cover to Home Loan Borrowers)
is-------------
a. Rs.50 lakhs
b. Rs.100 lakhs
c. Rs.150 lakhs
d. Rs.200 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
842. Maximum Age at Exit for IB HOME SURAKSHA (Group Life cover to Home Loan Borrowers) is
a. 60 years (as on last birth day)
b. 65 years (as on last birth day)
c. 70 years (as on last birth day)
d. 75 years (as on last birth day)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
843. Maximum Age at Entry for IB HOME SURAKSHA (Group Life cover to Home Loan Borrowers) is
____________________________________________________________________________________________
844. Minimum age eligibility for IB HOME SURAKSHA (Group Life cover to Home Loan Borrowers) is
____________________________________________________________________________________________
845. Maximum sum assured under IB Vidyarthi Suraksha is

a. Rs.20 lakhs
b. Rs.30.00 lakhs
c. Rs.40 lakhs
d. Rs.50 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
846. IB Vidyarthi Suraksha Cover available up to the age of----------

a. 55 years (As on last birthday)
b. 60 years (As on last birthday)
c. 65 years (As on last birthday)
d. 70 years (As on Last
birthday)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
841. D 842. D 843. C
844. B 845. D 846. D
847. Maximum age at entry for IB Vidyarthi Suraksha (Group Insurance Scheme for Education Loan Student
borrowers) is ----------
d. 65 years (As on last birthday)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
848. Minimum age at entry for IB Vidyarthi Suraksha (Group Insurance Scheme for Education Loan Student
borrowers) is------------------
d. 18 years (As on last birthday)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
849. Premium amount payable for IB- CHHATRA - Personal accident insurance death cover is-----------
a. Rs.25/-p.a.
b. Rs.35/-p.a.
c. Rs.45/-p.a.
d. Rs.55/-p.a.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
850. IB- CHHATRA is a Personal accident insurance death cover (fixed) of Rs. One lakh from United India
Insurance Company for all account holders is available between the age group of ---------------------
a. 12 and 60
b. 18 and 70
c. 12 and 70
d. 18 and 70
____________________________________________________________________________________________
851. IB-VARISHTHA is a Life Insurance cover ( Normal death / Death due to accident) for Term Deposit account
holders in the age group of ------------------
a. 18 to 50 years
b. 50 to 55 years
c. 55 to 60 years
d. 56 to 65 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
852. In case of death due to accident a sum of --------- will be paid in .IB-VARISHTHA to the policy holder.
a. Rs.50000/-
b. Rs.1 lakh
c. Rs1.50 lakh
d. Rs.2.00 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
847. C 848. B 849. A
850. C 851. D 852. B
853. In IB JEEVAN KALYAN, maximum Sum Assured covering risks of all types round the clock for year is -----------
--
a. Rs.50000/-
b. Rs.1 lakh
c. Rs1.50 lakh
d. Rs.2.00 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
854. IB JEEVAN KALYAN is a Group Life Insurance cover ( Normal death / Death due to accident) for all our
account holders of age group of----------------
a. 18 to 50 years
b. 18 to 55 years
c. 18 to 60 years
d. 18 to 65 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
855. Amount payable on subscriber's death due to any reason in PRADHAN MANTRI JEEVAN JYOTI BIMA
YOJANA is
a. Rs.1 lakh
b. Rs1.50 lakh
c. Rs.2 lakhs
d. Rs.2.50 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
856. Premium payable per annum per member for PRADHAN MANTRI SURAKSHA BIMA YOJANA is
a. Rs.12/-
b. Rs.22/-
c. Rs.32/-
d. Rs.42/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
857. Premium amount payable by subscriber for PRADHAN MANTRI JEEVAN JYOTI BIMA YOJANA is
a. Rs.230/- per annum
b. Rs.280/- per annum
c. Rs.330/- per annum
d. Rs.380/- per annum
____________________________________________________________________________________________
858. Ledger folio charges for Current Accounts with quarterly average credit balance of above Rs.5 lakhs
a. No Charges
b. Rs.91/- per page
c. Rs105/- per page
d. Rs.115/- per page
____________________________________________________________________________________________
853. B 854. B 855. C
856. A 857. C 858. A
859. Charges for Change of authorised signatory in CA / OD / OCC

a. Rs.100/- per occasion
b. Rs.105/- per occasion
c. Rs.230/- per occasion
d. Rs.120/- per occasion
____________________________________________________________________________________________
860. Charges for issue of duplicate ATM PIN

a. Rs.15/-
b. Rs.25/-
c. Rs.35/-
d. Rs.45/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
861. Charges for Addition / Deletion of names in deposit accounts

a. Rs.28/-
b. Rs.38/-
c. Rs.58/-
d. Rs.70/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
862. Charges for Issue of duplicate deposit receipt

a. Rs.38/-
b. Rs.48/-
c. Rs.115/-
d. Rs.58/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
863. Charges for Immediate Credit of Local Cheques upto Rs. 15,000/-
a. 0.30% Minimum Rs.48/-
b. 0.40% Minimum Rs.58/-
c. 0.50% Minimum Rs68/-
d. 0.70% Minimum Rs.78/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
864. Charges for operating locker beyond 24 operations in a year

a. Rs.50/-+ service tax per visit
b. Rs.75/-+ service tax per visit
c. Rs.100/-+ service tax per visit
d. Rs.150/-+ service tax per visit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
859. C 860. B 861. D
862. C 863. B 864. C
865. Number of operations in locker permitted free per year

a. 12
b. 24
c. 36
d. No restrictions
____________________________________________________________________________________________
866. Charges for lost key of locker

a. Rs.244+ACTUAL BREAK OPEN CHARGES
b. Rs.344+ACTUAL BREAK OPEN CHARGES
c. Rs.400/- + SERVICE TAX BESIDES BREAK OPEN ACTUAL EXPENSES
d. Rs.500/- + SERVICE TAX BESIDES BREAK OPEN ACTUAL EXPENSES
____________________________________________________________________________________________
867. Penal charges for overdue rent on locker for 3rd quarter onwards
a. 5%
b. 10%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
868. Penal charges for overdue rent on locker for 2nd quarter
a. 5%
b. 10%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
869. Penal charges for overdue rent on locker for 1st quarter
a. 5%
b. 10%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
870. Annual rent on biggest size locker (Type- I 1) in Metro branches is -----------
a. Rs.5000/-
b. Rs.6000/-
c. Rs.7000/-
d. Rs.9000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
865. B 866. D 867. D
868. C 869. B 870. D
871. Annual rent on biggest size locker (Type- I 1) in Urban branches is -----------
a. Rs.5000/-
b. Rs.6000/-
c. Rs.7000/-
d. Rs.8000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
872. Annual rent on biggest size locker (Type- I 1) in Semi-urban branches is -----------
a. Rs.5000/-
b. Rs.6000/-
c. Rs.7000/-
d. Rs.8000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
873. Annual rent on biggest size locker (Type- I 1) in Rural branches is -----------
a. Rs.5000/-
b. Rs.6000/-
c. Rs.7000/-
d. Rs.8000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
874. Annual rent on small size locker (Type-a,a1 & a3) in Urban Branches is -----------
a. Rs.800/-
b. Rs.900/-
c. Rs.1200/-
d. Rs.1500/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
875. Annual rent on small size locker (Type-a,a1 & a3) in Semi-urban branches is -----------
a. Rs.800/-
b. Rs.900/-
c. Rs.1200/-
d. Rs.1500/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
876. Annual rent on small size locker (Type-a,a1 & a3) in Rural branches is -----------
a. Rs.800/-
b. Rs.900/-
c. Rs.1200/-
d. Rs.1000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
871. D 872. C 873. B
874. D 875. C 876. D
877. Annual rent on small size locker (Type-a,a1 & a3) in Metro branches is -----------
a. Rs.800/-
b. Rs.900/-
c. Rs.1200/-
d. Rs.1500/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
878. Government of India introduced an additional income tax deduction of ----------------- for contribution to the
National Pension System under section 80CCD(1B) of Income Tax Act,1961.
a. Rs.40,000/-
b. Rs.50,000/-
c. Rs.60,000/-
d. Rs.70,000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
879. Neft charges above Rs.10000/- and upto 1 lac, Rs.----------------

a. 2 per 100
b. 5
c. 6
d. 10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
880. ATM failed transaction penalty Rs. 100 per day beyond-------- days
a. 5
b. 7
c. 10
d. 15
____________________________________________________________________________________________
881. What is the minimum amount to be invested under Sukanya Samriddhi Scheme?
a. Rs.500/-
b. Rs1000/-
c. Rs1500/-
d. No ceiling
____________________________________________________________________________________________
882. Banking Companies are prohibited under Sec 8 of banking Regulation Act to sell and purchase securities. Yet
Banks are selling securities (of the customer) which are under pledge as permitted by:
a. Indian Contract Act
b. SARFAESI Act
c. Government Notification
d. Banking Regulation Act

_________________________________________________________________________________________
___
877. D 878. B 879. C
880. B 881. B 882. D
883. Reserve Bank will issue ___bank notes with 3 additional features to aid the visually impaired in identification.
a. Rs. 10 and Rs. 100
b. Rs. 50 and Rs. 100
c. Rs. 100 and Rs. 500
d. Rs. 500 and Rs 2,000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
884. Union Government decided to set up a Bank Board Bureau (BBB) to monitor key performance indicators of two
dozen public sector banks (PSBs). BBB started functioning from
a. 1st April 2016
b. 1st July 2016
c. 1st Sep 2016
d. 1st Oct 2016
____________________________________________________________________________________________
885. What is the maximum monthly pension for the subscribers under Atal Pension Yojana?
a. Rs 2000
b. Rs 5000
c. Rs 8000
d. Rs 10000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
886. What is the full form of ECB?
a. Essential Commercial Borrowing
b. Essential Credit and Borrowing
c. External Credit and Business
d. External Commercial Borrowing

____________________________________________________________________________________________
887. What is the minimum capital requirement for New Banks in the Private Sector?
a. Rs. 200 crore
b. Rs. 300 crore
c. Rs. 500 crore
d. Rs. 600 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
888. Your branch is having a partnership current account and a garnishee order in the name of a partner in the firm,
is received. It will
a. apply to all partners
b. apply to firm‟s account
c. not apply to firm‟s account
d. not apply to any one
____________________________________________________________________________________________
883. D 884. A 885. B
886. D 887. C 888. C
889. A customer has a saving bank account and her husband had withdrawn the money from the bank on the basis
of forged cheques at various occasions but the customer did not object to it. After his death, she
comes to bank and demands the money
a. Bank would refer the matter to the court
b. Bank is liable on forged cheques
c. The bank is negligent but not liable, as the customer is party to the forgery and did not inform the bank in
time
d. loss shall be borne in the ratio of 50:50 by the bank and the customer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
890. A firm discounts its export receivables of up to 5 years without recourse to the exporter under which of the
following arrangement
a. forfaiting
b. factoring
c. bills discounting
d. foreign bills discounting
____________________________________________________________________________________________
891. Who among the following will sign the account opening form for opening a current account in case of a
partnership firm where the firm has three partners and a minor, aged 17, has been admitted to the firm for
benefits?
a. all the three and the father of the minor
b. all the three and natural guardian of the minor
c. all the three and the minor himself
d. all the three partners only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
892. A is having a locker and sends the key by post with an intention to surrender the locker:
a. bank will be discharged of its liability, if key is accompanied by a letter stating the contents of the
lockers as NIL
b. The bank will not be discharged of its liability
c. The bank should not accept
d. bank can accept subject to its rights under reserve
____________________________________________________________________________________________
893. A and B maintain an FD account with a locker and want to make single nomination for both the
accounts:
a. Nomination can be made in both the accounts separately
b. Nomination cannot be allowed in lockers in joint names
c. It will depend on bank‟s discretion
d. Nomination can be accepted
____________________________________________________________________________________________
894. For extending the service to our customers under Door Step Policy the threshold limits fixed
for Current Account is
a. Rs.1,00,000/- is fixed as Quarterly Average balance for a minimum of one year as on 31st March.
b. Rs.2,00,000/- is fixed as Quarterly Average balance for a minimum of one year as on 31st March.
c. Rs.3,00,000/- is fixed as Quarterly Average balance for a minimum of one year as on 31st March.
d. Rs.4,00,000/- is fixed as Quarterly Average balance for a minimum of one year as on 31st March.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
889. B 890. A 891. D
892. A 893. A 894. C
895. For extending the service to our customers under Door Step Policy the threshold limits fixed
for Savings Bank account is
a. Rs.1,00,000/- as Monthly Average balance for a minimum of one year as on 31st March.
b. Rs.1,50,000/- as Monthly Average balance for a minimum of one year as on 31st March.
c. Rs.2,00,000/- as Monthly Average balance for a minimum of one year as on 31st March.
d. Rs.2,50,000/- as Monthly Average balance for a minimum of one year as on 31st March.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
896. As per the Grievance Redressal Policy of the Bank, any complaint received by the Department will be resolved
within a period of --------------- from the date of receipt
a. 7 days
b. 14 days
c. 21 days
d. 30 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
897. The monetary ceiling for compensation that can be allowed by the Banking Ombudsman is restricted to ---------
-----------
a. Rs.5 lakhs.
b. Rs.10 lakhs.
c. Rs.15 lakhs.
d. Rs.20 lakhs.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
898. An investor in Relief / Savings Bonds shall be compensated at „a fixed rate of------------- on account of any
financial loss incurred by the investor, due to late receipt / delayed credit of interest warrants / maturity value of
investment, etc.
a. 4% pa‟
b. 6% pa‟
c. 8% pa‟
d. 10% pa‟
____________________________________________________________________________________________
899. In case of ATM failure, if customer account is not credited within 7 working days from the date of receipt of the
compliant, bank shall pay compensation of -------------- to the aggrieved customer.
a. 100/- per day
b. 100/- per week
c. 50/- per week
d. 50/- per day
____________________________________________________________________________________________
900. It is mandatory for bank to reimburse the customer, the amount wrongfully debited on account of failed ATM
transaction within a maximum period of-------------------- from the receipt of the complaint.
a. 3 working days
b. 7 working days
c. 14 working days
d. 21 working days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
895. A 896. C 897. B
898. C 899. A 900. B
901. For opening of branches centres with Population upto 9,999 will be classified as ----------
a. Rural Centre
b. Semi-urban centre
c. Urban centre
d. Metropolitan centre
____________________________________________________________________________________________
902. For opening of branches centres with population of 10,00,000 and above will be classified as ----------
a. Rural Centre
c. Urban centre
____________________________________________________________________________________________
903. For opening of branches centres with population from 10,000 to 99,999 will be classified as ----------
a. Rural Centre
c. Urban centre
____________________________________________________________________________________________
904. For opening of branches centres with population from 1,00,000 to 9,99,999 will be classified as ----------
a. Rural Centre
c. Urban centre
____________________________________________________________________________________________
905. For opening of branches centres with population of less than 5000 as per 2001 Census will be classified as ---
--------------
a. Tier 3
b. Tier 4
c. Tier 5
d. Tier 6
____________________________________________________________________________________________
906. For opening of branches centres with population of 20,000 to 49,999 as per 2001 Census will be classified as
-----------------
a. Tier 1
b. Tier 2
c. Tier 3
d. Tier 4
____________________________________________________________________________________________
901. A 902. D 903. B
904. C 905. D 906. C
907. For opening of branches centres with population of 50,000 to 99,999 as per 2001 Census will be classified as
-----------------
a. Tier 1
b. Tier 2
c. Tier 3
d. Tier 4
____________________________________________________________________________________________
908. For opening of branches centres with population of 1,00,000 and above as per 2001 Census will be classified
as -----------------
a. Tier 1
b. Tier 2
c. Tier 3
d. Tier 4
____________________________________________________________________________________________
909. The opening of new branches and shifting of existing branches of banks is governed by the provisions of -------
---------- of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949
a. Section 23
b. Section 24
c. Section 25
d. Section 26
____________________________________________________________________________________________
910. Pin Mailer Re issue fee for Bharath cards is------------

a. Rs.25/-
b. Rs.50/-
c. Rs.75/-
d. Rs.100/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
911. Pin Mailer Re issue fee for Gold, Platinum, Secure and Signature cards is------------
a. Rs.25/-
b. Rs.50/-
c. Rs.75/-
d. Rs.100/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
912. Card Re issue Fee for Bharath cards is------------

a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs150/-
c. Rs.200/-
d. Rs.250/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
907. B 908. A 909. A
910. A 911. B 912. A
913. Card Re issue Fee for Gold, Platinum, Secure and Signature cards is------------
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs150/-
c. Rs.200/-
d. Rs.250/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
914. Cash Advance charges for Bharath cards is------------

a. 1.99 % p.m.
b. 2.00% p.m.
c. 2.25% p.m.
d. 2.49% p.m.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
915. Cash Advance charges for Gold, Platinum, Secure and Signature cards is------------
a. 1.99 % p.m.
b. 2.00% p.m.
c. 2.25% p.m.
d. 2.49% p.m.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
916. Limit Enhancement Fee for Bharath cards is -------------------

a. Rs.25/-
b. Rs.50/-
c. Rs.75/-
d. Rs.100/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
917. Limit Enhancement Fee for Gold, Platinum, Secure and Signature cards is -------------------
a. Rs.50/-
b. Rs.75/-
c. Rs.100/-
d. Rs.150/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
918. Credit Card limit range for Secure Card (VISA Platinum card to be issued against lien of equal amount on
Term Deposit.)-Global is----------
a. Rs.25000/- & above
b. Rs.50000/- & above
c. Rs.75000/- & above
d. Rs.100000/- & above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
913. D 914. A 915. C
916. A 917. C 918. A
919. Credit Card limit range for Signature Card-Global is----------

a. Rs.100000/- & above
b. Rs.200000/- & above
c. Rs.300000/- & above
d. Rs.400000/- & above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
920. Minimum limit for Platinum Card-Global is----------

a. Rs.50000/-
b. Rs.100000/-
c. Rs.150000/-
d. Rs.200000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
921. Minimum limit for Gold Card-Global is----------

a. Rs.10000/-
b. Rs.15000/-
c. Rs.20000/-
d. Rs.25000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
922. For Bharat Card (VISA Classic )-Domestic maximum limit is---------
a. Rs.10000/-
b. Rs.15000/-
c. Rs.20000/-
d. Rs.25000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
923. Indian Nationals of Age between 25 to 60 years with Minimum Gross Income
Rs. 5000/- per month (applicable prospectively) are eligible for Bharat Cards
a. Rs.5000/-
b. Rs7500/-
c. Rs.10000/-
d. Rs12500/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
924. Indian Nationals of Age between 18 to 80 years with Minimum Gross Income ---------- per month (applicable
prospectively) are eligible for Global Gold, Platinum, & Signature Cards
a. Rs.10000/-
b. Rs.12500/
c. Rs15000/-
d. Rs.20000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
919. C 920. B 921. C
922. C 923. A 924. B
925. To promote Green Initiative, ----- reward points are being offered as a one-time measure to those customers
who would opt for e-statement instead of physical / printed credit card monthly statement.
a. 10
b. 25
c. 50
d. 100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
926. For every ------------- transacted through credit card 1 reward point is earned by the credit card customers
which equivalent to Rs 1/-.
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs.200/-
c. Rs300/-
d. Rs.400/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
927. Provisioning for NPA Credit Card account in Loss category

a. 25%
b. 50%
c. 75%
d. 100%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
928. Provisioning for NPA Credit Card account in Doubtful category

a. 25%
b. 50%
c. 75%
d. 100%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
929. Provisioning for NPA Credit Card account in Sub Standard category
a. 10%
b. 15%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
930. The card members are given---------- time for making the payment from the statement date.
a. 7 days
b. 10 days
c. 15 days
d. 20 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
925. C 926. B 927. D
928. D 929. D 930. C
931. Statement date for Bharat Card

____________________________________________________________________________________________
932. Statement date for Business Card

____________________________________________________________________________________________
933. Statement date for Global Gold Card, Global Platinum Card, Global Secure Card & Global Signature card
____________________________________________________________________________________________
934. Add-on Cards shall be provided without any additional credit limit to the spouse /children /brothers /sisters
/parents of Gold, Platinum, Secure and Signature Card Members -- subject to a maximum of----------------- per
primary card member
a. 2 add-on cards
b. 3 add-on cards
c. 4 add-on cards
d. 5 add-on cards
____________________________________________________________________________________________
935. Sanctioning Authority for Credit Card Proposals with Limits of Rs 25.00 lakhs for Gold, Platinum, Secure,
Signature & Business Cards.
a. AGM / CM In-charge of CO: CCC
b. DGM In-charge of CO: CCC
c. Corporate Office Level Credit Committee (GM)
d. Zonal Manager(GM)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
c. Deputy Zonal Manager(DGM)/ Zonal Manager(DGM)
d. Corporate Office Level Credit Committee (ED)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
931. B 932. D 933. C
934. C 935. D 936. C
Signature & Business Cards .
b. AGM In-charge of Credit/ Deputy Zonal Manager(AGM)/ Zonal Manager(AGM)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
a. CM In-charge of Credit at Zonal Offices
____________________________________________________________________________________________
939. As per credit card operation policy 2016-17 ,the turnaround period for Credit Card is
a. 7 to 10 working days
b. 10 to 15 working days
c. 15 to 20 working days
d. 25 to 30 working days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
940. What is the name of MIS Portal pushed by MIS Department “List of Top 250 Inoperative Accounts in each
Branch as on month end"?
a. Report No.218
b. Report No.228
c. Report No.238
d. Report No.248
____________________________________________________________________________________________
941. Indian Bank has made its debut on www.twitter.com with an official handle------------------
a. @Indian Bank
b. @MyIndianBank.
c. @MyIndianBank.com
d. @Indkutumb
____________________________________________________________________________________________
942. Which one of these is not categorised as a core deposit?

a. Certificate of Deposit
b. Term Deposits under Senior Citizens category
c. Deposit made under Tax saver scheme for Rs. 75 lakhs
d. Term Deposit under card rate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
937. B 938. A 939. C
940. A 941. B 942. A
943. An exporter has received repayment of certain bills he had sent for collection and wishes to retain the same in
foreign currency. Which type of account is permissible?
a. Current Account
b. Fixed deposit Account
c. Savings Bank Account
d. Non-convertible TD account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
944. As per the present share holding pattern, Govt. of India can disinvest their stake in our Bank, further to the
extent of
a. 31%
b. 30%
c. 40%
d. 39%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
945. RTGS transactions are

a. online transaction
b. batch transaction
c. session based transaction
d. offline transactions requiring manual intervention.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
946. In our Bank, from which age, the minors are authorized to open SB accounts and operate independently?
a. 10
b. 12
c. 14
d. 16
____________________________________________________________________________________________
947. Charge on advance against jewels is to be created by way of

a. pledge
b. hypothecation
c. assignment
d. mortgage
____________________________________________________________________________________________
948. ASBA has been prescribed by

a. Securities and Exchange Board of India
b. Securities and Control Board of India
c. CBDT
d. IRDA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
943. A 944. A 945. A
946. A 947. A 948. A
949. Husband of a SB customer had withdrawn the money from the bank on the basis of forged cheques at various
occasions but the customer did not object to it. After his death, she comes to bank and demands the money
a. Bank is liable on forged cheques
b. Bank would refer the matter to the court
c. The bank is negligent but not liable, as the customer is party to the forgery and did not inform the bank in
time
d. Bank would negotiate with the SB customer for sharing the loss as the faults lie on both sides
____________________________________________________________________________________________
950. The endorsement on a cheque is valid for a period of

a. Three months from the date of the cheque
b. Six months from the date of endorsement
c. Six months from the date of receipt by the holder
d. Three months from the date of presentation of the cheque by endorsee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
951. In case of SB Platinum where sweep facility is available, the period of MOD will be
a. 7 days to 120 days
b. 7 days to 180 days
c. 7 days to 1 year
d. 7 days to 2 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
952. Which is the platform through which LCs can be sent or received?
a. SFVM
b. SFMS
c. SMS
d. SMPS
____________________________________________________________________________________________
953. Which one of the following is true in respect of Credit cards issued by our Bank?
a. No annual fee need to be paid for the primary card but to be paid for add on card
b. No annual fee need to be paid for primary / add on cards
c. Entry fee to be paid for the primary card and add on cards.
d. No annual fee to be paid by our employee but to be paid by others at Rs. 200, irrespective of number of
cards
____________________________________________________________________________________________
954. One of the following statements is not correct with regard to Locker operations
a. Applicable Service Tax is to be collected from those paying annual rental charges
b. Concessional rent for staff is available to A type lockers only
c. Different slabs on annual rental charges are prescribed for branches in Metro, Semi-urban and Rural centres.
d. The L Type locker is the maximum size available in our Bank locker units.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
949. A 950. A 951. B
952. B 953. B 954. B
955. Which currency denomination does not bear the following words "I promise to pay the bearer the sum of
rupees"
a. 1000
b. 1
c. 10
d. 100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
956. How many languages find place in the language panel of currency notes printed by RBI?
a. 16
b. 15
c. 13
d. 14
____________________________________________________________________________________________
957. The online option available to NRIs in USA to send money to their kith and kin in India is
a. Money Gram
b. IND Remit
c. Speed Remit
d. Xpressmoney
____________________________________________________________________________________________
958. While writing a cheque, X , the SB account holder of a Bank, forgot to write the date and name of the payee in
the cheque. Under NI Act, this cheque will be treated as
a. Invalid cheque
b. Inchoate cheque
c. Incomplete cheque
d. Inadvertent cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
959. The new condition that has been added to the definition of Wilful defaulter is
a. diversion of funds
b. sale of assets charged to bank without bank permission
c. siphoning off funds
d. mutualisation of funds
____________________________________________________________________________________________
960. As per the centralised comprehensive insurance policy, which one of the following asset which has been
capitalized, is not covered?
a. Light fixtures and fittings
b. Branch CBS server
c. Branch vehicle
d. Branch glow signboard kept on the compound wall
____________________________________________________________________________________________
955. B 956. B 957. B
958. B 959. B 960. C
961. One of these will not be responsible to the holder in case of a cheque dishonour
a. The account holder
b. The partner of a firm
c. The Nominee Director of a company
d. The Director of the company responsible for the conduct of business
____________________________________________________________________________________________
962. One of these is not a feature of Basic Savings Bank Account

a. Minimum balance is NIL
b. Mode of withdrawal is through withdrawal slip
c. No restriction for maximum number of withdrawals per month
d. ATM cards shall be issued
____________________________________________________________________________________________
963. Which type of deposit product is having the characteristic of CASA and Term Deposit ?
a. SB Silver
b. SB Gold
c. SB Platinum
d. Smart Kid
____________________________________________________________________________________________
964. In CBS, the guarantor having no account links with our Bank, is identified through a CIF opened in his or her
name and the CIF is tagged as
a. a non-personal customer
b. a personal customer
c. a non-customer
d. a borrower customer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
965. Which of the following statements is false?

a. Advance can be granted against fully paid shares only
b. The shares should be quoted in a recognized stock exchange
c. No loan can be given against the shares of a public limited company
d. No loan can be given by a bank against own shares
____________________________________________________________________________________________
966. A Home Loan customer of Agra branch comes to your branch and requests you to accept the monthly
repayment in cash and credit the HL account for Rs. 1.22 lakh, What will be your course of action?
a. You will decline saying the host branches are not allowed to credit loan accounts other than the home branch
b. You will say that cash beyond Rs. 49999/- should not be accepted for customers of other branches of our
Bank and will accept partially only.
c. You will comply with the request.
d. You will tell him that cash could accepted only if he brings the full KYC documents to prove his identity.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
961. C 962. C 963. C
964. C 965. C 966. C
967. A senior citizen customer of your branch seeks your help in getting interest on his Term Deposits amounting to
Rs. 4 lakhs without TDS. He does not have other sources of income. What will be the course of action.?
a. You will convince him that since the interest payment exceeds Rs. 10000/- there is no other way to be free
from TDS.
b. You will advice him to foreclose and invest them back in the names of his wife, son with nomination in his
favour.
c. You will tell him to file form 15H during April every year so that system will take care of TDS exemption.
d. You will get a letter from the customer and forward to CBS Project Office for periodical back end correction.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
968. Which one of the following is the group insurance scheme for mortgage loan borrowers?
a. IB Arogya Raksha
b. Jeevan Bima Yojana
c. IB Home Suraksha
d. IB Chhatra
____________________________________________________________________________________________
969. Which of the following is not a banking delivery channel?

a. Biometric debit card
b. Credit card
c. Aadhaar Card
d. ATM card
____________________________________________________________________________________________
970. Current Ratio is related to

a. Solvency
b. Profitability
c. Liquidity
d. Turnover
____________________________________________________________________________________________
971. Damodaran Committee is associated with

a. MSME lending
b. Computer net working
c. Customer Service
d. Government small savings
____________________________________________________________________________________________
972. When can Banks allow remittance of sale proceeds of immovable property inherited by NRI, upto 1 Million
USD per financial year?
a. After lock in period of 5 years
b. After lock in period of 3 years
c. After lock in period of 2 years
d. Immediately after the sales as no lock in period is stipulated for remittance of sale of such immovable
property
____________________________________________________________________________________________
967. C 968. C 969. C
970. C 971. C 972. D
973. An asset is classified as non performing based on

a. Net worth of the borrower
b. Net worth of the guarantor
c. Availability of security
d. Status of recovery of principal and interest
____________________________________________________________________________________________
974. A customer who had purchased a DD on 12/06/2016 comes to your branch and requests for revalidating the
same, which bears a revalidation entry made on 11/01/2017. What action will you take in this regard?
a. DD is still in force. Hence you will comply with his request.
b. You will decline saying that the DD is stale, since the amended NI Act had reduced the time span of cheques
and DDs to 3 months.
c. DD is a paid instrument and resembles like a DPN of the Bank. Hence you cannot decline.
d. Extant guidelines of the Bank prohibit revalidation for the second time. Hence you will advice the customer
for alternate means.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
975. Which one of the following Term Deposit products ensure availability of overdraft upto a percentage of the
Deposit in the form of overdraft?
a. Variable RD
b. IB Swarna Nidhi RD
c. Ind Tax saver
d. Facility Deposit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
976. Which one of the following card products of our Bank assure you a line of credit upto a certain amount?
a. IB Travel card
b. IB gift card
c. ATM Debit card
d. VISA Business card
____________________________________________________________________________________________
977. Which one of the following return is not forming part of those to be submitted to FIU-IND under KYC/AML
compliance reporting?
a. CCR
b. CTR
c. STR
d. BEF
____________________________________________________________________________________________
978. One of the following is not an outward remittance product

a. Debit Card
b. Credit Card
c. RTGS
d. Xpress Money
____________________________________________________________________________________________
973. D 974. D 975. D
976. D 977. D 978. D
979. One of the following services is not extended by Banking Service centres established by our Bank
a. Agriculture
b. Education
c. Health
d. Personal banking
____________________________________________________________________________________________
980. In which of the following documents, Revenue stamp is used?

a. Hypothecation agreement
b. Pledge agreement
c. Guarantee Deed
d. Acknowledgement of Debt
____________________________________________________________________________________________
981. Under PMLA rules, the Banks have to send CTR and STR reports to
a. RBI, Mumbai
b. Home Ministry, New Delhi
c. Collector of Customs
d. Financial Intelligence Unit ( India)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
982. Which one of the following is not a long term source of fund ?
a. Net Profit
b. Increase in Term liabilities
c. Infusion of capital
d. Purchase of fixed assets.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
983. The period of limitation prescribed by the Limitation Act cannot be extended by
a. An acknowledgement of debt
b. A part payment
c. A fresh promise to pay
d. Personally meeting the borrower

____________________________________________________________________________________________
984. FCNR(B) account can be opened as

a. SB
b. SB or CA with Sweep facility
c. Term deposit maturing with a maximum tenor of 36 months
d. Term deposit maturing with a maximum tenor of 60 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
979. D 980. D 981. D
982. D 983. D 984. D
985. One of these is not a credit rating agency accredited by RBI

a. CRYSEL
b. CARE
c. RAM
d. BRICKWORK
____________________________________________________________________________________________
986. Under the SARFAESI Act, within what period, particulars of charge creation should be filed with the Central
Registry ?
a. Within 30 days of date of creation of charge / mortgage
b. Within 60 days of date of creation of charge / mortgage
c. Within 90 days of date of creation of charge / mortgage
d. Immediately on the date of creation of charge / mortgage
____________________________________________________________________________________________
987. For one of these credit cards add on cards cannot be given
a. Bharat Card
b. Business Card
c. Gold card
d. Premium card
____________________________________________________________________________________________
988. For cancellation of nomination in a Bank deposit account, which of the following form is used?
a. DA-1
b. DA-2
c. F-63
d. F-29
____________________________________________________________________________________________
989. Marginal Standing Facility Rate is offered by RBI at

a. 1 % below REPO rate
b. 1 % above REPO rate
c. 0.50% above Reverse REPO rate
d. 0.50 % below Reverse REPO rate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
990. X raised a loan and Y was his guarantor. X fails to pay. Bank had to recall the loan. With regard to the SB
account maintained by Y, what action can the Bank take?
a. Cannot exercise right of set-off against the account of Y
b. In case loan is recalled from Y, the right of set-off can be exercised
c. Intervention of the court required
d. Bank can exercise lien of set-off only after exhausting all remedies with X
____________________________________________________________________________________________
985. A 986. A 987. A
988. B 989. C 990. B
991. What is earnings per share?

a. Gross Income / No. of shares
b. Net Profit / No. of shares
c. Net Worth / No. of shares
d. Net Interest Income / No. of shares
____________________________________________________________________________________________
992. Which communication technology is used for ONLINE promotion examination in our Bank?
a. LAN
b. WAN
c. MAN
d. PEER
____________________________________________________________________________________________
993. Why no appeal is allowed against the decree awarded in a Lok Adalat?
a. Lok Adalat is a special court. Hence no provision for appeal.
b. Consent decrees are awarded by Lok Adalats after mutual consent of both parties. Hence no chance for any
contradictions.
c. Lok Adalats set up are independent of the judiciary system for one time disposal of long pending cases.
d. Lok Adalats are headed by Chief Justices
____________________________________________________________________________________________
994. The possibility of losses that may arise due to sudden changes in interest rate in the investments made by our
Bank is known as
a. credit risk
b. market risk
c. operational risk
d. country risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
995. Application Supported by Blocked Amount (ASBA) process is an application

a. authorizing the banker to stop payment in a bank account
b. for subscribing an issue containing an authorization to block the application money in a bank account
c. for subscribing through cheque mode a blocked no. of shares of a Public issue
d. that blocks the shares of a public issue for cash mode of payment
____________________________________________________________________________________________
996. A cheque of Rs.15000 issued in favour of M/s Manish Kumar & Sons is deposited by the sole proprietor of the
firm Mr. Manish Kumar in his personal saving bank account. The bank refuses to collect. The stand taken by the
bank is
a. Correct. Since the cheque belonging to the firm cannot be collected for the account of individual
b. Correct. Manish Kumar must have opened two different accounts based on different capacities.
c. Incorrect. Since the proprietorship and that of the individual are considered same.
d. Correct. But Manish Kumar must provide an indemnity.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
991. B 992. B 993. B
994. B 995. B 996. C
997. A loan of Rs 50000 was granted to X on 11/11/2009 which is secured by way of pledge of NSCs in the name of
X and guarantee of Y. The loan is time barred because of non renewal of documents. What is the bank's recourse?
a. Bank can proceed against X as well Y
b. Bank cannot proceed against Y, but can proceed against X only
c. Lien of set-off can be exercised but cannot personally proceed against X & Y
d. As the debt is time barred all securities are lost to the Bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
998. A salary loan was sanctioned. The repayment of monthly instalment and interest are not forthcoming since 4
months. It will be classified as
a. SMA2
b. Doubtful
c. SS
d. SMA1
____________________________________________________________________________________________
999. Bank allowed Temporary Overdraft to X and it is defaulted. On which of the following accounts the bank has
right for set off.
a. Joint account with Mrs. X
b. Partnership account in the name of X and Co.
c. Fixed Deposit in the name of X maturing after 2 months
d. TOD is without any documentation. Hence right for set off not available.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1000. In the "Straight Through Processing" for electronic payments, the responsibility of accurate input and
successful credit lies with
a. the beneficiary only
b. the beneficiary and the destination bank
c. the remitter and the originating bank
d. the remitter only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1001. Which one of the following statements is false?

a. Net interest margin is also known as spread
b. ALM has bearing on profit augmentation
c. Asset represents source of funds in the balance sheet
d. Deregulated environment has narrowed the spread of all Banks
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1002. Which one of these is not an approved document under KYC ?

a. Voter ID
b. IT return acknowledgement
c. Post Office SB Pass Book
d. Latest landline telephone bill
____________________________________________________________________________________________
997. C 998. C 999. C
1000. C 1001. C 1002. C
1003. While taking DPN for fresh loan disbursals, wherever applicable, the interest rate is linked to
a. Bank Rate
b. Repo rate
c. Base rate
d. BPLR
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1004. The percentage of guarantee cover for CGT-MSE guaranteed accounts is linked to
a. sanctioned limit
b. outstanding balance or the limit whichever is higher
c. outstanding balance on the date of slipping to NPA
d. actual balance including interest not debited on the date of filing claim after the account had slipped to NPA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1005. Which is given more relevance in the ensuing Basel III regime?
a. Cumulative preference shares
b. Tier 2 bonds
c. Common equity
d. Revaluation Reserve
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1006. Risk Based Pricing means

a. Pricing of loans based on REPO rate
b. Pricing all loans on fixed rate
c. Pricing loans based on RAM rating of our bank
d. Pricing all loans on floating rate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1007. The reason to be quoted for returning a cheque, on account of receipt of Garnishee order (on the SB
account) is
a. Garnishee order received.
b. Present cheque after vacation of Garnishee order.
c. Refer to drawer.
d. Insufficient funds
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1008. Which is not a short term finance activity?

a. Bridge Loan
b. Commercial Paper
c. Debentures
d. Overdraft
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1003. C 1004. C 1005. C
1006. C 1007. C 1008. C
1009. As per IT Act, it is not compulsory to quote PAN in all documents pertaining one of the following financial
transactions:
a. A time deposit, exceeding fifty thousand rupees
b. Opening a bank account for a HNI
c. Deposit in cash aggregating forty thousand rupees in 5 accounts during any one day
d. Purchase of a DD for Rs. 75000/- by a non-customer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1010. One of the following is false in respect of Variable RD

a. Initial deposit Rs.25 and in multiples of Rs.25 upto a maximum of Rs.1 lakh
b. Minimum period 12 months and maximum period is 120 months
c. No penal interest on delayed payment of instalments
d. TDS is not applicable
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1011. When you can treat the account in SMA2 category, as regular, after recovering the dues in that account?
a. allow it to be treated as NPA and upgrade the next day
b. month-end date
c. from the date of recovery
d. 2 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1012. With regard to charges filed/ to be filed with ROC, which one of the following does not come under the
purview of Company Law?
a. registration of charge
b. modification of charge
c. completion of charge
d. satisfaction of charge
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1013. RBI, after introducing the Basic Savings Bank Account, directed, that all the accounts belonging to one of the
following categories must be converted into Basic SB account.
a. Overdue TD accounts
b. Unclaimed SB accounts
c. Inoperative SB accounts
d. No-frills accounts
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1014. To which of the following type of loan accounts, does Clayton's rule apply?
a. Short Term Loan
b. Medium Term Loan
c. Long Term Loan
d. Continuing facility accounts like Overdrafts etc.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1009. C 1010. D 1011. C
1012. C 1013. D 1014. D
1015. Income & Expenditure Account is prepared by

a. trading Institutions
b. manufacturing Industry
c. Banks
d. non-trading institutions
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1016. Mr. X has been maintaining a current account for the last 3 years with substantial balance of Rs.3 lakhs.
Bank gets a confirmed report that he has filed an insolvency petition. When a cheque for Rs.1.50 lakhs is
presented for payment, what will be the
a. Return the cheque with the reason as payment countermanded by the Liquidator
b. Cheque will be returned as property is now vested with official assignee
c. Return the cheque with the reason "Refer to drawer".
d. Cheques will be paid till court declares him as insolvent
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1017. Mr. X is the payee of the cheque but court prohibits him to receive the payment: In this case,
a. Mr. X remains as holder of the cheque
b. Mr. X will become the judgment debtor
c. Mr. X will become the agent of the drawer
d. Mr. X will loose the rights of the holder in due course
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1018. Popular Bank has issued a term deposit receipt in the name of X and Y to be operated as `former or
survivor‟. X approaches the bank for addition of name of Mr. Z, his son and also nominate Mr. M his brother in law.
He claims that the money belongs to him
a. Addition of name would be allowed but not nomination
b. Nomination would be permitted but not addition of name
c. Addition of name and nomination would be permitted as request is from former
d. Without consent of Y addition or nomination cannot be accepted
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1019. Before taking possession of a security under SARFAESI, the demand notice need not be issued to
a. Co-Borrower
b. Guarantor
c. Mortgagor
d. Introducer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1020. The SB account in the name of A and B operated as `former or survivor‟. The wife of A, who is nominee in
the account, informs that A has expired a month back. She hands over the death certificate and requests for
payment of the balance.
a. The payment to the nominee will be made on proper identification as she is also having the death certificate.
b. The payment will be made to the wife of deceased being legal heirs of the former.
c. The payment will not be made as with the death of the former, nomination has been cancelled.
d. With the death of the former, survivor gets the authority to operate the account. Nominee comes in only on
the absence of A and B. Payment shall not be made
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1015. D 1016. D 1017. D
1018. D 1019. D 1020. D
1021. Who among the following will sign the account opening form for opening a current account in case of a
partnership firm where the firm has three partners and a minor, aged 17, has been admitted to the firm for benefits?
a. all the three and the father of the minor
b. all the three and natural guardian of the minor
c. all the three and the minor himself
d. all the three partners only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1022. LC which guards the exporter against the risk of failure of issuing bank is
a. Irrevocable LC
b. Back to Back LC
c. Standby LC
d. Confirmed LC
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1023. One of these is not a Customer related Policy

a. Cheque collection policy
b. Compensation policy
c. Grievance Redressal policy
d. Outsourcing policy
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1024. Under Sec.131 of N I Act, the word "conversion" means

a. transfer of title to a holder in due course
b. transfer of title to a person who is not the true owner
c. paying the value for a foreign currency instrument in Indian rupees
d. changing the tenor of the bill
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1025. IFRS stands for

a. India Financial Reporting System
b. International Financial Reporting Standards
c. India Financial Financial Reporting Standards
d. International Financial Reporting System
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1026. One of these is not a true statement with regard to Supreme Current Account
a. A rural or semi urban branch can open all plans of Supreme Current Account
b. In a Supreme Current Account Plan B, the minimum balance should be Rs. 4 lakhs
c. In a Supreme Current Account Plan C, the minimum threshold limit should be Rs. 6 lakhs
d. An urban branch can open only Plans B, C and D of Supreme Current Account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1021. D 1022. D 1023. D
1024. B 1025. B 1026. B
1027. Bio-metric card refers to

a. A card with all biological characteristics of the customer are available
b. A card where the thumb impressions are taken and used to identify the customer
c. A card where the signature impressions are taken and used to identify the customer
d. A card where the password of the customer is biologically captured
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1028. Which of the following is not a money market instrument?

a. Certificate of Deposit
b. Commercial paper
c. Government Treasury Bill
d. Shares issued by a company
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1029. One of these is not a component of Door Step Banking Scheme

a. Pick up cash at the doorstep to an individual at his request
b. Delivery of cash at the doorstep to an individual at his request
c. Loan delivery at the door steps of the loanee
d. Cash delivery at the doorstep of individual Customer against request received through secure phone banking
channel
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1030. Number of digits in Aadhaar is

a. 8
b. 9
c. 10
d. 12
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1031. To accelerate the growth and penetration of ATMs in the country, RBI has permitted non-banks to set up
ATMs and they will be known as
a. White label ATMs
b. Private Partnership ATMs
c. Aam Aadhmi ATMs
d. Green Layer ATMs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1032. Which of the following service is not offered under Doorstep Banking by our bank ?
a. Pickup of Cash
b. Pickup of Cheques and other negotiable instruments
c. Delivery of Cash / Drafts at the doorstep of Corporate Customer / Government
d. Delivery of articles kept in Locker
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1027. B 1028. D 1029. C
1030. D 1031. A 1032. D
1033. What is the threshold limit to be maintained in SB account for availing doorstep banking ?
a. Rs. 100000/- average monthly balance
b. Rs. 100000/- average quarterly balance
c. Rs. 50000/- monthly average balance
d. Rs. 50000/- average quarterly balance
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1034. What is the threshold limit to be maintained in CA account for availing doorstep banking ?
a. Rs. 300000/- average monthly balance
b. Rs.300000/- average quarterly balance
c. Rs. 1000000/- monthly average balance
d. Rs. 1000000/- average quarterly balance
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1035. What is the threshold limit to be sanctioned to a OD/OCC customer for availing doorstep banking ?
a. Rs. 5,00,000/-
b. Rs. 10,00,000/-
c. Rs. 25,00,000/-
d. Rs. 2,00,000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1036. Who has to take adequate comprehensive insurance cover for the cash/instruments in transit including
fidelity insurance cover in case of doorstep banking ?
a. customer
b. bank
c. both 50:50
d. Insurance not required
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1037. In the event of dishonour of cheques valuing Rs 1 Crore and above, drawn on a particular account of the
drawer, on four occasions during the financial year, for want of sufficient funds in the account, then
a. put hold on the entire amount available
b. stop transactions in the account
c. no fresh cheque book will be issued.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1038. As per guidelines issued by RBI the bank may donate during a financial year aggregating up to …..% of the
profit published profit of the previous year
a. 5%
b. 2%
c. 1%
d. 2.50%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1033. A 1034. B 1035. B
1036. A 1037. C 1038. C
1039. Amount of donation to any one organisation/unit/individual by the bank should be restricted to …..% of the
profit published of the bank for the previous year
a. 0.01%
b. 0.10%
c. 0.25%
d. 0.50%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1040. As per "Policy for General Management of the branches" - Non-wearing of Identity card shall be
construed………………..
a. as major misconduct
b. as minor misconduct
c. not considered as misconduct
d. Wearing of ID card in branches is not compulsory
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1041. As per "Customer Rights Policy" of our bank, If any change is adverse to the customer, prior notice of
……… days to be given
a. 45
b. 30
c. 60
d. 90
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1042. If any change is adverse to the customer, he can opt for following options.
a. to close the account
b. switch to any other eligible account without having to pay the revised charge or interest
c. either A or B
d. switch to any other eligible account after paying the revised charge or interest
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1043. The following ratings will be awarded under each category of key functional areas both under Business and
control risks according to scoring obtained:
a. Below 50% - High Risk
b. 50 % to 70% - Medium Risk
c. Above 70% - Low Risk
d. All above or correct
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1044. The periodicity of the Branches rated LOW risk in the previous inspection is ………
a. 18 months from the date of previous inspection
b. 12 months from the date of previous inspection
c. 24 months from the date of previous inspection
d. 9 months from the date of previous inspection
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1039. A 1040. B 1041. B
1042. C 1043. D 1044. A
1045. The periodicity of the Branches rated MEDIUM risk in the previous inspection is ………
a. 18 months from the date of previous inspection
b. 12 months from the date of previous inspection
c. 24 months from the date of previous inspection
d. 15 months from the date of previous inspection
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1046. All newly opened branches shall be subjected to first inspection within a period of ………. months from the
date of opening
a. 12 months
b. 6 months
c. 9 months
d. 18 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1047. The periodicity of inspection of Branches of special nature without direct customer transaction like Service
Branch etc.: ……….
a. Once in 12 months.
b. Once in 15 months.
c. Once in 18 months.
d. Once in 24 months.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1048. All branches having total business of Rs ……………...crores and above are subjected to revenue audit on
half yearly basis
a. 10
b. 20
c. 25
d. 50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1049. Revenue Audit of Zonal Offices to be conducted once in a ………….along with regular Inspection
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 3 years
d. not required
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1050. The Inspection of RRBs are done by ………….

a. Sponsored Bank
b. State Government
c. NABARD
d. Internal Auditors
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1045. D 1046. B 1047. A
1048. A 1049. A 1050. C
1051. A branch need not be classified as Extremely High Risk Branch, even though a fraud has occurred if
a. not more than three instances of frauds are reported during a financial year
b. aggregate fraud amount is less than Rs.10.00 lakhs
c. each fraud incident is an isolated incident where there is no lacunae in systems and controls of the branch.
d. All of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1052. Which of the following is not considered as Zero tolerance areas pointed out during the RBIA ?
a. Non creation of EM / Non registration of MOD / Non registration of ROC
b.
c. existence of unauthorized parking accounts
d. Account becoming NPA within the period of One Year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1053. Assignment of any branch stands completed within a maximum period of ……………...working days from the
date of commencement
a. 21
b. 14
c. 7
d. 30
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1054. Verification regarding the total number of jewel packets to be done by the branches, countersigned by BM
and ABM once in a …………
a. week
b. month
c. quarter
d. 6 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1055. During RBIA, Inspectors have to verify at least …...% of JL packets based on random sampling by engaging
appraisers from other nearby branches
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1056. During RBIA verification of jewels, if any spurious jewel / abnormal variation in weight / purity / missing of
Jewel packets is noticed, ………..% verification of entire jewel loan portfolio of the branch to be undertaken
a. 50
b. 75
c. 100
d. 25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1051. D 1052. D 1053. A
1054. B 1055. B 1056. C
1057. All the inspectors during the conduct of Regular inspection of branches,
should visit a minimum of …... units
a. 10
b. 5
c. 3
d. 15
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1058. For all branches a review on the inspection report is to be placed before ZACE within ………. months from
the date of receipt of report at the IC.
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1059. The …………………….. is responsible for facilitating and driving the overall information security
implementation at all locations including Corporate Office/Zonal Offices and Branches
a. Information Technology Department (ITD)
b. Digital Banking Department (DBD)
c. Banking Operations Department (BOD)
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1060. Cyber Crisis Management Plan (CCMP) in our bank will address the following aspect
a. Detection
b. Response
c. Recovery
d. All of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1061. Non-compliance to the minimum requirements or violation of the Cyber security policy could result in action
that may include, but is not limited to, the following……….
a. Suspension
b. Termination
c. Civil and/or criminal prosecution
d. All of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1062. Which of the following is correct with regard to the guidelines of Central Vigilance Commission / RBI for
reporting cases of fraud to CBI ?
a. Cases of Rs 3 crore
b. Cases of Rs 5 crore
c. Cases of Rs 8 crore
d. Cases of Rs 10 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1057. C 1058. A 1059. A
1060. D 1061. D 1062. A
1063. In terms of sec 99 of NI act 1881 noting can be done on

a. on the instrument
b. on a paper
c. partly on the instrument and partly on paper
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1064. Bank must maintain the secrecy of information of account holders as per
a. sec 13 of RBI act
b. Sec 13 of BR act
c. Sec 13 of banking companies (acquisition and transfer) act
d. Sec 13 of NI Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1065. Banks can call for succession certificate from the legal heirs of deceased depositors only
a. where there are disputes amongst legal heirs
b. all the legal heirs do not join to indemnify the bank
c. balance is more than 10lakhs
d. 1 or 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1066. Mr. P is having FDR maturing on 14-04-2008.Mr Q is his nominee.Mr p expired on 14-02-08.Mr Q claims the
balance on 14-10-2008 by producing the death certificate of MR P. Now you will pay overdue interest for 6 months
a. at savings rate prevailing on 14-04-2008
b. at time deposit rate for 6 months as on 14-04-2008
c. no overdue interest is payable as it is not renewed
d. Refer to Regional Office
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1067. Suppose in the above case every thing remains same except the death of MR P is on 14-06-08,which option
is correct
a.
b.
c.
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1068. The time limit for settlement of claims in respect of deceased depositors and release of payment to
survivor/nominee should be done within a period of not exceeding (as per BCSBI)
a. 15 days
b. 30 days
c. 45 days
d. 1 year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1063. D 1064. C 1065. D
1066. B 1067. A 1068. A
1069. In terms of sec 144 of NI act ,the mode of sending summons can be by
a. speed post
b. authorised courier of court
c. personal messenger only
d. 1 & 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1070. If the time taken to realise the outstation cheque is more than-------- days of normal period, it will be treated as
abnormal period(it may vary for individual banks)
a. 90 days
b. 75 days
c. 180 days
d. to be decided by individual banks
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1071. High value clearing to be given credit on ------

a. next day
b. same day
c. third day
d. high value clearing is not more existence
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1072. As per KYC norms, branches should monitor

a. cash deposits 10 lakhs and above in deposit accounts
b. cash payment of 10 lakhs and above in deposit accounts
c. cash receipt/cash payment Rs. 10 lakhs or above in deposits accounts including CC/OD
d. Only cash deposit in Savings account for Rs 10 lakhs and above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1073. Under consumer protection act 1986,the district forum can entertain complaints where the value of goods
and services and compensation claimed
a. not exceeding 20 lakhs
b. not exceeding 1 crore
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1074. A Demand draft is issued for Rs 95/-.You will punch the holes
a. OT and 0
b. OT and 9
c. TT and 0
d. TL and 9
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1069. D 1070. D 1071. A
1072. C 1073. A 1074. A
1075. Within what time a duplicate demand draft is to be issued to the purchaser if all the papers are submitted ?
a. within a fortnight
b. within 6 months
c. no such time limit
d. within 3 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1076. What is to be checked before allowing operation in a safe deposit locker ?

a. signature and operational instructions
b. password
c. whether rent is due
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1077. When does a Term loan Becomes NPA?

a. When interest remains overdue for a period
b. When installment of principal remains overdue for more than 90 days
c. When interest and /or installment of principal remains overdue for a period of more than 90 days
d. When interest and/ or installment of principal remains overdue for a period of more then 91 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1078. When does a Loan granted for long duration crop becomes NPA?
a. 1)If the installment of principal remains overdue for 2 crop seasons
b. 2)If the interest remains overdue for 2 crop seasons
c. 3)If the installment of principal or interest remains overdue for 2 harvest season or two half year whichever is
earlier
d. 4)If the installment of principal or interest remains overdue for 1 crop season
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1079. A C/C a/c should be treated as out of order?

a. If the outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of sanctioned limit for 90 days
b. If there are no credits continuously for 90 days or credits are not enough to cover the interest debited
c. If the outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of sanctioned limit/drawing power for 90 days
d. above all
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1080. A C/C account becomes NPA

a. when the account becomes out of order
b. if the account remains 90 days out of order
c. if the account is over due for more than 90 days
d. when the security is nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1075. A 1076. D 1077. C
1078. D 1079. D 1080. A
1081. As of 31.03.2008 a substandard asset would be one

a. Which has remained in NPA for a period of less than 12 months
b. Which has remained in NPA for a period equal to 12 months
c. Which has remained in NPA for a period less than or equal to 12 months
d. Which has remained in NPA for a period of less than or equal to 18 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1082. As of 31.03.2008 a Doubtful asset would be one

a. Which has remained in substandard category for a period of less than 12 months
b. Which has remained in substandard category for a period of less than 24 months
c. Which has remained in substandard category for a period exceeding 12 months
d. Which has remained in substandard category for a period of more than 18 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1083. The outstanding in the account based on Drawing power calculated from stock statements older than 3
months would be deemed as:
a. NPA
b. Borderline NPA
c. Standard B
d. Irregular
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1084. An a/c where regular/Adhoc limits have not been reviewed/renewed within 180 days from the due date a/c will
be treated as
a. Irregular
b. Standard
c. NPA
d. Borderline NPA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1085. When a NPA can be upgraded?

a. 1) if the arrears of interest are paid in full
b. 2) if the arrears of principal are paid in full
c. 3) if the arrears of principal and interest are paid in full
d. 4) after one year of re-structuring a/c becoming NPA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1086. In terms of prudential norms, income is not recognized on accrual basis but on actual basis. But it is
applicable to
a. advance against NSCs eligible for surrender
b. advance against time deposits
c. advance against life policies
d. Advance against Gold ornaments
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1081. C 1082. C 1083. D
1084. C 1085. C 1086. D
1087. A state govt. guaranteed advance will become NPA as of 31.03.2008 if

a. if interest remains overdue for more than 90 days
b. if principal remains overdue for more than 90 days
c. if interest and/or principal or any other amount due to Bank remains over due for more than 90 days
d. if guarantee is invoked and repudiated only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1088. A trading a/c can be considered for restructuring

a. before commencement of commercial production
b. after commencement of commercial production
c. after commencement of commercial production and before classification as substandard
d. not eligible
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1089. If an advance has remained in doubtful category for more than 3 years as of 31.03.2004, the provisioning
requirement as of March, 2008 will be
a. 100 % of the secured outstanding & 100 % of unsecured
b. 75% of outstanding & 75% of secured
c. 100% of the outstanding
d. 60% of the secured outstanding
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1090. If an advance has been classified as doubtful as of 31.03.2008 it will attract provision @
a. 60% of the secured & 100 % of unsecured
b. 75% of the secured & 100 % of unsecured
c. 20% of the secured & 100 % of unsecured
d. 30% of the secured & 100 % of unsecured
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1091. If a substandard asset has been identified as unsecured exposure ab-intio(the security not more than 10%) it
will attract provision
a. 10% on net outstanding
b. 10% on total outstanding
c. 20% on net outstanding
d. 20% on total outstanding
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1092. In non suit filed NPA accounts ,if any recovery is made ,it will be appropriated first to (check with your bank)
a. URI
b. towards uncharged interest
c. towards principal
d. towards interest suspense account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1087. C 1088. D 1089. A
1090. C 1091. C 1092. A
1093. Sacrifice means

a. write off of ledger dues
b. write off legal charges
c. waiver of interest
d. all above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1094. Who can be an Authorised Officer under Securitisation Act 2002 ?

a. Branch Manager
b. Senior Manager
c. Chief Manager
d. Chief Manager & above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1095. When the principal debtor defaults in fulfilling his promise and the surety meets his liability to the creditor, the
surety steps into the shoes of the creditor and acquires all the rights of the creditor against the principal debtor - this
known as
a. right to set off
b. right of subrogation
c. right of indemnifier
d. doctrine of indoor management
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1096. An account was classified as standard asset as on 31-03-07. However as on 31-03-2008 you find the value of
security is eroded that now the realistic realizable value will be less than10% outstanding balance. You will classify it
as on 31-03-08
a. substandard
b. doubtful
c. loss asset
d. standard asset
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1097. You have sanctioned a loan of Rs. 50000/- to a Pensioner by taking a security of worth of RS 4500/-.The
account has become substandard. The debit balance in the account is Rs 48000/-.The amount of provision will be
a. 4800/-
b. 9600/-
c. 48000/-
d. 4500/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1098. What is the prescribed margin to be maintained by banks while advancing against their on shares ?
a. 0%
b. 50%
c. 20%
d. bank can not allow loan against their own shares
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1093. D 1094. D 1095. B
1096. C 1097. B 1098. D
1099. The agreement to buy and sell foreign exchange agreed upon and executed on the same day the transaction
is known as
a. cash transaction
b. spot transaction
c. forward contract
d. option
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1100. In foreign exchange operations ,normally day light position is ---------------------Overnight position
a. less than
b. more than
c. equal to
d. twice
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1101. Capturing electronics features of a cheque through electronic transmission is called

a. Electronic cheque
b. cheque truncation
c. core banking
d. inter net banking
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1102. Gold card scheme is meant for

a. Importers
b. Exporters
c. foreign citizens
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1103. It is obligatory on the part of A.D. to ensure that the importer submits documentary evidence of import if the
value of Foreign Exchange remitted/ paid exceeds
a. USD 25000
b. USD 100000
c. USD 10000
d. USD 5000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1104. Import and export trade is regulated by

a. Government of India
b. Reserve Bank of India
c. DGFT
d. FEDAI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1099. A 1100. B 1101. B
1102. B 1103. B 1104. C
1105. Authorised dealers in foreign exchange maintain accounts with correspondents/branch offices abroad. Such
accounts are known as:
a. Nostro Accounts
b. Vostro Accounts
c. Loro Accounts
d. Adjustment accounts
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1106. In NRE and FCNR account repatriation is allowed

a. principal
b. interest
c. both after deducting TDS
d. both 1 & 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1107. CDR Mechanism is applicable to outstanding fund based and non fund based exposure of Rs -------- and
above
a. 25 crores
b. 10 crores
c. 1 crore
d. 5 crores
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1108. Which of the following can not open NRE & FCNR accounts ?
a. Co-operative Banks
b. RRBs
c. Private Sector Banks
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1109. A NRI having NRO(saving) account is aged 67 years. He submits Form !5H and requests you not to deduct
TDS.
a. accede to his request
b. NRI can not submit form !5 H
c. as no TDS is applicable in savings account ,you may advise him not to submit any form
d. Refer the matter to RBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1110. An airhostess employed by Air India often on duty on flights involving destinations like London, New York,
Tokyo etc., she is entitled to open only:
a. an ordinary non-resident account
b. a non-resident (external) account
c. only an account in Indian rupees like any other resident in India
d. is not entitled to maintain any account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1105. A 1106. D 1107. B
1108. D 1109. B 1110. C
1111. All letters of credit should clearly indicate whether they are revocable or irrevocable In the absence of such an
indication:
a. the letter of credit is to be treated as irrevocable
b. the letter of credit is to be treated as revocable
c. the letter of credit is to be treated as an ambiguous instrument and should be returned to the opening bank
d. The letter of credit may be treated as irrevocable if an expiry date is stipulated; otherwise it is revocable letter
of credit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1112. An “irrevocable” letter of credit is one:

a. which cannot be revoked or amended under any circumstances
b. which can be revoked or amended at any time before the goods called for the shipped; but once the goods
are shipped it can neither be revoked nor amended
c. which can be revoked or amended only if mutually agreed upon by all the parties concerned
d. which can be revoked only on the discretion of the beneficiary
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1113. The “beneficiary” of a letter of credit is:

a. the importer-buyer at whose request his bank establishes the letter of credit
b. the bank who ultimately negotiates the documents drawn thereunder and seeks reimbursement from the
opening bank.
c. The exporter-seller in whose favour the letter of credit is established
d. the shipping company, insurance company, and all other institutions who benefit by the establishment of the
letter of credit in question
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1114. A revolving letter of credit means:

a. a credit where documents may be drawn and negotiated without any limit
b. A credit where no expiry date is stipulated
c. A credit where documents may be drawn upon a maximum amount indicated, and that amount becomes
available for negotiation again as soon as the previous drawings is/are paid
d. A credit which is available to more than one beneficiary subject to the total amount not being exceeded.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1115. An import licence is issued by:

a. Reserve Bank of India
b. Ministry of Finance, Government of India
c. Chief Controller of Import‟s and Exports, Ministry of Commerce, Government of India
d. Foreign Exchange Dealer‟s Association of India
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1116. A “Red Clause” letter of credit is one:

a. which is issued in favour of beneficiaries in the Russia and other countries of the CIS Block
b. which provides for pre-shipment advances to be granted to the beneficiary to be recovered from the
proceeds of drawings thereunder
c. where some important clauses are printed in red-ink
d. which can be cancelled without notice.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1111. A 1112. C 1113. C
1114. C 1115. C 1116. B
1117. “Incoterms” refers to:

a. standard contract terms in international trade laid down by the UNO
b. standard contract terms in international trade laid down by the European Economic Community
c. standard contract terms in international trade laid down by the International Chamber of Commerce
d. standard contract terms in international trade laid down by the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce
and Industry
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1118. „R‟ Returns which are required to be submitted to Reserve Bank of India pertain to:
a. advance given to small-scale industries
b. foreign exchange transactions made by the authorized dealers
c. advance given to exporters
d. advance given to priority sectors
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1119. „R‟ Returns are required to be submitted to Reserve Bank of India:

a. weekly
b. 15th and the last day of each month
c. fortnightly
d. years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1120. When a Non resident becomes resident his NRE accounts can be converted in to ?
a. RFC(domestic)
b. RFC account
c. NRO account
d. Nostro account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1121. What is the lock in period for repatriation purpose of house property purchased out of local funds by non
resident ?
a. 10 years
b. 5 years
c. no lock in period
d. 3 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1122. As per the revised guidelines which of the following is true as per CDR system
a. category 1 CDR will be applicable for to Standard and Sub standard accounts
b. category 2 will be applicable for doubtful assets
c. both 1 & 2 subject to certain conditions
d. applicable only to loss assets
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1117. C 1118. B 1119. C
1120. B 1121. C 1122. C
1123. Lock in period for repatriation of sale proceeds of residential property purchase by NRI/PIO out of foreign
exchange
a. 3years
b. 10 years
c. no lock in period
d. 5 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1124. Relating to above question how many such properties this rule will be applicable
a. not more than one
b. not more than two
c. not more than three
d. no such limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1125. A Pensioner (central government) has become a NRI and he requests to repatriate his pension every month.
In this case
a. Once he becomes NRI ,he is not eligible for pension
b. not eligible for repatriation as it a local receipt
c. repatriation is allowed
d. with the consent of RBI ,repatriation is allowed
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1126. Liberalised remittance scheme is available to 1] resident individual 2] partnership firms 3] HUF 4] all the
above
a.
b.
c.
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1127. What is the limit for one financial year under liberalized remittance scheme ?
a. usd 25000
b. usd 50000
c. usd 1 million
d. usd 2 lakh w.e.f. 1.7.2005 the agency commission for pension payment transaction is
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1128. w.e.f. 1.7.2005 the agency commission for pension payment transaction is
a. Rs. 45/- per transaction
b. Rs. 50/- per transaction
c. Rs. 60/- per transaction
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1123. C 1124. B 1125. C
1126. A 1127. D 1128. C
1129. Which of the following is correct ?

a. Bankers have right to combine one or more accounts of the same customer
b. A customer has no right to treat two accounts as one or combine them
c. both
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1130. A & B are having a saving a/c with instruction former or survivor. C is the nominee in this account Now B
has expired and the legal heirs If B object to the operation of the a/c by A Now you will
a. Allow A to operate the a/c
b. Stop operation in the a/c
c. Pay the balance to A & legal heir of B & close the account
d. Pay the balance jointly to A, legal heir of B and nominee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1131. A & B are having current account operated jointly by A & B In this account, who can deposit cash more than
Rs. 10 lakhs
a. No one
b. either A or B
c. both jointly
d. any body can deposit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1132. A current account holder has given you balance confirmation as on 31.01.08 On 10.02.08 he comes to the
branch and protests that bank had passed a cheque on 22.10.07 for Rs. 10000/- not signed by him & somebody had
forged signature
a. The customer lost the right as he already signed balance confirmation
b. The customer has every right to lodge a complaint and it has to be examined
c. As already 3 years have elapsed, it is a time barred complaint and hence not valid
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1133. In a joint account which of the following is true

a. Insanity of a joint a/c holder countermands any authority given as regards operation of a/c which should be
stopped
b. The insolvency of a joint a/c holder puts an end to the mandate and the operation of the account will cease
c. In case of dispute amongst the a/c holders, the earlier operation instruction comes to an end and it will be
considered joint operation by all
d. If a person does not have PAN at the time of opening a/c he can submit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1134. If a person does not have PAN at the time of opening a/c he can submit
a. Form No.60
b. Form No.61 if he has got exclusively agriculture income
c. Form No, 60 or 61 as per the case, but with documentary evidence for proof of address
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1129. C 1130. A 1131. D
1132. B 1133. D 1134. C
1135. An overdraft account shows a debit balance of Rs.15000/- the borrower expired and bank had received the
death certificate A cheque of Rs.10000/- was deposited and afterwards a debit of Rs.6000/- was allowed Now the
liability will be
a. Rs.11000
b. Rs.6000
c. Rs.5000
d. Rs.9000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1136. A hundred basis points equal to

a. 0.10%
b. 1%
c. 0.00%
d. 100%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1137. Preservation of banks record is governed by

a. Sec 45Y of BR act
b. Sec 45Z of BR Act
c. Sec 45ZC of BR act
d. Sec 45ZE of BR act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1138. In NRE & FCNR which of the following is repartriable

a. Principal & Interest
b. only principal
c. Only interest is repatriable
d. Neither principal nor interest
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1139. Transferable LC can be transferred only _____

a. once
b. twice
c. thrice
d. no limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1140. The registration of partnerships to be done with

a. Registrar of companies
b. Registrar of assurance
c. Registrar of Societies
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1135. C 1136. B 1137. A
1138. A 1139. A 1140. D
1141. Service area approach is applicable to

a. cash credit
b. term loans
c. cash credit & term loan
d. Government sponsored schemes
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1142. Which of the following document cannot be considered as proof of residence as per supreme court ?
a. Election card (voters Identity card)
b. Electricity bill
c. Telephone bill
d. Ration card
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1143. M/S Abbas Provision stores is having a current a/c with you and Mr. Abbas is the proprietor on 15.06.2007,
he withdraws cash three times Rs. 20000/- each Now you will deduct BCTT of
a. Rs.60/-
b. Rs.600/-
c. No BCTT as the amount does not exceed Rs. 100000/-
d. No BCTT, as an single occasion cash withdrawn is not more than Rs.50000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1144. 50% of merger as Dearness Pension is applicable to

a. All pensioners
b. those who draw pension prior to 01.04.2004
c. those who draw pension on or after 01.04.04
d. only defence pensioners
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1145. Limitation period in case of lien

a. 3 years from date of document
b. 3 years from the latest debit balance
c. No limitation period
d. 10years from document
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1146. Interest on PPF is calculated on the least balance from

a. 10th to last day of month
b. 5th to last day of month
c. balance as on last day of month
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1141. D 1142. D 1143. A
1144. B 1145. C 1146. B
1147. A cheque is endorsed in blank followed by an endorsement in full.

a. It becomes
b. payable to bearer
c. payable to or to the order of the last named endorsee and requires his endorsement before payment
d. it is an irregular endorsement
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1148. A cheque drawn in favour of the official liquidator was presented by him for payment over the counter
a. it can be paid if otherwise in order
b. it can not be paid as it should be collected through his bank where he is having account
c. it can be paid if he gives a stamped receipt
d. it can be paid after confirmation of his appointment as liquidator
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1149. A is an un-discharged insolvent known to the bank. He comes and presents a cheque issued in his name
across the counter You will
a. not pay cash
b. advise him to collect through his banker
c. insolvency does not bar him from receiving cash
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1150. To get protection under Sec 131 of NI Act collecting banker should collect the cheque
a. crossed generally
b. crossed specially
c. 1 or 2
d. crossed not negotiable
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1151. The endorsement on the cheque is fictitious and the collecting banker failed to check it the cheque is paid by
the paying banker
a. collecting banker is not protected
b. paying banker is protected
c. collecting banker & paying banker are protected
d. both are not protected
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1152. For deduction of TDS on interest on Time Deposits the bank will give a certificate in
a. Form 16AA
b. Form 16A
c. form 12BA
d. Form 61A
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1147. B 1148. B 1149. A
1150. C 1151. B 1152. B
1153. Form No. 15G can be given (For non deduction of TDS on interest) by
a. individuals
b. trusts
c. society
d. persons (other than firms & companies)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1154. TDS on Rent paid by branches is to be deducted if the rent exceeds

a. Rs. 180000/- in a financial year
b. Rs.100000/- in a financial year
c. Rs.240000/- in a financial year
d. Rent is exempted from TDS
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1155. A garnishee order for Rs.10000/- on the a/c of your customer is served on your branch. On verification, you
find the customer is having only cash credit account and it shows a credit balance had of Rs.11000/- Now you will
a. return the garnishee order stating that customer does not have deposit a/c
b. attach the cash credit a/c
c. Cash credit a/c cannot be attached unless the limit is cancelled
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1156. Your branch receives a cheque of Rs.2500 drawn in favour of Mr. Ramkumar for payment across the counter.
It is observed that the name of the payee Mr. Mr Ramkumar in the cheque is written in Hindi while the other
particulars are in English:
a. Bank will return the cheque
b. Bank will ask Mr. Ramkumar to write the name in English also
c. Bank will ask the payee to get it corrected in English from the drawer
d. Bank will make the payment of the cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1157. As per the recent guidelines by RBI Credit card customer must have at least _____ for making payment &
interest starts getting charged
a. 1 month
b. 1 week
c. 3 days
d. fortnight
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1158. The customer day in a public sector bank is on and customers are allowed to meet the top officials of the
bank branch on this day in every month:
a. 5th
b. 7th
c. 10th
d. 15th
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1153. D 1154. A 1155. B
1156. D 1157. D 1158. D
1159. The following risk has been introduced in the Basel II accord, for the first time for the banking industry:
a. operational risk
b. liquidity risk
c. settlement risk
d. market risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1160. A bank finds it difficult to repay the short term deposits on maturity to its deposits because the funds of the
bank are locked in long term loans or investments. The risk arising from this situation is called:
a. interest rate risk
b. liquidity risk
c. operational risk
d. market risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1161. Cheque truncation means which of the following:

a. tearing the cheque into pieces
b. sending a zerox copy of the cheque for collection
c. electronic image of a cheque
d. providing details of the cheque over phone
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1162. To be a scheduled bank, what is the minimum paid-up capital and reserves requirement of a bank:
a. Rs.1 lac
b. Rs.2 lac
c. Rs.5 lac
d. Rs.10 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1163. Banks are to furnish to RBI the accounts and balance sheet with the auditors report within ___ months from
end of the period to which they relate:
a. 2 months
b. 6 months
c. 3 months
d. 5 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1164. Any Bank note containing slogans & messages of political nature written across it, is a
a. soiled note
b. mutilated note
c. cease to be legal tender
d. only 50% value will be paid
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1159. A 1160. B 1161. C
1162. C 1163. C 1164. C
1165. On what balances, the premium payable in advance to DICGC is to be calculated by the banks:
a. last working day of March
b. last working day of Mar and Sept
c. last reporting Friday of March
d. Last Friday of the year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1166. In the normal course unless a period of 7 years has elapsed since the date of disappearance of a person he
cannot be deemed to be dead. This Principle is based on
a. Sec 108 of evidence act
b. sec. 45 of contract Act
c. Sec 108 of N.I. Act
d. Sec 108 of Company Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1167. What is the time schedule during which the premium is to be finally paid(DICGC) ?
a. within 1 month from beginning of the year
b. within 2 months from beginning of the year
c. within 2 months from beginning of the respective half year
d. within 2 months from last day of the previous year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1168. General credit Card is meant for General Credit needs of constituents in
a. Rural area
b. semi urban area
c. urban area
d. 1&2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1169. A Contract where one person promises to save another from the loss caused by an act of third party is:
a. contract of guarantee
b. contract of indemnity
c. both of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1170. An account is showing balance outstanding of Rs. 4 lac with DICGC cover of 50% and the value of security
Rs. 1.50 lacs. The account has remained doubtful for more than 3 years as on 31-3-2004. What will be the total
provision as on 31-3-2007
a. 200,000
b. 275,000
c. 237,500
d. 250,000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1165. B 1166. A 1167. C
1168. D 1169. B 1170. B
1171. RBI has advised that if the extent of reissuable notes in the soiled remittance is found to be more than ____%
the entire remittance is liable to the concerned currency chest and the entire amount to be debited to the bank and
the cost would be recovered.
a. 2%
b. 5%
c. 8%
d. 10%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1172. The risk weight for credit card /consumer finance is ---%
a. 50
b. 75
c. 100
d. 125
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1173. Three day‟s grace for payment of bills is allowed as per section ......... of NI Act:
a. 22
b. 23
c. 24
d. 25
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1174. Mr. Sawant is having a clean overdraft account for Rs. 25,000 with a debit balance of Rs. 20,000. In spite of
repeated reminders, he refused to adjust the overdraft account. He is having a safe deposit locker and also safe
custody account. On which of the
a. Articles in safe deposit locker
b. Contents of the safe custody
c. On safe custody only after giving notice
d. All of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1175. Dearness relief for pensioners (central) undergo change --------- in a year
a. once
b. twice
c. thrice
d. every month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1176. NRE and FCNR(B) interest rates are linked to LIBOR/SWAP rates. As per the recent announcement by RBI
for uniformity in banks, who will quote the rates of libor/swap
a. RBI
b. FEDAI
c. Central Govt
d. Export and import Bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1171. B 1172. D 1173. A
1174. D 1175. B 1176. B
1177. Mr. Sangeetha, an illiterate customer in your branch, who is maintaining a savings account, requests you to
permit her to authorize her friend Bharat to operate his account:
a. An illiterate, being incompetent to contract, cannot appoint an agent,
b. Since an illiterate person cannot grant a power of attorney his requests cannot be complied with,
c. The request of the illiterate customer may be acceded to on his executing a power of attorney
d. The requests of the illiterate customer may be acceded only for cash transactions.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1178. M/s A, B and Co. having A and B as partners and maintain current account. One of them dies and firm‟s
account shows credit balance. Who is to receive the payment?
a. Legal heirs of deceased partner and surviving partner is proportion of their profits
b. Legal heirs of deceased partner and surviving partner in proportion of their capital
c. Only surviving partner
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1179. One of the Trustees of a Trust maintaining an account with our Bank is adjudged as insolvent. A cheque
signed by him was presented through clearing after you received the notice of insolvency of the trustee. What will
you do?
a. The cheque will be returned with the reason "trustee declared insolvent"
b. The cheque can be paid safely
c. The cheque would be returned with the reason "confirmation from the official assignee is available".
d. Cheque will be paid if the other solvent trustees give their consent
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1180. In a foreign exchange transaction, a right but not the obligation to buy or sell is called:
a. prerogative
b. call
c. kerb
d. option
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1181. RBI has recently modified the KYC guidelines to the benefit of persons from low-income group who may not
be able to satisfy all the norms. As per this scheme, persons in the lower income group may be allowed to open
bank accounts without producing documen
a. 50,000
b. 10,000
c. 5000
d. 2000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1182. After investigation of the recent IPO scams, RBI has reiterated the following extant guidelines to bankers.
a. Account payee cheques/Refund orders should be credited to the account of the payee constituent only
b. Banks should follow the KYC norms strictly
c. Banks should give the details of all their customers who participate in IPOs
d. 1 & 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1177. C 1178. C 1179. B
1180. D 1181. A 1182. D
1183. Banks are now allowed to open FCNR accounts in __________ in addition to the existing currencies.
a. Canadian dollar
b. Saudi riyal
c. Australian dollar
d. 1 & 3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1184. In case of death of depositor, the status of nominee will be

a. Legal heir
b. administrator
c. executor
d. trustee of legal heirs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1185. In case of two current accounts with same partners but in different names, if in one account there is credit
balance and in other account debit balance, can the bank exercise the right of Set-Off after following the normal
procedure
a. No since the names are different
b. yes if the order of Partners are same in both the accounts
c. yes since the partners are identical
d. conclusion can be drawn only after going through the partnership deed
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1186. As per Sec ______ of ________ the rate of interest on loan is not subject to scrutiny of the Court.
a. 21A of RBI Act
b. 21A of BR act
c. 21A of NI act
d. 21A of contract act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1187. In case of joint safe custody accounts, how many nominees can be appointed?
a. one
b. two
c. three
d. none
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1188. RTGS does not have ______ risk

a. credit risk
b. liquidity risk
c. forex risk
d. settlement risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1183. D 1184. D 1185. C
1186. B 1187. D 1188. D
1189. The risk that arises due to one party defaulting on its clearing obligation to one or more counter party is
_______:
a. liquidity risk
b. forex risk
c. settlement risk
d. credit risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1190. Mr. B is the legal heir of MR A. On the death of MR A, after following the usual formalities the bank has
credited Rs 10500/- being the claim amount of the deceased in the account. of MR B. Immediately after the credit, a
Garnishee order attaching the ac
a. Rs.100 only
b. Rs.10000/- only
c. Rs.10600/- only
d. Rs.10500/- only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1191. A cheque is crossed with two parallel lines and in between the lines it is written A/C PAYEE ONLY. This type
of crossing as per N.I ACT is
a. A/C payee crossing
b. non transferable crossing
c. general crossing
d. special crossing
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1192. You are having a term loan account which was classified as STANDARD ASSET on 31-03-07 and the value
of security was RS 1 lakh as per valuation. During march 2008 you found on inspection that the value of security has
eroded to Rs 40000/-,but the party is
a. Standard asset
b. substandard
c. doubtful asset
d. loss asset
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1193. A fixed deposit is in the names of A and B with operating instructions E/S. On the date of maturity Mr. A
presents the original receipt duly discharged, but before you could make payment to Mr. A ,the other person MR B
gives in writing that the amount sho
a. pay only on the discharge of both
b. pay to MR A ignoring the request of MR B
c. obtain an indemnity from MR A and pay
d. As there is a dispute, it can be paid only if MR B withdraws his letter
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1194. Your customer has given a debit authority under ECS (DEBIT) for debiting his account for telephone bills of
MTNL . This has been going on smoothly for the last 3 years. One fine morning the account holder gives in writing
that he cancels the ECS (debit au
a. accept and act accordingly
b. accept revocation only with the consent of MTNL
c. accept if revoked only by MTNL
d. ECS(DEBIT) can not be revoked by either party
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1189. C 1190. B 1191. D
1192. C 1193. B 1194. A
1195. Your current account Holder M/S Sangeeta trading company wants your branch issue a time deposit for Rs
100000/- favoring airport Authorities of India for an earnest money in a bid. You will issue the Time deposit as
a. M/S Sangeeta trading co A/C airport authorities of India
b. M/S Airport authorities of India a/c Sangeeta trading co
c. Airport authorities of India
d. M/S Sangeeta trading co
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1196. In the above question for payment on maturity of deposit, you will require the discharge of
a. both
b. only your account holder
c. only Airport authorities of India
d. any one
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1197. Permanent account number is

a. 10 digit alpha numeric alpha
b. 10 DIGIT NUMERIC
c. 10 DIGIT ALPHA
d. 11 DIGIT
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1198. What is the fee payable under RTI ACT 2005 FOR getting information ?
a. no fee
b. Rs.10
c. Rs.5
d. Rs.50
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1199. Within how many days ,under RTI act, the Public information officer must supply the information
a. 30 days
b. 3 days
c. 60 days
d. no such stipulation
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1200. Your customer has drawn a cheque favoring Mrs. Sangeetha or Bearer. You find at the back of the cheque
one blank endorsement by MRs Sangeeta and followed by a full endorsement as "pay to Mr. RAM KUMAR with
signature of MR Seetha ram. Now the cheque is
a. pay to MR kalian Singh
b. You will pay only to Mr. Seetha ram
c. you will pay to Mrs. Sangeetha only
d. Return the cheque as it is irregularly drawn
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1195. A 1196. B 1197. A
1198. B 1199. A 1200. A
1201. In the above example ,if you make the payment which section of N. I act will protect you
a. sec 85
b. sec 85(2)
c. sec 89
d. sec 128
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1202. As per RBI guidelines NRIs can be given loan in INR for other than
a. Business in chit fund
b. agricultural activities/plantation
c. construction of farm house
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1203. The quarterly interest payable on A FDR is RS 300/- per quarter. If for the same period and same amount is
kept in MIDR ,the monthly interest payable will be
a. Rs.100
b. more than Rs.100
c. Less than Rs.100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1204. The simplified procedure On KYC is applicable to accounts

a. where the total balance in all accounts does not exceed Rs 50000/-
b. The total credits in all the accounts taken together not to exceed Rs 100000/-
c. both
d. none
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1205. As per the draft guidelines of RBI for safe deposit locker, the relationship between banker and locker holder is
a. lessor & lessee
b. owner & tenant
c. Bailor & Bailee
d. Principal & trustee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1206. The rate of provision on Standard assets is

a. 2%
b. 1%
c. 0.4% & 0.25%
d. al the above depending on nature of loan
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1201. B 1202. D 1203. C
1204. C 1205. C 1206. D
1207. CENVAT CREDIT is related to

a. new credit scheme launched by our bank
b. new credit scheme launched by central government for farmers
c. service tax
d. new credit scheme of NABARD
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1208. Under SARFAESI act, for sale of assets ,a notice of ---------- days is required
a. 60 days
b. 1 week
c. no such period
d. 30 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1209. What is the rate of provision for standard assets for personal housing loan above 20 lakhs?
a. 1%
b. 2%
c. 0.40%
d. 0.255
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1210. Guarantee issued to constituents is classified in Balance sheet as

a. asset
b. reversed on closing day and hence balance will be Nil
c. contingent liability
d. liability
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1211. Which is correct about Certificate of deposits ?

a. CD attracts SLR/CRR
b. it can be issued at fixed rate
c. it can be issued at floating rate
d. no bank buy back the CD before due date
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1212. Which of the following will be included in priority sector?

a. housing loan upto 10 lakhs
b. housing loan to staff members of banks
c. housing loan upto 15 lakhs
d. housing loans upto 20 lakhs irrespective location
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1207. C 1208. D 1209. A
1210. C 1211. D 1212. D
1213. Which of the following can be repatriated by NRI ?

a. rent
b. pension
c. interest
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1214. Documents executed in India are to be stamped

a. before execution
b. at the time of execution
c. after the execution
d. 1 & 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1215. BPLR for banks is decided by

a. individual banks
b. IBA
c. Rbi
d. Central Government
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1216. While opening account of executors and trustees to estate of deceased person, bank should scrutinize
a. trust deed
b. probate
c. orders of charity commissioner
d. letter of administration
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1217. In case of wrongful dishonour of a cheque by the banker

a. the holder can claim from drawee bank
b. the holder can claim from collecting bank
c. the remedy for holder is against drawer
d. holder can claim from drawee bank, collecting bank, drawer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1218. Which of the following accounts a NRI can not open ?

a. ppf account
b. senior citizen savings scheme
c. RFC domestic
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1213. D 1214. D 1215. A
1216. B 1217. C 1218. D
1219. Which of the following can endorse a negotiable instrument?

a. A minor
b. married women
c. an illiterate person
d. blind persons
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1220. Stamp duty on which of the following documents does not vary from state to state
a. Mortgage of agreements
b. hypothecation agreements
c. guarantees
d. bills of exchange
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1221. A and B have a FDR with your branch. Now they jointly request you to replace their names by P and Q. You
will
a. NOT AGREE
b. AS it is signed by both you will agree
c. You will agree provided if P or Q is the nominee
d. Agree by taking the consent of P and Q
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1222. The minimum period for bank time deposit is

a. 15 days
b. 7 days
c. 30 days
d. 45 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1223. TDS deducted on interest credited on the last day of financial year can be remitted within
a. first week of next month
b. 7 days of next month
c. within two months
d. within 1 month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1224. Service tax deducted during the month is to be remitted by

a. 5 th of next month
b. 25 th of next month
c. 15 th next month
d. first week of next month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1219. D 1220. D 1221. A
1222. B 1223. C 1224. A
1225. In case of cash receipts stamp duty is not payable upto rupees
a. 5
b. 500
c. 5000
d. 10000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1226. WEF 01-07-2007, which will be applicable for foreign LC

a. UCPDC-400
b. UCPDC-600
c. UCPDC-500
d. UCPDC 700
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1227. Banker need not produce the original books in the court. a certified copy will be acceptable as per
a. NI Act
b. BR act
c. Indian evidence act
d. RBI act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1228. EEFC account can be opened as

a. Current account
b. savings account
c. time deposit account as per recent policy for a limited amount and a limited period
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1229. BCSBI is related to

a. BASEL II
b. corporate governance
c. capital market
d. customer service
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1230. A person has returned from abroad and is having some unspent foreign exchange with him. What is the
maximum amount he can retain
a. Nil
b. usd 50000
c. USD 2500
d. USD 2000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1225. C 1226. B 1227. C
1228. C 1229. D 1230. D
1231. A customer deposits a cheque and the collecting banker credits the amount of cheque before it is realized
.Now asper NI ACT the collecting banker is
a. Holder for value
b. holder in due course
c. holder
d. trustee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1232. In case of OLTAS, the challans are in

a. single copy
b. two copies
c. 3 copies
d. 4 copies
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1233. The time limit for remittance of Government receipts of local cheques is T+3 days. Here T represents
a. The day cheque is deposited
b. the day cheque is sent for collection
c. the day money is available to the bank
d. the day amount is credited to nodal office
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1234. Nomination in deposits can be made in favour of

a. HUF
b. Minor
c. company
d. trust
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1235. An order cheque is converted into bearer and a bearer cheque is converted in to order. Which is a material
alteration
a. both
b. none
c. order to bearer
d. bearer to order
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1236. A cheque of Punjab national bank is containing two parallel lines and between the lines Canara bank. & not
negotiable. This crossing is known as
a. general crossing
b. special crossing
c. not negotiable crossing
d. simple crossing
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1231. B 1232. A 1233. C
1234. B 1235. C 1236. B
1237. As per which act cheque becomes Stale after 6 months

a. no act
b. sec 6 of NI act
c. Sec 138 of NI act
d. 36 of contract act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1238. The penalty under Right to information act if information is not provided within 30 days is Rs ----- per day with
maximum of Rs-------
a. 250 and no max
b. 100 and max 25000
c. 250 max 25000
d. 200 and 10000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1239. Protection to a collecting banker is not available in the case of

a. uncrossed cheque
b. crossed bearer cheques
c. crossed order cheques
d. cheques cross not negotiable
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1240. What is the relationship between a banker and payee of a demand draft ?
a. debtor and creditor
b. trustee and principal/Beneficiary
c. agent and principal
d. bailor and Bailee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1241. X and Y maintain a current account with operational instruction E/S. X becomes insolvent. A cheque signed
by Y is presented for payment .It will be in order
a. to pay the cheque
b. return the cheque
c. pay the cheque after confirming from X
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1242. X, y and z are having a current account with instructions A/S. Z and Y produce the death certificate of Mr. X
and insist for payment. you will pay
a. to legal heir of x , y and z jointly
b. y and z jointly
c. split the amount and pay equally to legal heir of x ,y and z
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1237. C 1238. C 1239. A
1240. B 1241. B 1242. B
1243. Bank pays interest at -------------- rate on the balance available in the current account of a deceased depositor
(INDIVIDUAL OR PROPRIETOR) while effecting payment
a. no interest
b. at time deposit rate
c. at saving rate
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1244. The account holder X appoints Y as his attorney to operate the account. A cheque issued under the signature
of x was counter-mandated by Y. Can the bank accept the instruction
a. No
b. yes
c. since x has already given power of attorney to y, he can not sign the cheque and hence the cheque is to be
returned if presented
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1245. Pensioners of Central government can open ------------

a. in single name - Saving account
b. savings account or current account in single name or jointly with spouse subject to certain conditions
c. savings account or current account in single name or jointly with spouse subject to certain conditions
d. jointly with any one –savings or current account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1246. A company‟s registered office is in Chennai, and its factory is at Bangalore. The company availed a bank
loan in Mumbai. Equitable mortgage of company‟s immovable property is to be created at
a. Chennai
b. New Delhi
c. Mumbai
d. Any notified centre
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1247. As per CBDT when is PAN required while depositing cash for purchase of DD
a. Rs 10000 & above
b. Rs. 25000 & above
c. Rs.50000 & above
d. Rs. 1 lac & above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1248. What is the maximum amount per single transaction under Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT)?
a. Rs.50000
b. Rs. 1.00 lakh
c. Rs.5.00 lakh
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1243. C 1244. B 1245. C
1246. D 1247. C 1248. D
1249. Which of the following authority is appointed in the event of liquidation of a company?
a. Administrator
b. Receiver
c. Liquidator
d. Executor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1250. Which of the following is garnishee under a Garnishee Order?

a. Judgement Creditor
b. Judgement Debtor
c. Bank
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1251. A Negotiable Instrument can be endorsed by signing the same on:

a. A slip of paper annexed to the instrument
b. The bank thereof
c. Face thereof
d. The back or face thereof or on a slip of paper annex thereto
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1252. When an order cheque is endorsed in blank:

a. Its further negotiation is restricted
b. It becomes payable to bearer and transferable by mere delivery
c. It loses the characteristic of negotiability
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1253. When an endorser adds the words “Notice of dishonour waived” such an endorsement is known as:
a. Restrictive endorsement
b. conditional endorsement
c. Facultative endorsement
d. Partial endorsement
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1254. Who is incompetent to endorse a negotiable Instrument?

a. Minors
b. Married women
c. Illiterate
d. none of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1249. C 1250. C 1251. D
1252. B 1253. C 1254. D
1255. An “endorsement in blank” means the endorsement:

a. Of a blank instrument
b. Of an inchoate instrument
c. Which does not have any endorsee bur merely consists of the signature of the endorser written on the
instrument
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1256. What is the maximum number of endorsements that are allowed on a Negotiable Instrument?
a. One
b. Two
c. Five
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1257. The correct endorsement of a cheque payable to Mrs. R.K.Malhotra is:

a. R K Malhotra
b. Kekai Malhotra (wife of R K Malhotra)
c. Mrs R K Malhotra
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1258. A is holder of a cheque who endorses sans recourse to B and B to C and C to D who endorses it to E.
Cheque is dishonoured.
a. B,C and D
b. E cannot claim from any one
c. E can claim from all
d. E can claim from A
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1259. Annual Information Return is to be submitted by

a. Branches in Form 61A
b. Bank in form 61A
c. Bank in form 61A on or before 31 August
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1260. Non resident external account can be opened by NRI by

a. Conversion of existing account
b. By remittance from abroad or transfer of funds from existing NRE, FCNR accounts in the name of the same
person
c. By transfer of funds from existing NRO accounts
d. Any eligible local credits
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1255. C 1256. D 1257. B
1258. A 1259. C 1260. B
1261. Non resident external account can be opened jointly with

a. Another non resident Indian only
b. Resident in India
c. Close relatives in India
d. With any person residing outside India
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1262. FCNR (B) accounts can be opened presently for maximum period of
a. 3 Years
b. 4 years
c. 5 Years
d. 10 Years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1263. Your valued Non resident customer‟s P.A holder wants to deposit USD 3500 in the form currency in the NRI‟s
account
a. We may accept since Foreign currency is one of the inward currencies
b. We may accept only if CDF is produced
c. P.A holders can not deposit foreign currencies
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1264. FCNR account can be opened by

a. all branches
b. metro branches
c. authorised branches
d. all except rural branches
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1265. In NRI accounts nomination is

a. Not to be accepted
b. Can be accepted
c. Can be accepted with RBI approval
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1266. FCNR (B) account can be opened as

a. Savings and FDRS only
b. FDRs only
c. FDR (Re invest Plan) only
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1261. A 1262. C 1263. C
1264. A 1265. B 1266. C
1267. In case of NRO accounts, joint accounts may be opened by

a. NRIs only
b. NRIs and resident Indians
c. joint accounts are not allowed
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1268. Persons bringing foreign exchange into India in the form of foreign currency notes or travellers cheques are
required to declare in the CDF if the value of foreign exchange brought exceeds:
a. USD 20000
b. GPB 10000
c. USD 12000
d. USD 10000 or its equivalent
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1269. The term “Authorized Dealer” means

a. The branches of a bank which are authorized by RBI to transact FOREX business
b. The banks which are authorized to deal in Foreign Exchange by RBI
c. The branches of a bank which are authorized to open NRI accounts
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1270. Which of the following statement is incorrect?

a. NRE accounts are to be maintained in INR only and the balance is fully repatriable
b. Transfer of balance from N R O account to NRE account is not permitted
c. For opening NRI accounts introduction is necessary
d. A person can have both non resident as well as resident account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1271. NRO account can be jointly opened with any resident person. Therefore The funds belonging to joint resident
holder can be credited to this account
a. Yes
b. No
c. yes with the consent of NRI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1272. Balance in RFC accounts can be utilized for remittance abroad within a period of
a. 3 Years
b. 10 Years
c. 6 years
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1267. B 1268. D 1269. B
1270. D 1271. B 1272. D
1273. On what basis interest is calculated on FCNR (B) deposits

a. 12 months to 1 years
b. 360 days to 1 year
c. 52 weeks to 1 year
d. 365 days to 1 year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1274. RFC(domestic) can be opened by

a. residents only
b. both resident and non resident
c. foreign tourists only
d. only by Pakistan and Bangladesh citizens
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1275. A is the holder of Power of attorney of B who is a NRI.A approaches you to open a NRE account in the name
of B.
a. We can open since A olds the P.A of B
b. We can open If A is well known to the bank
c. We can not open as the account is to be opened by B only
d. RBI permission is required
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1276. A and B are having joint NRE account. Now A becomes a resident, The bank has to
a. To close the account
b. Delete the name of A and allow the account to continue as NRE account or redesignate the account as RFC
(if eligible) account at the option of the account holders
c. the account remain NRE a/c
d. It should be converted into NRO a/c
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1277. A is the resident power of attorney holder of B. B is having a NRE account with your branch. NOW A can
a. Repatriate and make payment of gifts from this account
b. repatriate only in the name of account holder if specified but can not make payment of gifts
c. make payment of gifts but not repatriation
d. neither repatriate nor make payment of gifts
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1278. Form LEG is used for

a. For opening NRE accounts
b. for opening FCNR (B) accounts
c. For opening NRO accounts
d. for payment balance in the NRE/FCNR accounts the deceased account holder to the non resident nominee
(along with other documents)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1273. B 1274. A 1275. C
1276. B 1277. B 1278. D
1279. Form no A4 is required to be prepared in case transaction is of

a. Rs.100000/- or above
b. above Rs.100000/-
c. above Rs.50000/-
d. above Rs.10000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1280. A is having NRE account with your branch. He comes personally and wants to deposit USD 6000 in the form
of currency in his account.
a. You may accept it as he has come personally
b. you will ask for CDF form before accepting it
c. CDF form is not required as the amount does not exceed USD 10000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1281. A non-resident can bring any amount of foreign exchange into India
a. NO the maximum limit is USD 10000 or equivalent
b. YES, however he should declare in CDF if the amount exceeds USD 10000 or its equivalent and/or the
foreign currency notes do not exceed USD 5000 or its equivalent
c. YES, however he should declare in CDF if the amount exceeds USD 10000 or its equivalent and/or the
foreign currency notes do not exceed USD 5000 or its equivalent
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1282. The rate of interest on eligible CRR balance is

a. 3.50%
b. 1%
c. 5%
d. no interest is payable
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1283. NRI is sanctioned housing loan. The repayment can be made from/by
a. NRE Savings
b. NRO account
c. Close relatives (defined under company's Act)
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1284. A Japanese citizen of Non Indian origin comes to India as tourist. She wants to open an account with your
branch you will
a. open NRO a/c
b. open NRE A/c
c. ordinary savings a/c
d. advise her to bring permission from RBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1279. A 1280. B 1281. B
1282. D 1283. D 1284. A
1285. Interest earned on NRO accounts(savings & time deposits ) are to be taxed @
a. 30%
b. 25%
c. not taxable
d. 30%+surcharge (if applicable)+3% cess
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1286. NRE time deposits can be opened for minimum and maximum for
a. 6 months and 3 years
b. 1 year and 3 years
c. 1 year and 10 years
d. 15 days to 3 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1287. The maximum amount that is repatriable in NRO accounts is in a financial year is
a. USD 1 MILLION OR EQUIVALENT
b. NO AMOUNT IS REPATRIABLE
c. NO SUCH LIMIT
d. USD 25000 OR EQUIVALENT
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1288. A & B have an account with operating instructions former or Survivor. No nomination is in the account. Both
of them die. Money is payable to
a. Legal heir of A
b. Legal heir of B
c. legal heir of A & B
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1289. The relationship between a banker and customer in case of a matured Time Deposit remaining unclaimed
a. Debtor-Creditor
b. Trustee-Principal
c. Creditor-Debtor
d. Trustee-Beneficiary
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1290. The Power of Attorney Holder has accepted the bill on behalf of the Principal, Before the due date the
principal revokes the power of Attorney Therefore
a. A can refuse to pay the bill
b. A cannot refuse to pay the bill
c. the bill is not said to have been accepted
d. v
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1285. D 1286. B 1287. A
1288. C 1289. A 1290. B
1291. Resident Indian has obtained foreign exchange for Private visits He must return unused foreign exchange
(beyond USD 2000) within
a. 60 days
b. 90 days
c. in case of currency 90 days and TC within 180 days
d. 6 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1292. As per Annual policy statement 2007-08,the risk weight on loans upto 1 lakh against gold/silver ornaments
will be
a. 50%
b. 75%
c. 0%
d. 100%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1293. For Banking transactions Administrator means

a. Appointed by Court, in case deceased died intestate
b. Appointed, based on the will of deceased
c. appointed by legal heir
d. none 0f the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1294. Which is not a material alteration ?

a. Change in date
b. Change in name of payee
c. change in amount
d. crossing of an open cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1295. A minor aged 16 years presents a cheque for payment of Rs.30000/- Can you make payment if the cheque
is otherwise in order
a. No, the amount is high
b. No, minor cannot not give discharge
c. Yes, after obtaining a stamped receipt
d. Yes, minor can give a valid discharge
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1296. Your locker holder is going out of town and he gives a power of attorney in favour of his minor daughter 15
years to operate the locker
a. you will not accept because minor cannot be attorney
b. power of attorney is not allowed in case of locker
c. acceptable only if spouse is deceased
d. accept since minor can be attorney
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1291. D 1292. A 1293. A
1294. D 1295. D 1296. D
1297. A lady married to a foreigner of Indian origin is

a. PIO
b. Indian
c. PIO and Indian
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1298. Minimum maturity period of CD & commercial paper is

a. 14 days & 7 days
b. 7 days & 14 days
c. 7 days & 7 days
d. 14 days & 14 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1299. In case of time barred debts, right of set off

a. is not available
b. is available
c. is available only if borrower gives consent
d. available with the permission of court
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1300. A bill of exchange dated 29.01.2005 payable after one month, will fall due on
a. 28th Feb 05
b. 1st march 05
c. 2nd March 05
d. 3rd March 05
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1301. In a cheque you find neither bearer nor order. You will treat this cheque as
a. bearer
b. order
c. not drawn properly
d. truncated cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1302. Revised FDI limit of Private Banks is

a. 26%
b. 74%
c. 100%
d. 51%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1297. A 1298. C 1299. B
1300. D 1301. B 1302. B
1303. There are 4 partners in a current a/c with you and as per the mandate first 3 partners can operate the account
singly. The 4th partner gives a stop payment instruction to a cheque signed by partner One. You will
a. accept it
b. accept if provided the signatory confirms it
c. accept it if all partners confirm it
d. not to accept
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1304. If a fixed deposit matures on 25.12.05 it will be payable on

a. 24.12.05
b. 26.12.05 with interest for one day at contracted rate of FDR
c. 26.12.05
d. 26.12.05 with interest for one day at saving rate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1305. FDI ceiling in Public Sector Banks is

a. 20%
b. 51%
c. 29%
d. 74%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1306. Life certificate is to be obtained in the month of

a. Nov
b. Dec
c. March
d. Jan
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1307. CSR – pertaining to Non Resident accounts

a. consolidated single return
b. comprehensive single return
c. comprehensive statistical return
d. consolidated statistical return
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1308. Any resident can keep foreign currency upto

a. USD 500
b. USD 1000
c. USD 2000
d. USD 2500
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1303. A 1304. B 1305. A
1306. A 1307. B 1308. C
1309. In case of a former or survivor (deposit account) nomination will be signed by

a. Former only
b. survivor only
c. by both
d. nomination is not allowed
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1310. Garnishee order is issued under

a. Indian Penal code
b. civil procedure code
c. negotiable instrument act
d. contract act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1311. In which of the following accounts the interest rate is not deregulated by RBI ?
a. Fixed deposit
b. savings account
c. time deposit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1312. Before accepting Foreign contribution favoring societies, trusts permission must be obtained from
a. RBI
b. Ministry of Finance
c. Ministry of Home Affairs
d. Ministry of External Affairs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1313. Details of unclaimed deposit to be furnished to RBI under

a. Sec 26 BR Act
b. Sec 26 RBI Act
c. Sec 26 NI Act
d. Sec 26 Contract Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1314. Insurance cover available under KCC in the event of permanent disability/ death is
a. 50000
b. 25000
c. 1 lakh
d. Nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1309. C 1310. B 1311. B
1312. C 1313. A 1314. A
1315. A minor not domicile in INDIA will attain majority at the age of
a. 18 years
b. 21 years
c. 12 years
d. 25 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1316. Negotiable instrument payable on demand should be presented for payment within
a. 48 hours
b. 24 hours
c. reasonable period
d. 7 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1317. The minimum interest payable in savings account is

a. .50 paisa
b. Rs.1
c. Rs.5
d. Rs.10
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1318. The drawee of a cheque is always

a. Bank
b. Account holder
c. payee
d. endorsee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1319. Minimum amount in savings account is fixed by

a. Individual banks
b. Rbi
c. Govt. Of India
d. IBA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1320. Account Payee Crossing is defined under

a. NI Act
b. Contract Act
c. RBI Act
d. No act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1315. B 1316. C 1317. B
1318. A 1319. A 1320. D
1321. A certificate of deposit matures on 2/10/2008 which is a holiday under NI act. It will be paid on
a. 01-10-2008
b. 03-10-2008
c. invalid CD was issue
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1322. PPF account can be opened by

a. residents only
b. non resident
c. HUF
d. all three
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1323. Min & Max amount that can be deposited in a PPF account in a financial year is
a. 500 & 70000
b. 100 & 100000
c. 500 & 100000
d. 100 & 70000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1324. Sec 45 Z of BR act deals with

a. nomination for deposits
b. nomination for safe custody
c. nomination for lockers
d. Return of paid cheque to account holder
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1325. If a sole trustee dies ,account will be managed by

a. none
b. by Govt. Of India
c. by State Govt.
d. court appointed trustee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1326. A is having a FD with your branch and he has taken demand loan against it. Now he wants B‟s name to be
added to the receipt
a. it can be added
b. it can not be added
c. only possible after adjustment of demand loan
d. name can not be added before maturity
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1321. A 1322. A 1323. A
1324. D 1325. D 1326. C
1327. Interest on SENIOR CITIZEN SAVING‟S scheme is

a. 4.50%
b. 3.50%
c. 9%
d. 8%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1328. Mr. A opens RDS on 12-3-2005.The next instalment can be paid

a. only on 12-4-2005
b. only on 12-4-2005
c. after 12-04-2005
d. any day in April
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1329. A fixed deposit holder aged 70 years wants TDS not to be deducted on the interest. He will have to submit
form
a. 15-H
b. 15-G
c. 60
d. 61
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1330. The ceiling for referring cases to LOKADALAT is

a. 10 lakhs
b. 20 lakhs
c. one crore
d. 15 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1331. Any change in the prescribed minimum balance and charges that may be levied to be informed to customers
at least (as per BCSBI)
a. One month in advance
b. 3 months in advance
c. 7 days in advance
d. 6 months in advance
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1332. Which of the following does not attract TDS and can not be closed before maturity ?
a. RDS
b. Cert of Deposit
c. Savings
d. None
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1327. C 1328. D 1329. A
1330. B 1331. A 1332. B
1333. Commercial paper can be issued for maximum

a. 7 days
b. 15 days
c. not more than 1 year
d. 6 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1334. Commercial paper can be issued for

a. 1 lakh and multiple of 1 lakh
b. 5 lakhs and multiple of 1 lakh
c. one lakh and multiple of 5 lakhs
d. 5 lakhs and multiple of 5 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1335. Certificate of deposit can be issued for minimum

a. 7 days
b. 15 days
c. 1 year and 10 years
d. 6 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1336. Certificate of deposit can be issued for

a. lakh and multiple of 1 lakh
b. 5 lakhs and multiple of 1 lakh
c. one lakh and multiple of 5 lakhs
d. 5 lakhs and multiple of 5 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1337. As per RBI note exchange rules , soiled/mutilated notes of Rs 10 and above can be exchanged for :
a. full value or no value
b. full value or half value
c. half value or no value
d. full value or half value or no value
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1338. The relationship between RBI and bank maintaining currency chest is
a. Bailor-Bailee
b. principal- trustee
c. trustee and beneficiary
d. lessor- lessee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1333. C 1334. D 1335. A
1336. A 1337. D 1338. B
1339. In case of term deposit, the period of limitation starts from

a. date of deposit
b. date of maturity
c. date of demand by depositor
d. no limitation period
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1340. A Garnishee order is received at head office (Mumbai) of the bank. At which of the following branches of the
customer the account will not be attached
a. Chennai
b. Mumbai
c. Calcutta
d. London
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1341. An income tax attachment is received attaching the account of MR Y. Mr. Y is having only FD maturing on 12-
05-2007.and he already instructed the bank for automatic renewal. Now
a. The FD becomes payable immediately
b. FD is not attachable
c. FD is attachable but payable on maturity
d. Not attachable because of earlier instructions by party for automatic renewal
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1342. MR A has borrowed Rs 20000/- and MR B is the guarantor. The account has become doubtful MR B has got
a current account in which the credit balance is RS 18000/-. Can the bank exercise the right of set off with B‟s
current account?
a. No
b. Yes
c. yes only after the demand is made on the guarantor
d. only 50% amount can be set off
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1343. A power of attorney executed abroad needs

a. to be stamped at the time of execution or before execution
b. to be stamped within 3 months of its receipt in India
c. need not be stamped
d. to be stamped at the time filing suit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1344. A power 0f attorney given for operation of a bank account, should be

a. stamped
b. stamped & registered
c. stamped & registration is optional
d. registered by stamping is optional
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1339. C 1340. D 1341. C
1342. C 1343. B 1344. C
1345. A and B are having a joint account with operational instructions E/S. A & B appoint C as their attorney.
Cheque signed by C is presented for payment, which is in order. You already received the information about death
of MR A. Now the cheque in question w
a. passed
b. returned
c. passed if date of cheque is prior to date of demise of MR A
d. passed if date of cheque is prior to receipt of notice of death of MR A
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1346. A Minor can

a. appoint a nominee
b. appoint an attorney
c. draw a cheque
d. do non of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1347. The Trust deed is silent about operation of bank account. There are 3 trustees. In this case the bank
a. can not open the account
b. allow joint operation by the trustees
c. allow any two jointly
d. court instructions to be obtained
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1348. Probate is linked to

a. will
b. succession certificate
c. nominee
d. legal heir
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1349. “codicil” is linked to

a. will
b. succession certificate
c. crossing of cheques
d. endorsement of cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1350. An Executor is appointed by

a. court
b. Testator
c. Legal heirs
d. nominee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1345. B 1346. C 1347. B
1348. A 1349. A 1350. B
1351. Secretary & president operate a registered club‟s current account jointly. You already received the intimation
about the death of the secretary. A cheque is presented in clearing signed by both the secretary & president, which
is otherwise in order.
a. the cheque will be passed
b. it depends on the date of cheque
c. the cheque will be returned
d. pass only after confirming from president
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1352. A is having FD maturing on 12-05-2007 in which B is the nominee. On the death of MR A, which of the
following instructions of B will be accepted.
a. to substitute the name of him in place of MR A
b. to pay the balance before maturity
c. to allow him to take loan
d. to issue a guarantee against it
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1353. A & B are having saving account with operational instruction E/S.A cheque dated 10-05-05 signed by A is
presented on 15-05-05.the bank received the notice on 14-05-05 informing the death of A on 12-05-05.Now
a. bank will honour the cheque
b. dishonour the cheque
c. honour the cheque if countersigned by B
d. bank will honour as the cheque was dated prior to the date of death of A
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1354. A is the proprietor of M/S Ambuja stores. He withdraws RS 66000/- cash from this current account. In this
case
a. BCTT @0.1% will be recovered on 66000/-
b. No BCTT as the amount is not more than 100000/-
c. BCTT will not be recovered if Form no 15-h is submitted
d. BCTT @0.1% will be recovered on Rs 16000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1355. A partnership firm

a. must be registered
b. need not be registered
c. can be registered ever after formation
d. both 2 & 3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1356. Two private limited companies having respectively share holders 10 & 20 join together to form a partnership
a. The formation is illegal as total members exceed 20
b. limited co can not be a partner
c. It is valid as per law
d. valid only if at least one individual joins as partner
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1351. A 1352. B 1353. C
1354. A 1355. D 1356. C
1357. The minimum number of share holders in a Pvt Lt Co & Public Ltd Co is respectively
a. 2 & 7
b. 3 & 7
c. 2 & 3
d. 3 & 7
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1358. The minimum number of directors in a Pvt Lt Co & Public Ltd Co is respectively
a. 2 & 7
b. 3 & 7
c. 2 & 3
d. 3 & 7
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1359. As per Mohammedan Law after the death of father of a minor child, the guardian will be
a. Father's brother
b. father's father
c. executor appointed as per father's will
d. mother
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1360. An illiterate account holder wants to make, his wife, as nominee. who is also illiterate. Can the bank accept
a. Yes, if 2 witnesses are available
b. No, illiterate can not nominate
c. No, nominee can not be illiterate
d. No, at least one should be literate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1361. Mr. Trouble is the nominee in the saving account of MR Wiseman. The account holder Mr. Wiseman expired
and the account shows a debit balance of Rs 5000/-.MR trouble is having his savings account with you and it is
having a balance of Rs 6000/-. The bank
a. Can recover Rs 5000/- from Mr. Trouble
b. can not recover from Mr. Trouble
c. can do right of setoff with nominee‟s saving account
d. can recover only RS 3000/- from MR Trouble
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1362. As per the ANNUAL policy 07-08,no dues certificate is to be dispensed with for small farmers upto
a. Rs.25000/-
b. Rs.50000/-
c. Rs.100000/-
d. any amount
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1357. A 1358. C 1359. C
1360. A 1361. B 1362. B
1363. In terms of provision contained in “prevention of money laundering act 2002, banking companies should
maintain all the records for a period of ------ from the date of cessation of the transactions
a. 8 years
b. 10 Years
c. 5 Years
d. 3 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1364. Immediate credit should be accorded to eligible account holders for local cheques for maximum amount of
rupees( it may vary from bank to bank .Hence check with your bank-in central bank as per latest policy)
a. 15000/-
b. 10000/-
c. 7500/-
d. 5000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1365. „OLTAS‟ is related to

a. Direct taxes
b. Indirect taxes
c. refrigerator company
d. manufacturers of Air conditioner
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1366. The full form of CIN (related to direct taxes)

a. client identification number
b. challan identification number
c. central identification number
d. client information number
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1367. Minimum tenure of NRO time deposits is

a. 7 days
b. 15 days
c. 1 year
d. 6 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1368. NRI can be sanctioned maximum loan of Rs-------- against NRE/FCNR receipts
a. Rs.10 lakhs
b. Rs.20 lakhs
c. no such restrictions
d. as decided by individual banks
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1363. C 1364. A 1365. A
1366. B 1367. A 1368. B
1369. Complaint with banking ombudsman should be filed within--------year of cause of action
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 1 month
d. 30 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1370. The maximum award that a banking Ombudsman can award is

a. 10 lakhs
b. 5 lakhs
c. 1 lakh
d. 50000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1371. Complaint with COPRA is to lodged within -------- years of cause of action
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 30 months
d. 1 month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1372. An open bearer cheque favoring M/S OM ISPAT LTD FOR Rs 125000/-is presented for cash payment.
a. It can be paid after deduction of BCTT
b. it can be paid after establishing the identity of the company
c. it can be paid after confirming from drawer of cheque
d. it can be paid after confirming from drawer of cheque
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1373. Through RTGS funds can be transferred from

a. designated branches of same bank
b. designated branches one bank to designated branches of other banks
c. 1 & 2
d. between banks and RBI only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1374. PPF commission to authorised agents is paid by

a. Respective branches maintaining the account
b. RBI
c. State Government
d. Central Government
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1369. A 1370. A 1371. B
1372. D 1373. C 1374. A
1375. As per recent Bipartite settlement the Term wholly dependent child/parent (for medical & LTC) shall mean
such member of the family having monthly income not exceeding
a. Rs.10000/-
b. Rs.1500/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. Rs.5000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1376. RECEIPT –where any money or any bill of exchange ,cheque or promissory note is acknowledge to have
been received will attract stamp duty if the amount exceeds
a. RS.500/-
b. Rs.5000/-
c. Rs.100/-
d. Rs.10000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1377. The risk that arises to a bank due to failure of internal process is called
a. Operational risk
b. credit risk
c. liquidity risk
d. Forex risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1378. P & Q are having locker with operational instructions E/S. P reports loss of key. Q comes to operate with key .
NOW you will
a. Allow Q to operate
b. allow only joint operation
c. advise Q to surrender the locker
d. obtain a letter from Q that key is found then allow him to operate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1379. A power of attorney holder of a locker holder approaches for surrender of locker. As per PoA, he has powers
to operate the locker.
a. POA can not surrender
b. POA can surrender
c. POA can surrender if locker holder is alive
d. POA can surrender if he is well known in the locality
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1380. Mr. X and Y are having a joint savings account (operation jointly) in which they have nominated Mr. A. On
death of Mr. X, Mr A approaches the bank for payment
a. Being nominee, payment would be made to A
b. payment would be made to Y and legal heirs of X
c. payment will be made to Y
d. Y will alone operate the account and nominee can not step in
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1375. A 1376. B 1377. A
1378. B 1379. A 1380. B
1381. Maximum cover amount under credit guarantee trust for micro and service enterprises
a. Rs.37.50 lakh
b. Rs.25 lakh
c. Rs.10 lakhs
d. Rs.5 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1382. Mr. Sharma has given irrevocable power of attorney to Mr. Verma to operate his current account for one year.
After 3 months, he gives notice to the bank that Mr. Verma's authority stands withdrawn. On the contrary, Mr.
Verma's plea is that since he has be
a. MR Sharma can not revoke it before 1 year
b. bank has to accept and should not allow MR Verma to operate any further
c. MR Sharma can not revoke because it is irrevocable
d. The account will be operated jointly by both for remaining 9 months because of dispute
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1383. A cheque-dated sep 12, 2007 is presented for payment on sep 27, 2007. It is however observed that the
chequebook from which the cheque was issued to the customer on sep 22, 2007 What would the bank do with the
cheque? : 1) return the cheque 2) the chequ
a.
b.
c.
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1384. The un reconciled inter branch entries which are------------------- months old ,the bank has to make provision
of -----------%
a. 3 and 50
b. 6 and 100%
c. 12 and 75%
d. 18 and 100%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1385. LOK ADALAT has been setup under the provisions of

a. RBI Act
b. SARFAESI Act
c. Legal Services Authority Act
d. BR act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1386. The term wholly dependent mean

a. dependent child/parent not earning more than 2500 p.m.
b. dependent child/parent not earning more than 2000 p.m.
c. dependent child/parent not earning more than 2550 p.m.
d. dependent child/parent not earning more than 1500 p.m.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1381. A 1382. B 1383. B
1384. B 1385. C 1386. C
1387. While encashing LFC, the Award staff must proceed on minimum
a. 4 days privilege leave
b. 4 days leave
c. 1 day leave
d. no need to proceed on leave
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1388. A doubtful asset has been purchased by a bank from another bank. What will be the classification given to
the account by the purchasing bank on its books
a. standard for 90 days
b. sub standard
c. doubtful
d. loss assets
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1389. NBFC can pay interest on fixed deposits which should not be shorter than
a. 3 months
b. 1 month
c. 6 months
d. no restriction
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1390. The adoption leave is allowed to

a. all staff members
b. only to female staff members
c. only to childless female staff member
d. only to childless female staff member legally adopting a child below 1 year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1391. The adoption leave can be given for maximum

a. 2 months
b. till the child attains 1 year old
c. 3 months
d. 6 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1392. A retired staff is a NRE now .he opens a FCNR account .can the bank allow 1% INTEREST MORE THAN
THE APPLICABLE RATE TO public?
a. yes
b. it is upto the individual bank
c. as per RBI, the bank may allow such that is does not exceed the cap rate
d. ex-staff cannot be NRE
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1387. B 1388. A 1389. B
1390. D 1391. D 1392. C
1393. Your branch opens a HUF saving a/c in which the Karta is staff members. 1% additional interest is demanded
by him .you will
a. allow if his wife is only other coparcener
b. allow if all coparceners are dependents on him
c. you can‟t allow
d. allow provided he gives a declaration that money belongs to him
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1394. Legal expenses on suit filed accounts is to be debited

a. P/L a/c
b. nominal ledger
c. Central Office
d. Regional office
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1395. BCTT collected in a calendar month must be remitted on or before

a. 15th of next month
b. 5th of next month
c. one week of next month
d. on the last of month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1396. When no time is mentioned in BE or PN, it becomes payable as per sec 19of NI Act
a. on demand
b. within 3 days of presentment
c. in valid instrument
d. within 6 months from demand
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1397. The penalty for premature closure of Senior citizen savings scheme 2004 is
a. 1.5% of amount deposited if closed after 1yerar but before 2 years
b. 1% amount deposited if closed after 2 years
c. 1% penalty on interest paid
d. 1 & 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1398. Which of the following is/are to be mentioned in statement of accounts or pass book given to customers ?
a. complete address
b. telephone number
c. e-mail address
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1393. C 1394. A 1395. A
1396. A 1397. D 1398. D
1399. FRINGE benefit TAX IS BORNE BY

a. individual employee
b. by the employer
c. equally by employer and employee
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1400. SERVICE TAX collected during a month IS to be remitted

a. by 5th of next month
b. by 25th of next month
c. by 15th of next month
d. last day of same month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1401. MOC( memorandum of change) need not include

a. all entries of Rs 10000 and below
b. all entries below Rs10000
c. all entries of Rs10000 & below other than not affecting advances
d. no such exemption
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1402. In structural liquidity statement (ALM) the deposit and advances are divided into---------- time buckets
a. 10
b. 6
c. 5
d. 7
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1403. As per asset classification which of the following is correct ?

a. if the individual account of proprietor is NPA, then automatically the account in the name of proprietor is NPA
b. If the partnership account is NPA, then personal accounts of partners will be NPA
c. If the personal account of one partner/partners is NPA, the partnership account need not automatically
treated as NPA
d. 4] all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1404. The time limit for depositing TDS on salaries into central Government account
a. within 7 days from date of payment of salary
b. within 1 week from the last day of the month in which deduction is made
c. 2 months from the date of deduction
d. within 1 week from the beginning of Quarter
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1399. B 1400. A 1401. C
1402. A 1403. D 1404. B
1405. The risk weight assigned for home loans by banks to individual(other than staff) fully secured by mortgage of
residential property up to 30 lakhs is
a. 50%
b. 75%
c. 100%
d. 125%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1406. Risk weight assigned to advances to individuals for investment in equity shares is
a. 125%
b. 100%
c. 75%
d. 50%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1407. The DICGC guarantees deposits of banks

a. 1 lakh principal + 1 lakh interest
b. principal and interest together Rs.1 lakh
c. only principal 1 lakh
d. only interest 1 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1408. The authority to impound counterfeit notes is

a. all branches of public sector/private sector/foreign banks
b. all branches of RRBs /and cooperative banks
c. all RBI issue offices
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1409. Loan against CD(Certificate of Deposit) can be given

a. 90% of face value
b. 90% of discounted value
c. no loan can be given
d. 75% of discounted value
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1410. The ceiling on issuance of CD for banks is

a. 100% of net worth
b. 10%of total deposits as on 31 st march
c. 10% advances as on 31st march
d. Banks are free to issue as per their requirement
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1405. A 1406. A 1407. B
1408. D 1409. C 1410. D
1411. The minimum amount of withdrawal/deposit into currency chest is

a. Rs 100000/- & thereafter multiples of Rs 50000/-
b. Rs 50000/-& thereafter multiples of Rs 50000/-
c. Rs 100000/- & thereafter multiples of Rs 100000/-
d. Rs 50000/- & thereafter multiples of Rs 100000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1412. CRR is to be maintained

a. 100% on daily basis
b. at least 70% on all days of fortnight
c. any amount but the average should be the stipulated amount
d. at least 50% on all days of fortnight
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1413. Penal interest for default of SLR is

a. 3% above BR on default day
b. 5% above BR if default continues on succeeding working day
c. no penal interest as banks do not get any interest from RBI
d. 1 & 2
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1414. The number of times extension can be sought in PPF accounts is

a. 3 times
b. 5 times
c. no limit
d. no extension is allowed
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1415. In which of the following cases there can be more than one nominee ?
a. savings account in Two names-operated E/S
b. saving account in two names- operated jointly
c. SDV in the name of two persons- operated E/S
d. SDV in the name of two persons – operated jointly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1416. MR Q has hired a locker on 14-04-2008 and he gives a power of attorney to his daughter aged 12 years. the
bank
a. will accept
b. will not accept because she is a minor
c. will not accept as power of attorney is not allowed in locker
d.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1411. A 1412. B 1413. D
1414. C 1415. D 1416. A
1417. In senior citizen savings scheme 2004,the minimum lock in period is

a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 3 years
d. no lock in period
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1418. PPF accounts can be opened by

a. all branches
b. metro and urban branches
c. SBI only
d. only designated branches
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1419. In capital gain account 1988 the amount withdrawn must be utilised within,
a. 60 days
b. 90 days
c. 70 days
d. 3 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1420. For closing account under capital gain account 1988 approval of --------------- is to be obtained
a. Regional office
b. Central Office
c. assessing officer (Income tax)
d. RBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1421. The number of nominees permitted in capital gain account 1988 is

a. 3
b. 2
c. 5
d. only one
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1422. A presents a bearer cheque dated 31-02-07 on 28-02-07 for cash payment which is otherwise in order
a. you will pay the cheque
b. return the cheque
c. advise A to change the date & present it
d. advise A to get the date changed by drawer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1417. A 1418. D 1419. A
1420. C 1421. A 1422. A
1423. MR S is having saving account. MR W is the power of attorney holder.MR S comes to the branch on 10-02-
2008 and revokes the power of attorney . A cheque dated 05-02-08 favoring “ High court ,Mumbai “ is presented in
clearing signed by MR W after 10-02-08.
a. return the cheque
b. pass the cheque as it is issued prior to date of revocation
c. pass it otherwise it will be contempt of court
d. pass it after re confirming from MR R
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1424. A cheque is dated --/05/08,and presented for payment on 31/05/08 which is otherwise in order. You will
a. honour the cheque as 31st is the last day of month
b. return it as it is incomplete date
c. put the date stamp and pass it
d. cash payment can not be made and it can be presented in clearing
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1425. In case of an oral disclosure by whistle blower, it should be followed up with a written communication within
…………..., else no cognizance will be taken thereof
a. 24 hours
b. 48 hours
c. 72 hours
d. 1 week
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1426. Any officer who knowingly makes false allegations of alleged improper practice to the Designated Authority
through whistle blower policy will be awarded with…………
a. major penalty
b. minor penalty
c. shall be subject to disciplinary action.
d. caution
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1427. What is the preservation period for Key Movement Register?

a. 8 years
b. 5 years
c. 3 years
d. Its permanent Register
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1428. What is the preservation period for Inspection / Audit Reports?

a. 8 years
b. 5 years
c. 3 years
d. Its permanent Register
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1423. A 1424. B 1425. B
1426. C 1427. D 1428. B
1429. Which of the following banking activities may be outsourced ?

a. Processing of applications (loan origination, credit card)
b. Cash Remittances
c. Scanning and other backend functions of the Bank
d. Management of investment portfolio
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1430. Which of the following banking activities should not be outsourced ?

a. Core Management functions
b. Management of investment portfolio
c. Compliance function
d. Digitization of Bank documents
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1431. Encumbrance Certificate for …… months immediately after the creation of the EM and subsequently on
yearly basis should be obtained.
a. 3 months
b. 4 months
c. 6 months
d. 2 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1432. For the purpose of Branch Authorisation Policy of the RBI , a "branch" would include………...
a. mobile offices
b. Extension Counters
c. off-site ATMs
d. All of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1433. For opening which of the following branches RBI Annual Branch Expansion Plan is not applicable ?
a. Service Branches
b. Brick & Mortar Branches
c. Branches in Metro
d. All of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1434. As per the Government of India guidelines, a newly opened branch has to become profitable within
…………………….of its setting up
a. 12 months
b. 24 months
c. 36 months
d. 60 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1429. D 1430. D 1431. B
1432. D 1433. A 1434. A
1435. Banks to get permission to shift, merge or close all branches except rural branches and sole semi-urban
branches from
a. RBI
b. Ministry of Finance, Govt. of India
c. at their discretion
d. State Level Bankers Committee (SLBC)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1436. Shifting, merger, or closure of any rural branch as well as a sole semi urban branch would require approval of
the………..
a. SLBC
b. DCC/DLRC
c. RBI
d. District Collector
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1437. Bulk Deposit means "Single Rupee Term Deposit of Rs………..and above"
a. Five Crore
b. One Crore
c. Two Crore
d. Ten Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1438. "Retail Deposits" are all those deposits accepted at Card Rate upto Rs. ………..
a. Five Crore
b. One Crore
c. Two Crore
d. Ten Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1439. "Wholesale Deposits" are all those deposits accepted at Card Rate above Rs. ………..
a. Five Crore
b. One Crore
c. Two Crore
d. Ten Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1440. If the customer is not happy about his choice of current or savings Account, within ……… days of making
his/her first payment, he can switch to another account.
a. 14
b. 30
c. 2
d. 7
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1435. C 1436. B 1437. B
1438. D 1439. D 1440. A
1441. Interest on Savings Bank Account balances shall be credited at ………. Intervals
a. Monthly
b. Quarterly
c. Half Yearly
d. Yearly
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1442. Minors with age of …… will be allowed to open and operate the savings bank account independently
a. 10
b. 14
c. 18
d. 21
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1443. Minors with age of …… will be allowed to open and operate the Current account independently
a. Minors cant open CA to be operated independently
b. 14
c. 18
d. 21
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1444. Additional rate of interest over the card rate on Term Deposits by Senior Citizens is allowed if the amount is
less than RS. ………….
a. 50 lakhs
b. 25 lakhs
c. 75 lakhs
d. 100 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1445. In which of the following cases the additional interest of 0.50% is not applicable ?
a. NRI Customers who is having 65 years of age
b. Karta of HUF, who is having 62 years of age
c. Both A & B are eligible for additional Interest
d. Both A or B are not eligible for additional interest
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1446. Penalty not applicable for preclosure of deposits of value upto ………….., which were retained for at least
………..days
a. Rs. 5.00 lakhs and 91 days
b. Rs. 5.00 lakhs and 181 days
c. Rs. 10.00 lakhs and 91 days
d. Rs. 10.00 lakhs and 181 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1441. B 1442. A 1443. A
1444. D 1445. D 1446. B
1447. Penalty applicable for preclosure of deposits of value up to Rs. 5.00 lakhs and preclosed before 181 days is
…….on applicable rate
a. 0.50%
b. 1.00%
c. 0.75%
d. 0.25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1448. Penalty not applicable for preclosure of deposits of valued above Rs. 5.00 lakhs, which were retained for
atleast ………..days
a. 91 days
b. 181 days
c. 1 year
d. Penalty applicable irrespective of number of days the deposit run.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1449. Scale III branch can open Large Value Term Deposit upto an amount of Rs.
a. 10.00 cr
b. 25.00 cr
c. 5.00 cr
d. 1.00 cr
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1450. Scale IV branch can open Large Value Term Deposit (other than Govt. Depts.,) upto an amount of Rs. ….
a. 10.00 cr
b. 25.00 cr
c. 5.00 cr
d. 1.00 cr
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1451. In case of a Term Deposit value of Rs. ….. and above, the opening of account may be followed by Branch
Manager
a. 1.00 cr
b. 2.00 cr
c. 5.00 cr
d. 10.00 cr
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1452. Savings Bank and Current Accounts not operated for ………. Years and above are considered as unclaimed
deposits
a. 5 years
b. 7 years
c. 10 years
d. 2 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1447. B 1448. D 1449. C
1450. B 1451. B 1452. C
1453. Payment in unclaimed/inoperative deposit accounts must be authenticated by two officers, one of whom must
be
a. Branch Manager
b. Assistant Branch Manager
c. either A or B
d. Both A and B only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1454. Where the number of bank notes presented by a person is up to 20 pieces with a maximum value of Rs.5000
per day, the note exchange charges levied by banks are:
a. Rs.2 per note
b. Rs.1 per note
c. bank discretion
d. free of charges
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1455. Where the number of bank notes presented by a person for exchange of notes exceeds ____ pieces or value
exceeds the prescribed amount, per day, banks may accept them, against receipt, for value to be credited later.
a. 5 pieces
b. 10 pieces
c. 20 pieces
d. 25 pieces
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1456. Where the number of bank notes presented by a person for exchange of notes exceeds prescribed no. Of
pieces or value exceeds ____ per day, banks may accept them, against receipt, for value to be credited later.
a. Rs.5000
b. Rs.7500
c. Rs.15000
d. Rs.20000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1457. Where the number of bank notes presented by a person is up to ____ pieces per day, non-chest branches
should normally adjudicate the notes as per the procedure laid down in Part III of Note Refund Rules, 2009 and pay
the exchange value over the counter.
a. 5 pieces
b. 10 pieces
c. 20 pieces
d. 25 pieces
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1458. Currency chest branches receiving mutilated bank notes through insured post should credit the exchange
value to the account of sender by electronic means within ___ days of receipt of notes.
a. 10 days
b. 15 days
c. 20 days
d. 30 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1453. C 1454. D 1455. C
1456. A 1457. A 1458. D
1459. Under Sovereign Gold Bonds 2016- 17 – Series I, the Bonds are denominated in units of ___ gram/s of gold
and multiples thereof.
a. one gram
b. two grams
c. 500 gram
d. no restriction
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1460. Under Sovereign Gold Bonds 2016-17 – Series I, the minimum investment in the Bonds is ___ gram/s, per
person per fiscal year (April – March). :
a. one gram
b. two grams
c. 500 gram
d. no restriction
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1461. Under Sovereign Gold Bonds 2016-17 – Series I, the investment in the Bonds can be with a maximum _____
per person per fiscal year (April – March).
a. one gram
b. two grams
c. 500 gram
d. no restriction
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1462. Under Sovereign Gold Bonds 2016-17 – Series I, price of the Bonds has been fixed in Indian Rupees on the
basis of simple average of closing price of gold of ___ purity published by the India Bullion and Jewellers
Association Limited for the week (Monday t
a. 999
b. 929
c. 899
d. 859
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1463. Under Sovereign Gold Bonds 2016-17 – Series I, the Bonds shall bear interest at the rate of ___ percent
(fixed rate) per annum on the amount of initial investment. Interest shall be paid in half-yearly
rests and the last interest shall be payable on matur
a. 2.25%
b. 2.50%
c. 2.75%
d. 2.95%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1464. Under Sovereign Gold Bonds 2016- 17 – Series I, the Bonds shall be repayable on the expiration of ____
years from August 5, 2016, the date of issue of Gold bonds.
a. 10 years
b. 8 years
c. 6 years
d. 5 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1459. A 1460. A 1461. C
1462. A 1463. C 1464. B
1465. Under Sovereign Gold Bonds 2016-17 – Series I, pre-mature redemption of the Bond is permitted from ___
th year of the date of issue on the interest payment dates.
a. 10 years
b. 8 years
c. 6 years
d. 5 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1466. Government of India has authorised the______, to act as, and to perform the functions of the Central KYC
Registry (CKYCR) :.
a. Central Registry of Securitisation
Asset Reconstruction and Security Interest of India (CERSAI)
b. Credit Information Bureau India
Limited
c. Credit Rating India Limited
d. Central KYC Registry Limited
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1467. Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs) may upload the KYC data with Central KYC Registry, in respect of
new individual accounts opened on or after :
a. 30.06.16
b. 15.07.16
c. 31.07.18
d. 30.09.16
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1468. As per extant Rules for Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY), with effect from June 1, 2016
the claims for deaths which occur during the first ___ days from the date of enrolment will not be paid:
a. 15 days
b. 30 days
c. 45 days
d. 60 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1469. The prepaid instruments can be issued as (1) smart cards or magnetic stripe cards, (2) internet accounts or
internet wallets, (3) mobile accounts or mobile wallets (4) paper vouchers, which can be used to access the pre-paid
amount:
a. only 1
b. 1 and 3 only
c. 1 to 3 only
d. 1 to 4 all
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1470. The pre-paid payment instruments that can be issued in India are classified as:
a. Closed system payment
instruments
b. Semi closed system payment
instruments
c. Open system payment instruments
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1465. D 1466. A 1467. B
1468. C 1469. D 1470. D
1471. Other than banks and non-bank finance companies that want to issue pre-paid payment instruments, should
have minimum paid-up capital of Rs.___ and minimum positive net worth of Rs.__:
a. Rs.100 cr, Rs.100 cr
b. Rs.500 cr, Rs.100 cr
c. Rs.100 cr, Rs.500 cr
d. Rs.500 cr, Rs.500 cr
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1472. The maximum value of a pre-paid instrument, if otherwise not stated is to be restricted to:
a. Rs.25000
b. Rs.50000
c. Rs.1 lac
d. at discretion of the PPI issuer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1473. Up to Rs.___ PPI can be issued by accepting minimum details of the customer subject to compliance of other
conditions:
a. Rs.10000
b. Rs.25000
c. Rs.50000
d. Rs.1 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1474. Up to Rs.___ PPI can be issued by accepting official valid document (OVD) subject to compliance of other
conditions:
a. Rs.10000
b. Rs.25000
c. Rs.50000
d. Rs.1 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1475. Up to Rs.___ PPI can be issued with full KYC due diligence subject to compliance of other conditions:
a. Rs.10000
b. Rs.25000
c. Rs.50000
d. Rs.1 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1476. PPI in the form of Gift instruments can be issued by banks and NBFCs for an amount up to Rs.__
a. Rs.10000
b. Rs.25000
c. Rs.50000
d. Rs.1 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1471. B 1472. B 1473. A
1474. C 1475. D 1476. C
1477. The maximum validity period of PPI in the form of Gift instrument can be:
a. 6 months
b. 12 months
c. 3 years
d. at discretion of the issuer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1478. The minimum validity period of PPI other than in the form of Gift instrument can be:
a. 6 months
b. 12 months
c. 3 years
d. at discretion of the issuer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1479. PPI up to Rs.50000 can be issued by banks to (1) govt. organizations for onward issuance to beneficiaries of
govt. schemes (2) other financial institutions for credit of one-time /periodic payment by them to their customers (3)
for credit of cross border
a. only 1
b. 1 and 3 only
c. 1 to 3 only
d. 1 to 4 all
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1480. Rupee denominated PPI in the form of cards can be issued by overseas branches of banks in India directly or
by co-branding with the exchange houses/money transmitters upto a maximum amount of Rs.____ by loading from
a KYC compliant bank account.
a. Rs.50000
b. Rs.1 lac
c. Rs.2 lac
d. Rs.5 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1481. PPI for mass-transit system (PPIMTS) can be issued by banks for maximum value up to Rs.___
a. Rs.1000
b. Rs.2000
c. Rs.5000
d. at discretion of issuer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1482. A usance bill of exchange falls due for payment on 15th August 2013, which is a public holiday. The due date
of the bill will fall on:
a. Aug 16, being next succeeding working day
b. Aug 14, being next preceding business day
c. Aug 14, being next preceding
banking day
d. Aug 14, being, next preceding working day
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1477. C 1478. A 1479. D
1480. C 1481. B 1482. B
1483. Holder of a cheque makes following alterations in a cheque. Which of these is not a material alteration ?
a. A bearer cheque converted to order
b. General crossing converted to
special crossing
c. Crossing a cheque
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1484. A cheque has already been negotiated by X to Y and by Y to Z. How many times more, this instruments can
be negotiated ?
a. Thrice
b. Twice
c. Once
d. No limit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1485. Tier II capital instruments such as Perpetual cumulative preference shares or Redeemable noncumulative
preference shares or redeemable cumulative preference shares are to be shown in ____ in the balance sheet:
a. Schedule 3, for deposits
b. Schedule 4, for borrowing
c. Schedule 5, for other liabilities
d. Schedule 9, for loans and advances
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1486. A power of attorney has been executed in UK and it is to be used in Mumbai. The time for payment of stamp
duty is:
a. within 3 months from date of entry into India
b. within 3 months from date of its execution
c. 3 months before the date when it is
to used
d. it is not a valid document and cannot be used
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1487. The loan account of the borrower has been showing overdue amount. The guarantor has some balance in
his account. Whether it will be in order for the bank to exercise the right of setoff.
a. bank can debit the account straightaway to recover the amount as liability of guarantor is similar to the
borrower
b. bank can debit the account if the loan has been recalled from the guarantor and notice of set off has been
given
c. bank can debit the account if the loan has been recalled from the
guarantor and borrower and notice of set off has been given to both of them
d. the account is not in the same name and capacity. Hence debit cannot be
made.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1488. ____ is the risk of loss arising from those contracts which are not legally enforceable or documented
correctly:
a. liquidity risk
b. operational risk
c. reputation risk
d. legal risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1483. D 1484. D 1485. B
1486. A 1487. B 1488. D
1489. A solicitor is having two accounts with the bank. One in personal name and other in clients name. One
Cheque is presented in „clearing‟ in clients account. In the meantime,
garnish order is served on the solicitors‟ account. Whether Bank will pay this che
a. cheque will not be paid, as it is presented after receipt of the order
b. cheque will be paid, as account is in
the same name
c. cheque will be paid as order is in his personal name
d. cheque will be paid, since it relates to client account, which the solicitor has opened in fiduciary capacity
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1490. What are the operating hours of NEFT ?
a. normal day 8 am to 5 pm and Saturday 8 am to 1 pm
b. 8 am to 6.30 pm (Except 2nd and 4th Saturday)
c. normal day 9 am to 5 pm and Saturday 9 am to 12 noon
d. normal day 9 am to 7 pm and Saturday 9 am to 12 noon
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1491. Mr. D is having one overdraft account with us. He is also having three other accounts with us (namely) his
personal SB Account, Joint account with his wife and one u/gship account with his son. Bank can use right of set off
in which of these accounts.
a. right is available for all the three accounts
b. right available in the joint account and SB account
c. right available in u/gship account and personal SB account
d. right available in personal SB account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1492. In which of the following deposit accounts, the interest payment is subject to TDS ?
a. if interest on FDR payment exceeds
Rs.10000 in a financial year
b. if interest on RD exceeds Rs.10000
in a financial year
c. any amount of interest payment, on NRO saving bank account
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1493. Bank allowed an advance under KVI Sector. This will be classified as:
a. micro enterprise irrespective of the
amount of original investment in
plant and machinery
b. micro enterprise if the investment in plant and machinery is within the ceiling for micro enterprises
c. small enterprise
d. such advances are not priority sector advance
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1494. The banks can determine their actual lending rates on loans and advances with reference to:
a. prime lending rate
b. MCLR
c. benchmark prime lending rate
d. bank rate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1489. D 1490. B 1491. D
1492. D 1493. A 1494. B
1495. As per exposure ceiling guidelines of RBI, the maximum exposure for a company engaged in infrastructure
activities is restricted to:
a. 15% of paid up capital
b. 15% of net worth
c. 20% of net worth
d. 20% of capital fund
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1496. As per Section 269-T of Income Tax, the cash payment of FDR can be made for an amount:
a. up to Rs.20000 excluding interest
b. up to Rs.20000 including interest
c. less than Rs.20000 excluding interest
d. less than Rs.20000 including interest
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1497. The term „accrued‟ in financial parlance, means :

a. what has been received or paid during a financial period
b. what has become due for receipt or payment during a financial period
c. what is outstanding for receipt or payment during a financial period
d. what is due for receipt or payment during a financial period but not received or paid
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1498. A and B maintain a saving bank account as former or survivor. A requests bank to add the name of C. The
bank:
a. Should not accept the request
b. Can accepts the request because he
is responsible for the operations in
the account.
c. Bank can add if B also consents
d. 1 and 3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1499. The banks are required to make acquiring of a certificate course mandatory for the banking personnel who
are working in the following areas:
a. Treasury operations
b. Risk management
c. Credit Management
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1500. As per RBI guidelines, in the event of dishonour of a cheque valuing Rs.1 cr and above drawn on a particular
account of the drawer on ____ occasions during the financial year for want of sufficient funds in the account,
no fresh cheque book would be issue
a. 2 occasions
b. 3 occasions
c. 4 occasions
d. at bank discretion
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1495. D 1496. D 1497. B
1498. D 1499. D 1500. D
1501. If a private universal bank is to be opened by Individuals/

professionals who are „residents‟, they should have ____ years of experience in banking and finance at a senior
level.
a. 5 years
b. 10 years
c. 12 years
d. 15 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1502. Individual promoters/promoting entities/converting entities that have other group entities, shall set up the
private universal bank only through an Non-Operative Financial Holding Company (NOFHC). Not less than ____per
cent of the total paid-up equity cap
a. 25%
b. 26%
c. 49%
d. 51%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1503. For a private universal bank, the initial minimum paid-up voting equity capital for a bank shall be ____ :
a. Rs. 1 billion
b. Rs.2 billion
c. Rs.5 billion
d. Rs.10 billion
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1504. In a new private universal bank the promoter/s and the promoter group / NOFHC, as the case may be, shall
hold a minimum of ____ of the paid-up voting equity capital of the bank which shall be locked-in for a period of five
years from the date of commencem
a. 25%
b. 26%
c. 40%
d. 49%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1505. A new private universal bank is required to open at least ____ of its branches in unbanked rural centres
(population up to 9,999 as per the latest census)
a. 10%
b. 25%
c. 40%
d. 50%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1506. The validity of the in-principle approval issued by RBI to open a new private universal bank will be ____ from
the date of granting in-principle approval and would thereafter lapse automatically.
a. 6 months
b. 9 months
c. 12 months
d. 18 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1501. B 1502. D 1503. C
1504. C 1505. B 1506. D
1507. As per RBI guidelines, a borrower can obtain credit report from a Credit Information Company, by paying,
how much charges:
a. Rs.100 per report
b. Rs.50 per report
c. Rs.25 per report
d. nil
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1508. As per RBI guidelines, a borrower can obtain his credit report from a Credit Information Company:
a. once in a period of two year
b. once in a period of one year (April
to March)
c. once in a period of one year
(January to December)
d. twice in a period of one year (April to March)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1509. For the purpose of Branch Authorisation the Tier-wise

population groups, List of Underbanked Districts and List of Underbanked Districts in Underbanked States are
furnished based on which Census ?
a. Census 1991
b. Census 2001
c. Census 2011
d. Census 2015
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1510. Each bank can engage the services of their retired personnel for a maximum tenure of ___ in the areas
where it does not have enough expertise.
a. five years
b. three years
c. two years
d. one year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1511. As per RBI‟s Sept 2016 guidelines the aggregate exposure limit of all banks towards the Partial Credit
Enhancement (PCE) for a given bond issue is ____ of the bond issue size.
a. 100%
b. 50%
c. 25%
d. 20%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1512. Repo transactions can be undertaken by eligible entities in (1) dated securities of Central govt. (2) treasury
bills of Central Govt. (3) dated securities of State govt. (4) securities issued by banks:
a. 1 to 4 all
b. 1 to 3 only
c. 1, 2 and 4 only
d. 3 and 4 only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1507. D 1508. C 1509. C
1510. B 1511. B 1512. B
1513. Repo transactions in OTC market are required to be reported on the prescribed reporting platform within :
a. one day
b. 3 hours
c. 1 hour
d. 15 minutes
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1514. All repo transactions are required to be settled in SGL accounts or CSGL account maintained with RBI,
through:
a. FIMMDA
b. Clearing Corporation of India
c. National Security Depository
Limited
d. NPCI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1515. Listed companies can lend and borrow funds under repo for a period less than ____
a. one day
b. 3 days
c. 7 days
d. 10 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1516. Banks can undertake repo transactions only :
a. in securities purchased for meeting SLR requirements
b. in all types of securities
c. in securities in excess of SLR requirement
d. in non-SLR securities
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1517. Under provisions of GST
Constitutional (Amendment) Act
2016, the Central Govt. will make
mandatory compensation to
States for loss due to
implementation of Goods and
Services Tax, for a period up to:
a. 7 years
b. 5 years
c. 3 years
d. 1 year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1518. Under provisions of GST Constitutional (Amendment) Act 2016, the State governments have been allowed to
enact the State Goods and Services Tax within a
period up to:
a. 6 months
b. one year
c. two years
d. three years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1513. D 1514. B 1515. C
1516. C 1517. B 1518. B
1519. X had deposited some amount with the bank at 7% for 3 years, which becomes Rs.48400. What amount was
deposited?
a. Rs.40000
b. Rs.39000
c. Rs.36000
d. Rs.37000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1520. A = P (1 + r) n is used to calculate the following:

a. simple interest on annual basis
b. compounded interest with annual rest
c. compounded interest with half yearly
rest
d. compounded interest with
quarterly rest
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1521. Kumar had deposited Rs.15000 with the bank at 5% rate of interest. After some time he got Rs.17543. These
amounts are known as:
a. past value, future value
b. future value, present value
c. present value, past value
d. present value, future value
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1522. Z needs Rs.15 lac for the marriage of his daughter at the end of 5th year. Considering that the interest rate is
10% at present, how much lesser amount he will have to
deposit in the bank FDR if the compounding is half-yearly and not yearly? (Hint - Disco
a. Rs.9208
b. Rs.10512
c. Rs.10823
d. Rs.11031
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1523. It is stated in a question paper that the annuity is annuity due. It represents which of the following:
a. cash flow is at the end of the given
period
b. cash outflow only is at the given period
c. cash flow in the beginning of the
given period
d. cash inflow only in the beginning
of the given period
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1524. A person wants to know the present value of the amount, he will get, at the end of a particular period, if he
invests the amount, for that period, in equal instalments. What should be calculated for him:
a. present value of an annuity due
b. future value of an ordinary annuity
c. present value of ordinary annuity
d. future value of an annuity due
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1519. A 1520. B 1521. D
1522. C 1523. C 1524. C
1525. Z wants to invest Rs.30000 per annum at 10% for 4 years. He is interested to know the present value of the
amount he would get at the end of 4th year. (hint – annuity factor = 3.16986)
a. Rs.95096
b. Rs.95296
c. Rs.96295
d. Rs.96696
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1526. Z plans to raise of a loan of Rs.3 lac for purchase of a car on which he has negotiated interest rate of 9%. He
has decided to pay the amount in 5 equal yearly instalments. Calculate the amount of instalment.
a. Rs.75129
b. Rs.76267
c. Rs.77128
d. Rs.78365
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1527. Z borrowed Rs.20 lac for construction of house which are
repayable in 10 years in half-yearly instalment at 12% p.a. rate of interest. What is the half-yearly repayment at half-
yearly compounding.
a. Rs.172345
b. Rs.174869
c. Rs.175998
d. Rs.176724
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1528. A Treasury bill with a par value of Rs.100,000 due three months from now is selling today for Rs.97,087, with
an effective annual yield of _________.
a. 12.40%
b. 12.55%
c. 12.62%
d. 12.68%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1529. A coupon bond pays interest semiannually, a par value of Rs.1,000 and a coupon rate of 12%, and an
effective annual yield to maturity of 10.25%. The price the bond
should sell for today is ________.
a. Rs.922.77
b. Rs.924.16
c. Rs.1,075.80
d. Rs.1,077.20
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1530. Consider two bonds, A and B. Both bonds presently are selling at their par value of Rs.1,000. Each pays
interest of Rs.120 annually. Bond A will mature in 5 years while bond B will mature in 6 years. If the yields to
maturity on the two bonds change from
a. both bonds will increase in value, but bond A will increase more than bond B
b. both bonds will increase in value, but bond B will increase more than bond A
c. both bonds will decrease in value, but bond A will decrease more than bond B
d. both bonds will decrease in value, but bond B will decrease more than bond A
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1525. A 1526. C 1527. B
1528. B 1529. D 1530. B
1531. The par value of a bond is Rs.25000, its coupon rate 8% and maturity period 10 years. The required rate of
return on the bond is 10%. What is the value of the bond?
a. Rs.21929
b. Rs.21354
c. Rs.21012
d. Rs.23873
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1532. A bond has the face value Rs.10000 and coupon rate of 10%. It is quoted at Rs.10000 in the secondary
market. What is current yield on the bond.
a. 10.87%
b. 10.00%
c. 9.43%
d. 9.12%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1533. The face value of a bond is Rs.10000, its coupon rate 10% and time to maturity is 4 years. Calculate the
duration of this bond.
a. 3.49
b. 3.29
c. 3.2
d. 3.12
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1534. Which of the following is covered in the implied authority of a partner i.e. where signatures of partner can bind
the other partners ?
a. to give mandate or power of attorney for the business of the firm
b. to refer a dispute case to arbitration
c. to sign debt acknowledgement letter
d. to undertake additional liability
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1535. A minor knew before his majority that he was admitted to a partnership firm but he remains silent for one year
after majority. What is the nature of his liability in the partnership?
a. he is liable like other partners from date of his admission for benefits
b. he is liable from date of attaining majority
c. he is not liable as he has not given his consent
d. his liability is to the extent of his share in the firm
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1536. United Bank is maintaining a current account of M/s Uniwool Limited which is operated by their General
Manager (Finance) and Director (Corporate Finance) as per a Board Resolution available bank receives an
instruction signed by the Managing Director not
a. the bank would not accept the instructions as Mg. Director is not competent to give such direction as per
resolution of the Board
b. the bank would not accept the instruction as it is signed by single person only
c. the bank would accept the instruction to take care of company‟s interest
d. the bank would accept the instruction as it is from Managing Director, even though he is not authorised
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1531. A 1532. B 1533. A
1534. C 1535. A 1536. A
1537. In red-clause letter of credits:

a. exporter may avail pre-shipment credit at the request of the issuing
bank
b. exporter cannot avail preshipment credit
c. exporter may avail pre-shipment credit with the consent of importers
d. exporter can get another LC issued on the strength of original LC
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1538. Attachment order is applicable, where the relationship between the customer and the bank is that of:
a. lessor and lessee
b. trustee and beneficiary
c. debtor and creditor
d. creditor and debtor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1539. Bank account of which of the following is covered in the low risk category of customers:
a. a public limited company
b. a high net worth individual
c. a salaried employee
d. a non-resident Indian
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1540. Under which section of Banking Regulation Act 1949, a banking company is prohibited to grant a loan or an
advance against security of its own shares ?
a. 19(2)
b. 20(1)
c. 17(2)
d. 22(1)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1541. Which of the following is not correct in respect of PPF

account ?
a. scheme is operated by public sector banks and private sector banks
b. minimum amount of deposit per
annum is Rs.500
c. maximum amount of deposit per annum is Rs.100000
d. account is opened for 15 years.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1542. A micro enterprise dealing with your branch has received an export order on FOB terms. In this case:
a. the cost of insurance is to be borne by the exporter
b. the cost of freight is to be borne
by the exporter
c. the cost of goods and also the
insurance and freight is to the
account of exporter
d. cost of insurance and freight is to be borne by the importer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1537. A 1538. D 1539. C
1540. B 1541. C 1542. D
1543. On rent payment, TDS is to be deducted when the amount of total payment in a financial year:
a. is Rs.180000 or more
b. is more than Rs.180000
c. is Rs.120000 or more
d. is more than Rs.120000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1544. What is not true of the following in connection with the payment to DICGC for deposit insurance ?
a. it is payable half yearly
b. premium is 10 paisa p.a. for Rs.100 of deposit
c. insurance is obtained on
mandatory basis
d. max eligible amount of deposit
for insurance is restricted to Rs.1 lac.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1545. The maximum no. of directors in public limited company can be:
a. 3
b. 7
c. 8
d. No limit, but if the no. goes
beyond 15, shareholders approval is required
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1546. RBI provides incentive for opening of and maintaining currency chests at centers having population of less
than 1 lakh in under banked States as under for capital cost:
a. Reimbursement of 50% of capital expenditure subject to a ceiling of Rs.25 lakh per currency chest.
b. Reimbursement of 50% of capital expenditure subject to a ceiling of Rs.50 lakh per currency chest.
c. Reimbursement of 100% of capital expenditure subject to a ceiling of Rs.25 lakh per currency chest.
d. Reimbursement of 100% of capital expenditure subject to a ceiling of Rs.50 lakh per currency chest.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1547. RBI provides incentive for opening of and maintaining

currency chests at centers having population of less than 1 lakh in North East Region as under for capital cost:
a. Reimbursement of 50% of capital expenditure subject to a ceiling of Rs.25 lakh per currency chest.
b. Reimbursement of 50% of capital expenditure subject to a ceiling of Rs.50 lakh per currency chest.
c. Reimbursement of 100% of capital expenditure subject to a ceiling of Rs.25 lakh per currency chest.
d. Reimbursement of 100% of capital expenditure subject to a ceiling of Rs.50 lakh per currency chest.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1548. RBI provides incentive for opening of and maintaining

currency chests at centers having population of less than 1 lakh in under banked States as under for revenue cost:
a. Reimbursement of 50% of revenue expenditure for the first 3 years.
b. Reimbursement of 100% of revenue expenditure for the first 3 years.
c. Reimbursement of 50% of revenue expenditure for the first 5 years.
d. Reimbursement of 100% of revenue expenditure for the first 5 years..
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1543. B 1544. D 1545. D
1546. B 1547. D 1548. A
1549. Reimbursement of 50% of revenue expenditure for the first 3 years.

a. Reimbursement of 100% of revenue expenditure for the first 3 years.
b. Reimbursement of 100% of revenue expenditure for the first 3 years.
c. Reimbursement of 50% of revenue expenditure for the first 5 years.
d. Reimbursement of 100% of
revenue expenditure for the first 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1550. RBI provides incentive for exchange of soiled notes up to denomination :

a. Re.1 per packet for notes up to denomination Rs. 50
b. Rs.2 per packet for notes up to
denomination Rs. 50
c. Re.1 per packet for notes up to denomination Rs.100
d. Rs.2 per packet for notes up to denomination Rs.100
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1551. RBI provides incentive for adjudication of mutilated notes at:

a. Rs.1 per piece
b. Rs.2 per piece
c. Rs.3 per piece
d. Rs.5 per piece
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1552. RBI provides incentive for distribution of coins over the

counter at:
a. Rs.10 per bag
b. Rs.15 per bag
c. Rs.20 per bag
d. Rs.25 per bag
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1553. Know Your Customer (KYC) guidelines have been issued by

RBI:
a. u/s 35A of Banking Regulation Act
1949
b. Rule 9 (14) of Prevention of Money Laundering Act
c. u/s 25 of Payment and Settlement System Act 2007
d. a and b both
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1554. Under KYC, in case of a company, the beneficial owner is the natural person, who has a controlling
ownership interest or who exercise control of more than ____ per cent of the shares or capital or profits of the
company.
a. 10%
b. 15%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1549. C 1550. B 1551. B
1552. D 1553. D 1554. D
1555. Under KYC, in case of a partnership firm, the beneficial

owner is the natural person, who has a controlling ownership interest or who exercise control of more than ____ per
cent of the
a. 10%
b. 15%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1556. Under KYC, in case of unincorporated association or
body of individuals, the beneficial owner is the natural person, who has a controlling ownership interest or who
exercise control of more than ____ per cent of the property or capital or profits :
a. 10%
b. 15%
c. 20%
d. 25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1557. Under KYC rules, which of the following is not an officially valid document for both the purposes namely
identity proof and proof of address, as it does not contain address details (1) Passport, (2) Driving licence, (3)
Permanent Account Number (PAN) Card
a. 3, 5 and 6 only
b. 3 and 6 only
c. 3 only
d. all of the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1558. For KYC purpose, where „simplified measures‟ are applied for verifying the identity of the customers, the
utility bill, which is not more than ____ months old, of any service provider (electricity, telephone, post-paid mobile
phone, piped gas, water bill)
a. 1 month
b. 2 month
c. 3 month
d. 6 month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1559. For the purpose of small account under KYC, which of the following conditions is correctly stated ?
a. aggregate of all credits in a
financial year does not exceed Rs.50000
b. the aggregate of all withdrawals
and transfers in a month does not exceed Rs.10000
c. the balance at any point of time does not exceed Rs.100000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1560. Common Reporting Standards means reporting standards set for implementation of multilateral agreement
signed by India to automatically exchange information based on Article 6 of the Convention on Mutual Administrative
Assistance in Tax Matters relating to
a. European citizens only
b. US Citizens
c. Citizens of all countries
d. Citizens of countries other than USA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1555. B 1556. B 1557. C
1558. B 1559. B 1560. D
1561. For risk management under KYC rules of RBI, the customers are categorized into following categories (which
one is not correct)
a. high risk
b. medium risk
c. low risk
d. nominal risk
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1562. In cases where a customer categorised as „low risk‟, expresses inability to complete the documentation
requirements on account of any reason that the bank
considers to be genuine, the bank shall, at its option, complete the verification of identity of the
a. 1 month
b. 2 month
c. 3 month
d. 6 month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1563. In case an individual customer who does not possess either any of the OVDs or the documents applicable in
respect of simplified procedure and desires to open a bank account:
a. he cannot be allowed the bank account
b. he can open a small account
c. he can open a basic saving bank deposit account
d. he can open saving bank account without cheque book and cheque collection facility
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1564. A small account allowed to be opened by a customer as per KYC procedure can be allowed:
a. up to 3 months
b. up to 6 months
c. up to one year
d. up to two years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1565. Under KYC, a system of periodic review of risk ategorisation of accounts, with such periodicity being at least
once in ___ shall be put in place.
a. up to 3 months
b. up to 6 months
c. up to one year
d. up to two years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1566. KYC requirement has not been fulfilled by customers, the option of „partial freezing (only credit, no debit)‟
shall be exercised by the bank, after giving due notice of
____ months followed by a reminder for further period of ____,to the customers to comp
a. one month, one month
b. three month, three month
c. two month, three month
d. six month, three month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1561. D 1562. D 1563. B
1564. C 1565. B 1566. B
1567. In existing accounts, where the KYC requirement has not been fulfilled by customers, all debits and credit
shall be disallowed after ____ months of use of the option of „partial freezing‟ :
a. 1 month
b. 2 month
c. 3 month
d. 6 month
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1568. Banks shall, at their option, open a ____ bank account of a foreign student on the basis of his/her passport
(with visa & immigration endorsement) bearing the proof of identity and address in the home country together with a
photograph and a letter offeri
a. resident saving bank account
b. resident current account
c. non-resident ordinary account
d. any of the above account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1569. Where banks open a bank account of a foreign student, a declaration about the local address shall be
obtained within a period of ____ days of opening the account and
the said local address is verified.
a. 15 days
b. 30 days
c. 60 days
d. 6 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1570. Where banks open a bank account of a foreign student, pending the verification of local address, a/c shall be
operated with a condition of allowing foreign remittances not exceeding ____ or equivalent into the account and a
cap of ____ on aggregate in the
a. USD 500, Rs.25000
b. USD 10000, Rs.50000
c. USD 15000, Rs.75000
d. USD 20000, Rs.100000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1571. Under KYC, banks are required to maintain all necessary records of transactions between the bank and the
customer, both domestic and international, for at least ____ from the date of transaction;
a. two years
b. three years
c. five years
d. ten years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1572. Under KYC, banks are required to preserve the records pertaining to the identification of the customers and
their addresses obtained while opening the account and during the course of business relationship, for at least ____
years after the business relat
a. two years
b. three years
c. five years
d. ten years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1567. D 1568. C 1569. B
1570. B 1571. C 1572. C
1573. Banks shall furnish to the Director, Financial Intelligence Unit-India (FIU-IND), referred to in Rule 3 of PML
(Maintenance of Records)Rules, the cash transaction report
(of large size cash transactions):
a. on a monthly basis within 7 days
b. on a monthly basis within 10 days
c. on a monthly basis within 15 days
d. on a monthly basis within 20 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1574. Banks shall furnish to Financial Intelligence Unit-India (FIU-IND) as per Rule 3 of PML (Maintenance of
Records) Rules, the periodic cash transaction report of large size cash transactions of :
a. single transaction or total monthly
transactions of Rs.1 lac and above
b. single transaction or total monthly transactions of Rs.5 lac and above
c. single transaction or total monthly transactions of Rs.10 lac and above
d. single transaction or total monthly transactions of Rs.15 lac and above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1575. Banks shall furnish to Financial Intelligence Unit-India (FIU-IND),referred to in Rule 3 of PML(Maintenance of
Records) Rules, the counterfeit currency report:
a. on a monthly basis within 7 days
b. on a monthly basis within 10 days
c. on a monthly basis within 15 days
d. on a monthly basis within 20 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1576. Banks shall furnish to Financial Intelligence Unit-India (FIU-IND),referred to in Rule 3 of PML (Maintenance of
Records) Rules, the suspicious transaction report:
a. within 7 days
b. within 10 days
c. within 15 days
d. within 20 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1577. Amount deposited by a person in PM Garib Kalyan Deposit Scheme (PMGKDS) 2016, shall be credited to:
a. Savings bank account of declarant
b. FD account of declarant
c. Bonds ledger account of declarant
d. Subsidiary General Account of declarant
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1578. The period for which, the amount is to be deposited by a person in PM Garib Kalyan Deposit Scheme
(PMGKDS) 2016 is:
a. one year
b. two years
c. three years
d. four years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1573. C 1574. C 1575. C
1576. C 1577. C 1578. D
1579. What is the rate of interest payable on the amount deposited by a person in PM Garib Kalyan Deposit
Scheme (PMGKDS) 2016 ?
a. saving bank rate
b. term deposit rate
c. no interest
d. bank discretion
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1580. The amount to be deposited by a person in PM Garib Kalyan Deposit Scheme (PMGKDS) 2016 is at least
____ of the undisclosed income declared under sub-section (1) of section 199C of the Taxation and Investment
Regime for Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Yojana,
a. 50%
b. 25%
c. 20%
d. 10%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1581. The banks are to maintain, at the Currency Chest level and at link branches level, a Daily Record of
Issuances showing the serial numbers of Mahatma Gandhi (New)Series banknotes in the denominations of Rs.500
and above received from RBI as remittance and
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 3 years
d. 5 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1582. All Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs) are required to invariably upload the KYC data pertaining to all new
individual accounts opened on or after ____ with Central KYC Records Registry, immediately:
a. 01.01.2017
b. 01.03.2017
c. 01.04.2017
d. 01.07.2017
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1583. Reporting Entities (REs) other than Scheduled Commercial Banks are to upload the KYC data pertaining to
all new individual accounts opened on or after from ___ with Central KYC Records Registry, immediately.
a. 01.01.2017
b. 01.03.2017
c. 01.04.2017
d. 01.07.2017
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1584. Where a reporting entity provides an option for One Time Pin (OTP)based e-KYC process for onboarding of
customers, the maximum balance in such accounts can be:
a. Rs.25000
b. Rs.50000
c. Rs.1.00 lakh
d. Rs.2.00 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1579. C 1580. B 1581. B
1582. A 1583. C 1584. C
1585. where a reporting entity provides an option for OTP based e KYC process for onboarding of customers, the
aggregate credit in financial year in such account can be
a. Rs.25000
b. Rs.50000
c. Rs.1.00 lakh
d. Rs.2.00 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1586. Where a reporting entity provides an option for One Time Pin (OTP) based e-KYC process for providing term
loan, the amount of sanctioned term loan can be max ____ per financial year:
a. Rs.25000
b. Rs.50000
c. Rs.1.00 lakh
d. Rs.2.00 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1587. Deposit and borrowal account opened using one-time-pin (OTP) based e-KYC shall not be allowed for more
than ____ within which Customer Due Diligence (CDD) procedure is to be completed.
a. one month
b. one quarter
c. one half year
d. one year
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1588. Reporting Entities (REs) are required to preserve the customer account information including preservation of
records pertaining to the identification of the customers and their addresses obtained while opening the account, for
at least ____ after the busi
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 3 years
d. 5 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1589. Under the Large Exposure Framework (LEF), Large Exposure means the sum of all exposure values of a
bank to a counterparty or a group of connected counterparties is equal to or above ____ percent of the bank‟s
eligible capital base (i.e., Tier 1 capital).
a. 5%
b. 10%
c. 15%
d. 20%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1590. Under the Large Exposure Framework (LEF), the maximum of exposure values of a bank to a single
counterparty can be ___ percent of the bank‟s available eligible capital base at all times.
a. 50%
b. 30%
c. 25%
d. 20%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1585. D 1586. B 1587. D
1588. D 1589. B 1590. D
1591. Under the Large Exposure Framework (LEF), the maximum of exposure values of a bank to a group of
connected counterparties can be ___ percent of the bank‟s available eligible capital base at all times.
a. 50%
b. 30%
c. 25%
d. 20%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1592. Under the Large Exposure Framework (LEF),if there is any breach of the large exposure limits under
exceptional conditions it shall be rectified within a period of ____ days from the date of the breach.
a. 7
b. 10
c. 15
d. 30
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1593. Under the Large Exposure Framework (LEF), the interbank exposures, except intra-day interbank exposures,
will be subject to the large exposure limit of ___ of a bank‟s Tier 1 capital
a. 50%
b. 30%
c. 25%
d. 20%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1594. In fully KYC compliant Jan Dhan account, the account holders may be allowed to withdraw ___ from their
account, in a month.
a. Rs.2000
b. Rs.5000
c. Rs.10,000
d. Rs.24,000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1595. Tier II capital instruments such as Perpetual cumulative preference shares or Redeemable noncumulative
preference shares or redeemable cumulative preference shares are to be shown in ____ in the balance sheet:
a. Schedule 3, for deposits
b. Schedule 4, for borrowing
c. Schedule 5, for other liabilities
d. Schedule 9, for loans and advances
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1596. A power of attorney has been executed in UK and it is to be used in Mumbai. The time for payment of stamp
duty is:
a. within 3 months from date of entry into India
b. within 3 months from date of its execution
c. 3 months before the date when it is to used
d. it is not a valid document and cannot be used
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1591. C 1592. D 1593. C
1594. C 1595. B 1596. A
1597. The loan account of the borrower has been showing overdue amount. The guarantor has some balance in his
account. Whether it will be in order for the bank to exercise the right of setoff.
a. bank can debit the account straightaway to recover the amount as liability of guarantor is
b. b bank can debit the account if the loan has been recalled from the guarantor and notice of set off has
c. c bank can debit the account if the loan has been recalled from the guarantor and borrower and notice of set
off has been given to both of them
d. d the account is not in the same name and capacity. Hence debit cannot be made.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1598. A solicitor is having two accounts with the bank. One in personal name and other in clients name. One
Cheque is presented in „clearing‟ in clients account. In the meantime, garnishee order is served on the solicitors‟
account. Whether Bank will pay this c
a. Cheque will not be paid, as it is presented after receipt of the order
b. Cheque will be paid, as account is in the same name
c. Cheque will be paid as order is in his personal name
d. Cheque will be paid, since it relates to client account, which the solicitor has opened in fiduciary capacity.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1599. The maximum settlement period in respect of which of the following is restricted to 2 hours (a) RTGS (b)
NEFT (c) ECS (d) MICR
a. a to d all
b. a to c only
c. a and b only
d. c and d only
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1600. Mr. D is having one overdraft account with us. He is also having three other accounts with us,(namely) his
personal SB Account, Joint account with his wife and one u/gship account with his son. Bank can use right of set off
in which of these accounts.
a. right is available for all the three accounts
b. right available in u/gship account and personal SB account
c. right available in u/gship account and joint account
d. right available in personal SB account
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1601. In which of the following deposit accounts, the interest payment is subject to TDS ?
a. if interest on FDR payment exceeds Rs.10000 in a financial year
b. if interest on RD exceeds Rs.10000 in a financial year
c. any amount of interest payment, on NRO savings bank account
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1602. The banks can determine their actual lending rates on loans, and advances with reference to
a. PLR
b. MCLR
c. BPLR
d. BR
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1597. B 1598. D 1599. C
1600. D 1601. D 1602. B
1603. As per exposure ceiling guidelines of RBI, the maximum exposure for a company engaged in infrastructure
activities is restricted to:
a. 15% of paid up capital
b. 15% of net worth
c. 20% of net worth
d. 20% of capital fund
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1604. The amount of education loan that can be classified as priority sector is restricted to ____:
a. education in India Rs.20 and education abroad Rs.10 lac
b. education in India Rs.10 and education abroad Rs.10 lac
c. education in India Rs.10 and education abroad Rs.10 lac
d. education in India Rs.20 and education abroad Rs.20 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1605. B wants to nominate his wife and son for his saving bank account.
a. Bank will accept the nomination as they are his family members
b. Bank will accept if their share is decided before hand
c. Bank will not accept as it is proposed to be made in favour of two persons
d. d a and b
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1606. A draft presented for payment through clearing is unsigned. The bank:
a. Should not pay as it is not an operative instrument at all
b. Will not pay the draft as there is risk
c. bank to pay as bank has received the value
d. a and b
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1607. While rescheduling the short term crop loan in case of crop loss, the banks may allow a maximum period of
repayment of up to ____ years (including the moratorium period of1 year) if the loss is between 33% and 50%.
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 3 years
d. 5 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1608. The term apiculture stands for:

a. Rearing of earth worm
b. Rearing of honey bees
c. Cultivation of mushroom
d. Rearing of earth worm
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1603. D 1604. C 1605. C
1606. C 1607. B 1608. B
1609. X has proposed that in his deposit account one of the following should be accepted as a nominee. Which one
of these will not be accepted
a. a minor with age of only 5 year
b. a senior citizen with age of 110 years
c. a person who has recently been declared insolvent
d. a trust, of whose X is a trustee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1610. Which of the following risk has been included under provisions of Basel-2, while it was not included in Basel-1
?
a. settlement risk
b. market risk
c. credit risk
d. none of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1611. In which of the following components, the total working capital fund based limit (called maximum permissible
bank finance) is segregated in case of Loan System of Credit Delivery ?
a. cash credit and bills portion
b. cash credit and term loan components
c. cash credit and demand loan components
d. bills portion and demand loan component
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1612. The business correspondent is :

a. agent of customer
b. trustee of bank
c. agent of the bank
d. creditor of bank
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1613. Mismatched note is said to be that note:

a. which is formed by joining a half note of one note to a half of another note
b. which as alternation has been made
c. which has been divided vertically near the centre
d. a portion of which is missing
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1614. Your branch has received a letter of credit from an overseas Bank, in favour of M/s Rama Exports which
provides for allowing the exporter the advance at pre-shipment stage. Which among the following is the classification
of this letter of credit?
a. Transferable letter of Credit
b. Stand by letter of credit
c. Back to back letter of credit
d. Red Clause letter of Credit
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1609. D 1610. D 1611. C
1612. C 1613. A 1614. D
1615. Hari and Mohan are maintaining a joint saving bank account and bank receives garnishee order in Hari‟s
name where the balance in the account is Rs. 10000.
a. The order will be applicable to the share of Hari which is 50%
b. The order will be applicable to the whole of the amount.
c. The order will not be applicable at all, in joint account as account is not in the same name and capacity.
d. withy receipt of order, operations would be
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1616. Contribution in break even point is equal to:

a. selling price – fixed cost
b. fixed cost – variable cost
c. variable cost + fixed cost
d. selling price - variable cost
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1617. What is the maximum deposit that could be accepted under the Senior Citizen Scheme?
a. Rs.05.00 lac
b. Rs.07.50 lac
c. Rs.10.00 lac
d. Rs.15.00 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1618. If nothing is mentioned in the letter of credit about insurance, the insurance will be for:
a. no insurance
b. equal to the value of goods
c. 110% of CIF value
d. 100% of FOB value
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1619. Digital (electronic) signatures means:

a. a coded confirmation of drawer in electronic form attached to an electronic record
b. a coded signature with digital equipment
c. a signature with handwriting subsequently scanned
d. a confirmation with electronic and digital
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1620. Our management adopted …………… approach for the Business Plan for the Financial Year 2017-18
a. Top-Bottom
b. Bottom-Top
c. Circle Approach
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1615. C 1616. D 1617. D
1618. C 1619. A 1620. B
1621. While drawing the Business Plan for FY 2017-18, thrust is to be given to which following granular areas
a. Bringing Gen-Y Customers into Bank‟s fold for volume business contribution
b. Achieving a minimum Credit Deposit (CD) ratio of 25% in case of branches which are below this benchmark
figure
c. Containing the level of NPAs and accelerating recovery in case of slipped accounts.
d. All of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1622. As per the Business Plan for the FY 2017 - 18, which of the following is correct
a. Strategically, a minimum of 50 percent of the incremental growth is required to be recorded in the first half
b. Strategically, a minimum of 45 percent of the incremental growth is required to be recorded in the first half
c. Strategically, a minimum of 55 percent of the incremental growth is required to be recorded in the first half
d. Strategically, a minimum of 60 percent of the incremental growth is required to be recorded in the first half
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1623. What is the latest change with regard to Term Deposit Receipts ?
a. On Maturity of a deposit, Roll Advice should be sent to the Depositor
b. Branches can now print renewal Deposit Receipt instead of advice for auto renewed deposits.
c. Customer can have both original Deposit receipt and Renewal Deposit Receipt
d. Branches should not renew the deposit without the instructions of the customer
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1624. As per the amended Section 9 of Companies Act, 2013, ……………

a. having a Common Seal is not a pre-requisite for a Company
b. Common Seal need not be witnessed
c. affixation of Common Seal has been stipulated only if it is stipulated in their Memorandum and Articles of
Association
d. Both A & C
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1625. Request for enhancement for limit in credit card will be considered after…….
a. existing Card limit should have been issued at least six months back
b. existing Card limit should have been issued at least Twelve months back
c. existing Card limit should have been issued at least three months back
d. No such time period restriction is available
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1626. "Geo Tagging" can be accessed from

a. IB Staff Portal
b. IB Staff App
c. IB customer App
d. IndPay
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1621. D 1622. A 1623. B
1624. D 1625. D 1626. B
1627. Which one of the following is Benefit on account of Geo Tagging?

a. Facilitate the officials to easily locate the residence of the borrower by the shortest route through navigation
b. To find out the NPA borrowers of our Bank Branches in the locality within a radius of 0.5 Kms to 5 Kms, who
are all geo tagged
c. Through the call option, the borrower could be contacted over phone
d. All of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1628. What is the latest change with regard to Frequency of transfer to Multi option deposit (MOD) i.e. Sweep
Out/Push sweep ?
a. Frequency is only on Sundays
b. Frequency is only on month end date
c. Frequency choice is left to customers
d. Frequency every day
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1629. "OVERDUE ACCOUNT MONITORING SYSTEM", the entries in Orange colour indicates
a. overdue period is more days to 90 days
b. overdue period is more than 60 days to 90 days
c. overdue period is more than to 30 days to 60 days
d. overdue period is more than 1 day to 30 day
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1630. "OVERDUE ACCOUNT MONITORING SYSTEM", the entries in Yellow colour indicates
d. overdue period is more than 1 day to 30 day
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1631. "OVERDUE ACCOUNT MONITORING SYSTEM", the entries in white colour indicates
d. overdue period is more than 1 day to 30 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1632. SMA 0 has been designed to capture part of the data from CRILC data base which is applicable for accounts
with Rs…………. and above.
a. 5 crore
b. 1 crore
c. 10 crore
d. 25 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1627. D 1628. C 1629. C
1630. B 1631. D 1632. A
1633. An account will be treated as SMA 0 for which of the following reasons ………
a. Return of 3 or more cheques issued in 30 days on grounds of insufficient funds / DP
b. When there is a delay of 90 days or more in submission of stock statement for 2 times in a period continuous
12 months
c. On Non- renewal of facilities within 60 days from the date of expiry, it will be marked SMA 0
d. All of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1634. An account will be treated as SMA 0 for which of the following reasons …………
a. invocation of BGs and its nonpayment by the borrower within 30 days
b. Devolvement of DPG instalments or LCs and which remain outstanding for more than 30 days from the date
of devolvement
c. TOD in Current accounts on more than 3 occasions in a month or excess allowed in CC/ OD not adjusted
within 10 days for 3 occasions in a quarter
d. All of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1635. An account will be treated as SMA 0 for which of the following non financial reasons …………
a. Sales / Profits falling short of projections ( 40 % or more)
b. Reduction in DP ( 20% or more after stock audit)
c. Promoters pledging / selling their shares in the company due to financial stress
d. All of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1636. Handling and service charges will be charged at the time of closure of the loan for all the Jewel loans limit
above Rs. 3.00 lakhs is
a. Rs. 250/-
b. Rs. 500/-
c. Rs. 1000/-
d. Rs. 100/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1637. Handling and service charges will be charged at the time of closure of the loan for all the Jewel loans limit of
Rs. 25000/- to Rs. 3.00 lakhs is
a. Rs. 250/-
b. Rs. 500/-
c. Rs. 1000/-
d. Rs. 100/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1638. Handling and service charges will be charged at the time of closure of the loan for all the Jewel loans limit
upto Rs. 25000/- is …….
a. Rs. 250/-
b. Rs. 500/-
c. NIL
d. Rs. 100/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1633. D 1634. D 1635. D
1636. A 1637. D 1638. C
1639. For effective implementation of the Official Language Policy of

Government of India in the Bank for the year 2017-18
Imparting Working knowledge of Hindi to all the staff members should be completed before …………….
a. 31.12.2021
b. 31.12.2023
c. 31.12.2025
d. 31.12.2026
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1640. For effective implementation of the Official Language Policy of

Government of India in the Bank for the year 2017-18 training of Hindi stenography and Hindi
typing should be imparted to all the
English Stenographers and typists by
……….
a. 31.12.2020
b. 31.12.2022
c. 31.12.2023
d. 31.12.2025.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1641. The Whistle Blower Policy will be reviewed every year

a. ORMC of the Bank
b. General Manager (CSC)
c. Executive Director
d. MD & CEO
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1642. The concurrent audit shall cover…………………………... of the Bank as per RBI‟s stipulation for coverage of
concurrent audit.
a. 25% of deposits and 25% of advances
b. 50% of deposits and 50% of advances
c. 75% of deposits and 75% of advances
d. 100% of deposits and 100% of advances
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1643. ZACE meetings held at Zonal Offices shall be chaired by

a. Deputy Zonal Manager
b. Zonal Manager
c. IC Head or Zonal Manager if ZM is of higher grade than the IC
d. Asst General Manager
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1644. The special reports have to be closed within………. from the date of the report.
a. 1 month
b. 3 months
c. 6 months
d. 9 months
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1639. C 1640. D 1641. A
1642. B 1643. C 1644. B
1645. The Standard Fire and Special Perils Policy for the Bank‟s Owned Buildings all over India has
been renewed for the financial year 2017 – 2018 for the period 01/04/2017 to 31/03/2018 with……………...
a. M/s. National Insurance Company Ltd.

b. M/s. United India Insurance Company Ltd.
c. M/s. Oriental Insurance Company Ltd.
d. M/s. General Insurance Company ltd
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1646. Burglary and House Breaking Policy for the Bank has been renewed for the financial year 2017 – 2018. The
period of Insurance is from 01/04/2017 to 31/03/2018 with………...
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1647. The Banker‟s Indemnity Policy for the financial year 2017-18 has been entered with………………
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1648. A branch will be classified as „ High Risk‟ on confirmation of classification of an incident in the branch as fraud
by CO: Inspection Department,even though the branch may have obtained a better rating as per the latest RBIA, if:
a. aggregate fraud amount is more than Rs.1.00 lakhs
b. aggregate fraud amount is more than Rs.5.00 lakhs
c. aggregate fraud amount is more than Rs.10.00 lakhs
d. aggregate fraud amount is more than Rs.25.00 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1649. Data on counterfeit notes detected by the branches / Currency Chests should be reported in the prescribed
format, on monthly to their
respective Zonal Offices so as to reach them by …………….
a. 3rd of the next month.
b. 5th of the next month.
c. 7th of the next month.
d. 10th of the next month.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1650. The reports on detection of counterfeit notes received from the
branches / currency chests are to be consolidated as per the attached excel format and to be forwarded to the Issue
Department, Regional Office of Reserve Bank of India concerned so as to rea
a. 3rd of the next month under copy to CO:CGT
b. 5 th of the next month under copy to CO:CGT
c. 7 th of the next month under copy to CO:CGT
d. 10 th of the next month under copy to CO:CGT
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1645. C 1646. B 1647. C
1648. C 1649. A 1650. C
1651. The total global business of Indian Bank reached Rs. 3,14,654 crore as at March 31,2017
a. Rs.3,10,917 crore
b. Rs.3,12,917 crore
c. Rs. 3,13,654 crore
d. Rs. 3,14,654 crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1652. Capital Adequacy Ratio of Indian Bank as on 31.03.2017 as per Basel III was at ………
a. 12.64%
b. 12.84%
c. 13.64%
d. 13.84%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1653. As on March 31, 2017, the Net NPA of Indian Bank stood at ……
a. 4.20%
b. 4.39%
c. 4.49%
d. 4.59%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1654. General Manager nominated as custodian of the New Product Policy.

a. General Manager/P &D
b. General Manager/ITD
c. General Manager/ Head of Risk Management Department
d. General Manager/IED
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1655. Maximum insurance term available under IB HOME SURAKSHA (Group Life cover to Home Loan Borrowers)
for HL with repayment upto 20 years is-------------
a. 10 years
b. 12 years
c. 15 years
d. 20 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1656. Maximum insurance term available under IB HOME SURAKSHA (Group Life cover to Home Loan Borrowers)
for HL with repayment period beyond
20 years and upto 30 years
is-------------
a. 10 years
b. 15 years
c. 20 years
d. 30 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1651. D 1652. C 1653. B
1654. C 1655. D 1656. D
1657. Maximum sum assured under IB Vidyarthi Suraksha(Group Insurance Scheme for Education Loan Student
borrowers) is
a. Rs.20 lakhs
b. Rs.25 lakhs
c. Rs.50 lakhs
d. Rs.60 lakhs
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1658. Maximum cover available under IB Vidyarthi Suraksha(Group Insurance Scheme for Education Loan Student
borrowers) is for
a. 25 years
b. 20 years
c. 15 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1659. The premiuma amount payable under PRADHAN MANTRI JEEVAN JYOTI BIMA YOJANA is ………
a. Rs.220/- per annum per subscriber
b. Rs.330/- per annum per subscriber
c. Rs.230/- per annum per subscriber
d. Rs.320/- per annum per subscriber
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1660. The premiuma amount payable under PRADHAN MANTRI SURAKSHA BIMA YOJANA is ………
a. Rs.12/- per annum per member.
b. Rs.18/- per annum per member.
c. Rs.24/- per annum per member.
d. Rs.30/- per annum per member.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1661. Maximum sum assured under IB JEEVAN KALYAN is

a. Rs.50000/-
b. Rs.75000/-
c. Rs.1 lakh
d. Rs.125000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1662. Maximum sum assured for normal death under IB-VARISHTHA is

a. Rs.50000/-
b. Rs.75000/-
c. Rs.1 lakh
d. Rs.125000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1657. D 1658. A 1659. B
1660. A 1661. C 1662. A
1663. Maximum sum assured in case of death due to accident under IB-VARISHTHA is
a. Rs.50000/-
b. Rs.75000/-
c. Rs.1 lakh
d. Rs.125000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1664. IB- CHHATRA is a Personal accident insurance death cover (fixed) of Rs.One lakh from United India
Insurance Company for all account holders is available between the age group of ……....
a. 12 and 50
b. 12 and 60
c. 12 and 70
d. 12 and 80
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1665. In the event of dishonour of cheques valuing ` 1 Crore and above, drawn on a particular account of the
drawer, on …………...during the financial year, for want of sufficient funds in the account, no fresh cheque book will
be issued
a. one occasions
b. two occasions
c. three occasions
d. four occasions
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1666. Commutation will be restored after …….. from the date of payment of respective commutation.
a. 5 years
b. 10 years
c. 15 years
d. 20 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1667. Life certificate should be submitted by the pensioner/family pensioner in ……...
a. Jan every year.

b. April every year.
c. September every year.
d. November every year.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1668. The Sovereign Gold Bonds 2017-18 - SERIES- I shall bear interest at the rate of………. on the
amount of initial investment
a. 2.25 per cent (fixed rate) per annum
b. 2.50 per cent (fixed rate) per annum
c. 2.75 per cent (fixed rate) per annum
d. 3.25 per cent (fixed rate) per annum
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1663. C 1664. C 1665. D
1666. C 1667. D 1668. B
1669. The Atal Pension Yojana was launched by our Hon‟ble Prime Minister of India on ……….
a. 09th May 2015
b. 09th June 2015
c. 09th July 2015
d. 09th Aug 2015
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1670. Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA), Ministry of Finance, vide their mail dated
17.05.2017, has advised all the Banks to observe “APY Brand
Ambassador” campaign ………. to improve the performance under
APY scheme.
a. from 21stto 26th May 2017
b. from 22nd to 27th May 2017
c. from 23rd to 28th May 2017
d. from 24th to 29th May 2017
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1671. Our Bank has been offering commission to Business Correspondents engaged by the
service provider (presently M/s TCS Ltd) so that all the BCs earn monthly remuneration
of .............as directed by Department of Financial Services, Ministry of
Finance, Go
a. minimum Rs.2000/-
b. minimum Rs.3000/-
c. minimum Rs.5000/-
d. minimum Rs.10000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1672. Quoting of PAN in

Banking transactions as per rule
a. 110 (a) of Income Tax Act, 1961
b. 110 (a) of RBI Act
c. 114 (B) of Income Tax Act
d. 114 (B) of BR Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1673. Pre-paid Payment Systems value paid for by the holders by

a. CASH
b. Debit to a Bank A/c
c. Credit card
d. All the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1674. Scanned copies to be uploaded to CKYCR,

a. on daily basis
b. on wekly basis
c. on monthly basis
d. on quarterly basis
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1669. A 1670. B 1671. C
1672. C 1673. D 1674. A
1675. Fraud cases need to be reported / file complaint to the local police station by the Bank branch concerned if
staff of the Bank is involved and the amount is
a. Below Rs.1lakh and above Rs.5000/
b. Below Rs.1 lakh and above Rs.10000/
c. Below Rs.1 lakh and above Rs.15000/
d. Below Rs.1 lakh and above Rs.25000/
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1676. Threshold limit for low risk Individuals customer is

a. 25% of annual income with a minimum of Rs.50,000 and maximum of Rs.20.00 Lakhs.
b. 25% of annual income with a minimum of Rs.50,000 and maximum of Rs.15.00 Lakhs
c. 25% of annual income with a minimum of Rs.50,000
and maximum of Rs.10.00 Lakhs
d. 1/12th of the annual turnover with a minimum of Rs.5,00,000/- and maximum of Rs.50,00,000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1677. Threshold limit for medium risk Individuals is
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1678. Threshold limit for high risk Individuals is
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1679. Threshold limit for low risk entities is
a. 25% of annual income with a minimum of Rs.50,000 and maximum of Rs.10.00 Lakhs
b. 1/12th of the annual turnover with a minimum of Rs.5,00,000/- and maximum of Rs.50,00,000/-
c. 1/12th of the annual turnover with a minimum of Rs.4,00,000/- and maximum of Rs.50,00,000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1680. Threshold limit for medium risk entities is
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1675. B 1676. A 1677. B
1678. C 1679. B 1680. C
1681. Threshold limit for high risk entities is

____________________________________________________________________________________________
1682. For Low Risk Customers Periodical KYC Updation exercise has to carried out at least once in every
a. 2 years
b. 5 years
c. 8 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1683. For Medium Risk Customers Periodical KYC Updation exercise has to carried out at least once in every
a. 2 years
b. 5 years
c. 8 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1684. For High Risk Customers Periodical KYC Updation exercise has to carried out at least once in every
a. 2 years
b. 5 years
c. 8 years
d. 10 years
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1685. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation low risk individuals is
a. Upto and inclusive of Rs.10 lakhs
b. Above Rs.10 lakhs and upto Rs.50 lakhs
c. Above Rs.50 lakhs
d. Upto and inclusive
of Rs. 1 Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1686. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation medium risk individuals is
of Rs. 1 Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1681. D 1682. D 1683. C
1684. A 1685. A 1686. B
1687. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation high risk individuals is
of Rs. 1 Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1688. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation low risk Associations,
Clubs, etc is
of Rs. 1 Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1689. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation medium risk Associations,
Clubs, etc is
of Rs. 1 Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1690. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation high risk Associations,
Clubs, etc is
of Rs. 1 Crore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1691. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation low risk Sole Proprietary
concerns is
a. Above Rs.50 lakhs
b. Upto and inclusive of Rs. 1 Crore
c. Above Rs. 1 Crore
and upto Rs.5 Crores
d. Above Rs.5 Crores
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1692. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation medium risk Sole Proprietary
concerns is
c. Above Rs. 1 Crore
and upto Rs.5 Crores
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1687. C 1688. A 1689. B
1690. C 1691. B 1692. C
1693. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation high Sole Proprietary
concerns is
c. Above Rs. 1 Crore and upto Rs.5 Crores
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1694. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation low risk Partnership firms is
a. Upto and inclusive of Rs. 1 Crore
b. Upto and inclusive of Rs.5 Crores
c. Above Rs.5 Croresand upto Rs.10 Crores
d. Above Rs.10Crores
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1695. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation medium risk Partnership firms concerns is
c. Above Rs.5 Crores and upto Rs.10 Crores
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1696. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation high Partnership firms is
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1697. Annual turnover limits for review of Customer Risk Categorisation high Limited
Companies is
a. Upto and inclusive of Rs.5 Crores
d. Above Rs 50 Crores
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1698. Proposed incentive for branches per APY enrollment after subscriber making payment of minimum two
installments or one quarterly/half yearly installment
a. Rs.20/-
b. Rs.25/-
c. Rs.30/-
d. Rs.35/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1693. D 1694. B 1695. C
1696. D 1697. B 1698. B
1699. Proposed incentive for BCs - per enrollment after receipt of incentive from PFRDA normally after one year of
enrolment
a. Rs.20/-
b. Rs.25/-
c. Rs.30/-
d. Rs.50/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1700. The revised service charges for outward cheque return – local for amount up to Rs.25 lakhs
a. Rs.150/-
b. Rs.200/-
c. Rs.250/-
d. Rs.300/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1701. The revised service charges for outward cheque return – local for amount above Rs.25 lakhs up Rs.1 crore
a. Rs.200/-
b. Rs.250/-
c. Rs.300/-
d. Rs.500/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1702. The revised service charges for outward cheque return – local for amount above Rs.1 crore
a. Rs.250/-
b. Rs.500/-
c. Rs.750/-
d. Rs.1000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1703. For the year 2017 our Bank has scored a BCSBI rating of
a. 75%
b. 78%
c. 80%
d. 82%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1704. Our MD & CEO desires that in the ensuing year 2018, our Bank has to score more than ------in BCSBI rating.
a. 80%
b. 82%
c. 85%
d. 87%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1699. D 1700. C 1701. D
1702. C 1703. B 1704. C
1705. Minimum balance requirement in Savings Bank Account of Pensioners with cheque facility is
a. NIL
b. Rs.100/-
c. Rs.250/-
d. Rs.500/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1706. Minimum balance requirement in Savings Bank Account of Pensioners without cheque facility is
a. NIL
b. Rs.100/-
c. Rs.250/-
d. Rs.500/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1707. The charges revised by CERSAI for both creation and modification of security interest for loan upto Rs.5.00
lakhs
a. Rs.50/-+GST
b. Rs.100/-+GST
c. Rs.150/-+GST
d. Rs.250/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1708. The charges revised by CERSAI for both creation and modification of security interest for loan above Rs.5.00
lakhs
a. Rs.50/-+GST
b. Rs.100/-+GST
c. Rs.150/-+GST
d. Rs.250/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1709. The CERSAI charges for satisfaction of existing security interest

a. NIL
b. Rs.50/-+GST
c. Rs.100/-+GST
d. Rs.150/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1710. The CERSAI charges for any application for information recorded / maintained in the Register by any person
a. Rs.5/-+GST
b. Rs.10/-+GST
c. Rs.15/-+GST
d. Rs.25/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1705. A 1706. A 1707. A
1708. B 1709. A 1710. B
1711. The CERSAI charges for any application for condonation of delay upto 30 days
a. Not exceeding 2 times of the basis
fee, as applicable
b. Not exceeding 3 times of the basis
fee, as applicable
c. Not exceeding 5 times of the basis
fee, as applicable
d. Not exceeding 10 times of the basis
fee, as applicable
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1712. Under Sec 23 of SARFAESI Act, particulars of charge creation is to be filed with the
Central Registry ------------ of date of creation of charge / mortgage
a. within 7 days
b. within 15 days
c. within 30 days
d. within 45 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1713. The rate of interest on Special Deposit Scheme 1975 for all the quarters of the calendar year 2017 is
a. 7.50%
b. 7.75%
c. 8.00%
d. 8.25%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1714. The Comprehensive Centralized Insurance Policy has been taken at Corporate
Office for the Safe, Furniture & Machinery (SFM), Books, Forms, Stationery (BFS) &
Electronic Equipments (EE) kept at Bank‟s premises all over India for the period
01/07/2017 to 30
b. M/s The New India Assurance Co Ltd.
c. M/s United India Insurance Company Limited.
d. M/s The Oriental Insurance Company Limited.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1715. The rental rate for staff members/ retired staff members/ spouse of the deceased staff member is
at…………... for any one type of locker irrespective of the size.
a. 50% of the normal rate
b. 60% of the normal rate
c. 75% of the normal rate
d. 90% of the normal rate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1716. Annual Locker rent for large size locker ( type L 6 ) in rural branch is
a. Rs.9000/-+GST
b. Rs.10000/-+GST
c. Rs.11000/-+GST
d. Rs.12000/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1711. D 1712. C 1713. C
1714. B 1715. C 1716. A
1717. Annual Locker rent for large size locker ( type L 6 ) in semi-urban branch is
a. Rs.9000/-+GST
b. Rs.10000/-+GST
c. Rs.11000/-+GST
d. Rs.12000/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1718. Annual Locker rent for large size locker ( type L 6 ) in urban branch is
a. Rs.9000/-+GST
b. Rs.10000/-+GST
c. Rs.11000/-+GST
d. Rs.12000/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1719. Annual Locker rent for large size locker ( type L 6 ) in metro branch is
a. Rs.9000/-+GST
b. Rs.10000/-+GST
c. Rs.11000/-+GST
d. Rs.12000/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1720. Annual Locker rent for small size locker ( type a) in rural branch is
a. Rs.1000/- +GST
b. Rs.1100/- +GST
c. Rs.1200/- +GST
d. Rs.1500/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1721. Annual Locker rent for small size locker ( type a) in semi-urban branch is
a. Rs.1000/- +GST
b. Rs.1100/- +GST
c. Rs.1200/- +GST
d. Rs.1500/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1722. Annual Locker rent for small size locker ( type a) in urban branch is
a. Rs.1000/- +GST
b. Rs.1100/- +GST
c. Rs.1200/- +GST
d. Rs.1500/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1717. C 1718. D 1719. D
1720. A 1721. C 1722. D
1723. Annual Locker rent for small size locker ( type a) in metro branch is
a. Rs.1000/- +GST
b. Rs.1100/- +GST
c. Rs.1200/- +GST
d. Rs.1500/-+GST
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1724. Charges for non-execution of Standing Instruction due to insufficient balance in account
a. Rs.50/- per transaction

b. Rs.75/- per transaction
c. Rs.100/- per transaction
d. Rs.150/- per transaction
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1725. The Overdraft account to be opened for each Field BC will be fixed with a maximum
limit of………………
a. Rs. 10000/-.
b. Rs. 25000/-.
c. Rs. 50000/-.
d. Rs. 100000/-.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1726. Field BCs (FBCs) can effect transfer of funds from one account of the customer to another account of the
same customer up to …………..
a. Rs.5000/- in a day
b. Rs.10000/- in a day
c. Rs.25000/- in a day
d. Rs.50000/- in a day
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1727. Field BCs (FBCs) can collect small value cheques/DDs up to ---------- for collection.
a. Rs.5000/-
b. Rs.10000/-
c. Rs.25000/-
d. Rs.50000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1728. Interest on Savings Bank accounts with balance upto Rs.50 lakhs shall be ………....
a. 3.50%
b. 4.00%
c. 4.50%
d. 5.00%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1723. D 1724. C 1725. C
1726. B 1727. B 1728. A
1729. Interest on Savings Bank accounts for incremental/additional balance above Rs.50 lakhs
a. 3.50%
b. 4.00%
c. 4.50%
d. 5.00%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1730. Minimum balance requirement for Normal Savings Bank account with cheque facility in rural /semi-urban
areas
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs.250/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. Rs.1000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1731. Minimum balance requirement for Normal Savings Bank account with cheque facility in semi-urban/rural
areas
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs.250/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. Rs.1000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1732. Minimum balance requirement for Normal Savings Bank account with cheque facility in metro/urban areas
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs.250/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. Rs.1000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1733. Minimum balance requirement for Normal Savings Bank account without cheque facility in semi-urban/rural
areas
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs.250/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. Rs.1000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1734. Minimum balance requirement for Savings Bank account of Student with cheque facility.
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs.250/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. Rs.1000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1729. B 1730. D 1731. D
1732. C 1733. C 1734. B
1735. Minimum balance requirement for Savings Bank account of Student without cheque facility.
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs.250/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. Rs.1000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1736. Our Bank's Official Page on www. instagram. com was launched on 1st July, 2017 and the account/handle
name is ……………
a. „ourindianbank‟.
b. „myindianbank‟.
c. „theindianbank‟.
d. „yourindianbank‟.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1737. Revised target under the ATAL PENSION YOJANA (APY) scheme per branch for current financial year
2017-18 is
a. 40
b. 50
c. 60
d. 70
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1738. The Banker‟s Indemnity Policy for the financial year 2017-18 has been entered with

b. M/s The New India Assurance Co Ltd.
c. M/s United India Insurance Company Limited.
d. M/s The Oriental Insurance Company Limited.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1739. Armed Guard may not be necessary for movement of cash using bank‟s
own vehicle or hired vehicle or in public transport for value up to
a. Rs.20 lakh
b. Rs.30 lakh
c. Rs.40 lakh
d. Rs.50 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1740. At least one Armed Guard is necessary for movement of cash using bank‟s own vehicle or hired vehicle or in
public transport for value
a. Above Rs.20 lakh but below Rs.50 lakh
b. Above Rs.20 lakh but below Rs.50 lakh
c. Above Rs.30 lakh but below Rs.50 lakh
d. Above Rs.40 lakh but below Rs.50 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1735. A 1736. B 1737. D
1738. D 1739. C 1740. D
1741. At least two Armed Guards of either by own escorts or by outsourced agencies are necessary for movement
of cash using bank‟s own vehicle or hired vehicle or in public transport for value
a. Above Rs.50 lakh but below Rs.500 lakh
b. Above Rs.60 lakh but below Rs.500 lakh
c. Above Rs.75 lakh but below Rs.500 lakh
d. Above Rs.100 lakh but below Rs.500 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1742. For extending the service to our customers under Door Step Policy limit fixed for Savings Bank account
customers as monthly
average balance for three months is
a. Rs.50,000/-
b. Rs.1,00,000/-
c. Rs.1,50,000/-
d. Rs.2,00,000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1743. For extending the service to our customers under Door Step Policy limit fixed for Current Account customers
as quarterly Average balance for six months is
a. Rs.1,00,000/-
b. Rs.2,00,000/-
c. Rs.3,00,000/-
d. Rs.4,00,000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1744. In case of Multicity account, both self and third party cash payment can be made at host
branches up to ……... per occasion, irrespective of SB / CA / CC / OD account.
a. Rs.10,000/-
b. Rs.25,000/-
c. Rs.50,000/-
d. Rs.100,000/-
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1745. It is mandatory for bank to reimburse the customer, the amount wrongfully
debited on account of failed ATM transaction within a maximum period of……..
a. 3 working days from the receipt of the complaint
b. 7 working days from the receipt of the complaint
c. 15 working days from the receipt of the complaint
d. 30 working days from the receipt of the complaint
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1746. For any failure to re-credit the customer‟s
account within 7 working days from the date of receipt of the ATM failure compliant, bank shall pay compensation of
…………to the aggrieved customer
a. Rs.50/- per day
b. Rs.75/- per day
c. Rs.100/- per day
d. Rs.150/- per day
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1741. A 1742. B 1743. C
1744. C 1745. B 1746. C
1747. When a cheque is dishonoured, the bank has to give a notice in writing to the drawer within
...... days of the receipt of information by it from the finance institution regarding the return
of the cheque.
a. 3
b. 7
c. 15
d. 30
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1748. BCSBI commits to provide 'Online Alerts' to customers for all 'card not present' transactions of the value of Rs
...... and above.
a. 1000
b. 2000
c. 3000
d. 5000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1749. In case of cheques received unpaid from the paying banker for want of sufficient
funds, the borrower should be immediately contacted. The cheque should be re-presented
within a period of ...... days of its having been returned unpaid with written request
a. 3
b. 7
c. 15
d. 30
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1750. The percentage of profit that a bank is required to transfer to its reserve fund as per Banking Regulation Act
is ______%
a. 10
b. 20
c. 30
d. 40
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1751. Under Section 19(1) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, para- banking activities refer to
a. leasing
b. hire purchase finance
c. factoring
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1752. The Code of Bank‟s Commitment has been issued by

a. RBI
b. SBI
c. IBA
d. BCSBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1747. C 1748. D 1749. A
1750. B 1751. D 1752. D
1753. The three pillars of the Basel II framework are

a. Minimum capital requirements
b. Market discipline
c. Supervisory review
d. all the above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1754. The minimum shareholding of RBI in SBI should be ___% as per SBI Act.
a. 50
b. 51
c. 55
d. 59
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1755. Foreign investment in private banks, (in aggregate including FDI, FII, NRI, etc.) in India is permitted up to
____%
a. 24
b. 49
c. 51
d. 74
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1756. The risk weightage on banks‟ exposure to capital market exposures is

a. 100%
b. 125%
c. 150%
d. 200%
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1757. Financial Network Services, the Australian banking software firm, has recently been acquired by
a. Wipro
b. TCS
c. Infosys
d. HCL
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1758. The name of Microsoft Corporation India‟s IT initiative for setting up IT kiosks in rural areas is named
a. Aadhar
b. Saksham
c. Swadhan
d. Shakthi
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1753. D 1754. C 1755. D
1756. C 1757. B 1758. B
1759. Financial Intelligence Unit is set up by ___________ for tightening anti-money laundering measures.
a. RBI
b. Central Vigilance Commission
c. Income Tax Department
d. Finance Ministry, GOI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1760. A customer has been defined in

a. Banking Regulation Act
b. KYC guidelines
d. Anti-Money Laundering Act
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1761. Minimum period of a Certificate of Deposit is

a. 15 days
b. 30 days
c. 10 days
d. 7 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1762. Hybrid capital instruments (debt / equity) form part of ______ capital.
a. Tier II
b. Tier I
c. Paid up
d. Preference share
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1763. RBI pays interest on CRR balances of banks at _____.

a. Bank Rate
b. Repo Rate
c. Bank Rate minus 2%
d. Zero %
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1764. For declaring dividend, banks should have a CRAR of at least ____% for the preceding 2 years, and net NPA
of less than _____%.
a. 11, 3
b. 9, 7
c. 10, 5
d. 9, 5
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1759. D 1760. B 1761. D
1762. B 1763. D 1764. B
1765. Which of the following NBFC converted itself into a commercial Bank?
a. Tata Finance
b. Reliance Capital Trust
c. Birla Mutual
d. Kotak Mahindra
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1766. The rate of which discounting the bills of first class banks is done by RBI is called
a. Bank Rate
b. Prime Lending Rate
c. Discounting Rate
d. Loan Rate
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1767. Banking ombudsman has been constituted under which act?

a. Banking Regulation Act
b. RBI Act
c. SBI Act
d. COPRA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1768. Gilt edged securities refer to

a. Government Securities
b. b) Securities issued by municipal corporations

c. Securities issued by first class companies
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1769. Indian Banks Association (IBA) has a common net working system for sharing the ATM facilities in Mumbai,
which is known as
a. ATM Network
b. Shared Payment Network System

c. Cash Network
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1770. Arbitrage is
a. Buying and selling in two markets simultaneously

b. A rate of interest
c. A Fee
d. Arbitrage is a dispute
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1765. D 1766. A 1767. A
1768. C 1769. B 1770. A
1771. Which of these is not a credit rating agency?
a. Moodys
b. Standard & Poors
c. Price water house
d. ICRA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1772. The term "Allonge" refers to
a. a) The sheets of paper used in writing a deed

b. The stamps affixed on document
c. A sheet of paper attached to mortgage deed for the purpose of witness
d. A sheet of papers attached to a negotiable instrument for the purpose of making endorsement thereof when
there is no space
in the instrument
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1773. As per section 16 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 a person can be appointed as a director of how many
banking companies
a. Three
b. Two
c. One
d. Four
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1774. Banking ombudsman means
a. Person appointed to recover dues from defaulting borrowers

b. A person to whom customer can approach for redress of his grievances
c. A person appointed to settle dispute between employees and management
d. A person appointed by RBI to oversee the functioning of Foreign Banks
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1775. Under the Banking Ombudsman scheme the value of claim should not exceed
a. 5 lac
b. 10 lac
c. 15 lac
d. 20 lac
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1776. What action is taken if one of the customers tenders forged note ?
a. He is sent to prison
b. Note is returned with remark, forged note
c. Note is impounded
d. Note is torn
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1771. C 1772. D 1773. C
1774. B 1775. D 1776. C
1777. Restriction on number of partners in a firm is imposed by
a. Indian Companies Act 1956

b. Indian Partnership Act 1932
c. Indian Contract Act 1872
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1778. Where is the headquarters of SWIFT ?
a. Hong Kong
b. Brussels
c. London
d. Mumbai
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1779. The VSAT communication network for banks and financial institutions launched by RBI is known as
a. SWIFT
b. SBI NET
c. BANK NET
d. INFINET
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1780. Can illiterate person be issued Debit
card?
a. No
b. Yes
c. Only in case of joint account
d. Only in case he is head of
family
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1781. Under PMSBY, partial disability claim is available for:
a. Rs.50,000/-
b. Rs.1 lac
c. Rs.2 lac
d. None of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
782. Under PMSBY, accidental death claim is available for:
a. Rs.1 lac
b. Rs.2 lac
c. Rs.3 lac
d. d) None of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1777. B 1778. B 1779. D
1780. B 1781. B 1782. B
1783. What is Pradhan Mantri Suraksha

Bima Yojana (PMSBY)?
a. Accidental insurance cover
b. Life insurance cover
c. Overdraft up to Rs.5,000/-
d. None of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1784. What is Pradhan Mantri Jivan Jyoti
Bima Yojana (PMJJBY)?
a. Covers life insurance up to Rs.2 lac

b. Accident insurance cover
c. Both (a) & (b)
d. None of above
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1785. As per the advisory of the Reserve Bank of India, only non-bank entities authorised by it under the
______________________ can issue Pre-paid Payment Instrument (PPI) wallets.
a. Banking Regulation Act, 1949

b. Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
c. Companies Act, 1956
d. Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1786. National Housing Bank (NHB), a wholly owned subsidiary of Reserve Bank of India (RBI), was set up under
which of the following acts?
b. Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
d. National Housing Bank Act, 1987
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1787. National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD), a wholly owned subsidiary of Reserve Bank
of India (RBI), was set up under which of the following acts?
b. National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development Act 1981
d. National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development Act 1987
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1788. Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC), a wholly owned subsidiary of Reserve Bank
of India (RBI), was set up under which of the following acts?
b. Companies Act, 1956
c. Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation Act, 1961
d. Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation Act, 1951
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1783. A 1784. A 1785. D
1786. D 1787. B 1788. C
1789. National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI) has been incorporated under the provisions of Section 25 of
which act?
a. Companies Act, 2013

b. Companies Act, 1956
c. Banking Regulation Act, 1949
d. Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1790. A Payments Banks is licensed as payments banks under which of the following acts?

b. Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007
c. Banking Regulation Act, 1949
d. Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1791. The composition of central board of Reserve Bank of India is defined under Section ___ of RBI Act, 1934
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1792. The business that RBI can carry out is defined under which section of RBI Act, 1934?
a. 14
b. 15
c. 16
d. 17
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1793. RBI has the right to issue bank note under which section of RBI Act, 1934?
a. 21
b. 22
c. 23
d. 24
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1794. Cash Reserve Ratio is defined under which section of RBI Act, 1934?
a. 40
b. 41
c. 42
d. 43
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1789. B 1790. C 1791. D
1792. D 1793. B 1794. C
1795. Small Finance Banks are licensed under which act?

b. Banking Regulation Act, 1949
c. Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
d. Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1796. Holidays in banks are declared as per which act?

b. Banking Regulation Act, 1949
c. Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934
d. Negotiable Instruments (NI) Act, 1881
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1797. The Revised Prompt Corrective Action (PCA) Framework of RBI for Banks has come into effect from?
a. 01-Jan-17
b. 01-Apr-17
c. 01-May-17
d. 01-Feb-17
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1798. *99# service is known as?
a. ASSD
b. NUUD
c. USSP
d. USSD
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1799. Banking ombudsman may reject the complaint
a. immediately after receipt

b. after hearing both parties
c. at any stage
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1800. Which of the following is used for International Monetary Transfer?
a. RTGS
b. NEFT
c. SWIFT
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1795. B 1796. D 1797. B
1798. D 1799. C 1800. C
1801. Currency chest balance will be periodically verified by
a. Bank own officials
b. RBI Officials
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. Officials of AG's office

____________________________________________________________________________________________
1802. The maturity period of Treasury Bill is
a. 91 Days
b. 364 Days
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1803. "Repo Rate" refers to the rate at which

a. RBI borrows short term money from the markets
b. Banks keeps the money with RBI
c. Bills are discounted by RBI
d. Forex purchased by RBI
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1804. NABARD has been established on the recommendation of
a. Talwar committee
b. Tandon committee
c. Narasimhan Committee
d. Shivaraman committee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1805. "Basel Committee on Banking Supervision"• is also known as______________________.
a. Bank for International Settlements Committee

b. Banking Regulation Committee
c. Financial Stability Board
d. Global Financial System
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1806. What is the full form of NDTL?
a. New Demand & Tenure Liabilities

b. Net Demand & Time Liabilities
c. National Deposits & Total Liquidity
d. Net Demand & Tax Liabilities
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1801. C 1802. A 1803. C
1804. D 1805. A 1806. B
1807. What is the full form of FIMMDA?
a. Fixed Income Money Markets & Derivatives Association

b. Foreign Income Money Markets & Derivatives Association
c. Floating Income Money Markets & Derivatives Association
d. Fixed Income Money Markets & Derivatives Affiliation
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1808. Providing banking services to a customer without his entrance inside the bank‟s branch is called as:
a. Virtual banking
b. relationship banking
c. universal banking
d. mobile banking
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1809. Where has National Financial Switch of IDRBT established?
a. Mumbai
b. New Delhi
c. Hyderabad
d. Bangalore
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1810. Which committee had formulated consultative profile in connection with electronic funds transfer?
a. A.K. Purwar committee

b. Y V Reddy committee
c. K S Shere committee
d. S. A. Dave committee
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1811. Which is the monitoring and reviewing authority regarding fair practices code as per recent annual policy
statement of Reserve Bank of India?
a. Banking codes and standards Board of India

b. Banking Ombudsman
c. Institute for development in banking technology
d. debt recovery tribunal;
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1812. Which of the following schemes are operated by IDBI?
a. Modernisation Assistance Scheme
b. Technical Development Fund Scheme

c. Equipment Finance Scheme
d. All of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1807. A 1808. A 1809. C
1810. C 1811. A 1812. D
Question Bank :
1813. ………………Committee constituted by RBI recommended setting up of the BCSBI

a. Nayak
b. S S Tarapore.
c. Goiporia
d. none of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1814. BCSBI is an independent/autonomous body acting as………of RBI

a. Watch dog
b. Watch man
c. administrator
d. Execotor
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1815. Reserve Bank of India has set up BCSBI on…………

a. 28/2/2006
b. 18/03/2006
c. 18/2/2006
d. none of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1816. BCSBI registered under --------- and functions as a autonomous body.

a. RBI act
b. Societies registration act,1860
c. BARE act 1949
d. Compnies act 1956
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1817. To improve customer service Bankers fair practice code was brought out in Jun 2004 by ------
a. BCSBI
b. RBI
c. Finance ministry
d. IBA
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1818. Meetings of Governing council in BCSBI held at least once in -----

a. 3 months
b. every month
c. 6 months
d. none of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1813. B 1814. A 1815. C
1816. B 1817. D 1818. A
Question Bank :
1819. Any bank can become the member of BCSBI by paying Rs ------/- as registration fee
a. 50000
b. 10000
c. 25000
d. 5000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1820. As per BCSBI every bank should display the name and address of the……………
a. Nearest fire station
b. Nearest Police station
c. Banking ombudsman
d. consumer forum
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1821. As per BCSBI norms settle the claim within ----- subject to the production of proof of death and identification
of the claimants
a. 90 days
b. 45 days
c. 30 days
d. 15 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1822. As per BCSBI no processing fee for loans up to Rs.----- whether sanctioned or not
a. 25 lakh
b. 5 lakh
c. 10 lakh
d. 50 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1823. As per BCSBI in MSME units Rehabilitation package to be implemented within ---- from date of receipt of
request
a. 15 days
b. 30 days
c. 45 days
d. 60 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1824. As per BCSBI in MSME units Collateral free loans up to Rs. ---- provided track record and financial position
good and sound.
a. 10 lakh
b. 50 lakh
c. 25 lakh
d. 100 lakh
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1819. B 1820. C 1821. A
1822. B 1823. D 1824. C
Question Bank :
1825. As per BCSBI norms for transfer of loan account from either from the borrower or from other bank we have
send our concurrence or otherwise within -------
a. 21 days
b. 30 days
c. 45 days
d. 15 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1826. As per BCSBI norms for Closure of branch or change of area we have to give ------ notice if there is no other
bank in that area and 2 months notice there is other bank.
a. 4 months
b. 3 month
c. 6 months
d. none of these
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1827. As per BCSBI norms Bank has to close the account of the customer within ----- of receiving instruction from
customer
a. two working days
b. three days
c. three working days
d. same day
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1828. As per BCSBI norms transfer of account from one branch to other can be opearationalised within ---- of
customer request subject to required KYC.
a. one week
b. two weeks
c. 3 days
d. 7 days
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1829. As per BCSBI norms normal contact time for borrowers for the purpose of recovrry is ----
a. 7 AM to 7 PM
b. 6 AM to 8 PM
c. 7 AM to 9 PM
d. 9 AM to 9 PM
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1830. As per BCSBI norms immediate credit for out station cheque is Rs -----/-
a. 15000
b. 10000
c. 25000
d. 20000
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1825. A 1826. B 1827. C
1828. B 1829. A 1830. D
Question Bank :
1831. Indian Bank scored ----- marks during in BCSBI rating

a. 75
b. 78
c. 73
d. 74
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1832. In our bank Principal code compliance officer for BCSBI is---
a. GM-CSC
b. ED
c. CMD
d. DGM-CSC
____________________________________________________________________________________________
1831. B 1832. A

General Banking

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

General Banking

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Question Bank : General Banking

1. Can a minor be a nominee ?

5. All credits and debits in unclaimed deposit a/cs are to be authorized by

6. At the time of opening a deposit account we need not obtain photographs

9. Can there be automatic revocation of Mandate / POA?

15. Can we open a SB account for a blind person?

18. Can we open SB account as Joint account of illiterate persons?

20. Commercial paper can be issued for a maximum period of

22. Depositor Education and Awareness Fund (DEAF) is maintained with

23. Who is the appellate authority in Banking Ombudsman?

31. In a Garnishee Order, the banker on whom garnishee order served is

32. In what denominations Commercial Paper can be issued?

33. Is it necessary to stamp the mandate and Power of Attorney

36. Mandate / POA of a Partnership firm, in favour of a third party to be signed by

37. Minimum amount for certificate of deposit has been fixed at

41. New method adopted by Central Bank for measuring inflation is

42. No penalty is charged for foreclosure of deposits upto

43. Nomination has to be registered ONLY, if requested

44. Introducer for opening a current account should have

46. Which one of the following is not barred by law of limitation?

47. RBI gave in-principle for Banking license to two entities

50. In case of VRD account, interest is calculated in

52. The necessity for obtaining introduction is because –

55. When should we transfer the inoperative a\cs to CO:Accounts ?

57. There can be more than one nominee in case of

60. Under Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme 2015-16, investment should be

63. “Smurfing” means

68. What is Marginal Standing Facility?

72. What is the minimum denomination of Treasury Bills to issue in India ?

73. What is the preservation period for paid instruments ?

74. The number of parties involved in Bank Guarantee Agreement is

76. Credit Information reports of CIBIL can be accessed by

78. Customer requests for issuance of Bearer Draft, in this case___

79. The Objectives of KYC :

81. Banker's lien is

82. Banker's lien is not applicable for

83. Garnishee order is issued by

84. In case of Power of Attorney, who gives it is called

86. Following crossing is not provided in N I Act

87. Sans recourse means

89. Delegate powers by a trust is

90. Which of the following document stipulates internal rules of a company ?

94. RBI exercises monetary control through

95. What is the name of Central Bank in India ?

96. Who is the lender of last resort to Banking system in India?

97. Responsibility of ensuring an efficient payment and settlement system is on

98. Who is Banker to Government ?

99. Commercial Banks does not include

100. NBFC can not lend money through the following

101. Urban Cooperative Banks are controlled by

103. In India, Banking system is regulated by RBI, in terms of

104. No loan or advance can be granted against the security of

105. Bank should not grant loans against

110. Due Diligence means

111. In case of Partnership Firms, Photographs of following persons are to be obtained

112. Minor can be included in the Partnership

113. In case of Limited Companies, Photographs of following persons are to be obtained

117. Whose PAN is to be quoted in case of purchase of DD by a company / Firm ?

119. Politically Exposed Persons are to be classified as _______ Risk Customers

125. Review of Customer Risk Categorisation is to be done at least once in a

128. Collection of instruments would be done for the accounts

130. A Scheduled Bank is one whose name appears in

131. A bill without genuine trade transactions is called